TWI442963B - Controller device and information processing device - Google Patents

Controller device and information processing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI442963B
TWI442963B TW100126152A TW100126152A TWI442963B TW I442963 B TWI442963 B TW I442963B TW 100126152 A TW100126152 A TW 100126152A TW 100126152 A TW100126152 A TW 100126152A TW I442963 B TWI442963 B TW I442963B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
game
terminal device
data
outer cover
controller
Prior art date
Application number
TW100126152A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201220109A (en
Inventor
Ken-Ichirou Ashida
Yositomo Gotou
Takanori Okamura
Junji Takamoto
Masato Ibuki
Shinji Yamamoto
Hitoshi Tsuchiya
Fumiyoshi Suetake
Akiko Suga
Naoya Yamamoto
Daisuke Kumazaki
Original Assignee
Nintendo Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2010245299A external-priority patent/JP4798809B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2011092612A external-priority patent/JP6103677B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011102834A external-priority patent/JP5837325B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011118488A external-priority patent/JP5936315B2/en
Application filed by Nintendo Co Ltd filed Critical Nintendo Co Ltd
Publication of TW201220109A publication Critical patent/TW201220109A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI442963B publication Critical patent/TWI442963B/en

Links

Description

操作裝置及資訊處理裝置Operating device and information processing device

本發明係關於遊戲者可握持操作之操作裝置。The present invention relates to an operating device that can be gripped by a player.

以往係有遊戲者以手握持所使用之操作裝置。例如日本特許(專利)第3703473號說明書所記載之可攜式遊戲裝置,為折疊式,且於下側外罩設置有操作鍵。根據此遊戲裝置,使用者可一邊觀看畫面一邊使用畫面兩側所設置之操作鍵來進行遊戲操作,可容易在握持遊戲裝置下進行遊戲操作。In the past, there was a player who held the operating device in his hand. For example, the portable game device described in the specification of Japanese Patent No. 3,703,473 is of a folding type, and an operation key is provided on the lower side cover. According to this game device, the user can perform the game operation using the operation keys provided on both sides of the screen while viewing the screen, and the game operation can be easily performed under the grip game device.

近年來,關於可攜式終端裝置(操作裝置),畫面等變得更大而使裝置本身亦跟著大型化之裝置亦逐漸增加。在此,當使用者以手握持所使用之裝置本身變大時,乃存在有裝置不易握持之可能性。In recent years, with regard to the portable terminal device (operating device), the screen and the like have become larger, and the device itself has also been increased in size. Here, when the device itself used by the user to hold the hand becomes large, there is a possibility that the device is not easily held.

因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種使用者可容易握持之操作裝置。Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide an operating device that can be easily held by a user.

本發明為了解決上述課題,係採用以下(1)至(18)的構成。In order to solve the above problems, the present invention adopts the following configurations (1) to (18).

(1)(1)

本發明之一例為用以讓使用者進行操作之操作裝置。操作裝置係具備:大致呈板狀的外罩;顯示部;以及突起部。顯示部係設置在外罩的表面側。突起部係在外罩的背面側,位於較外罩的中央更靠近上側且至少在左右兩側的位置突起地設置。An example of the present invention is an operating device for allowing a user to operate. The operation device includes a cover having a substantially plate shape, a display portion, and a protruding portion. The display portion is provided on the surface side of the cover. The protruding portion is provided on the back side of the outer cover, and is located closer to the upper side than the center of the outer cover and is provided at least at positions on the left and right sides.

上述「操作部」,只要是使用者可操作之操作裝置均可為任意裝置,例如有後述實施形態之搖桿(類比搖桿)、按鍵(鍵)、觸控面板、觸控板(touch pad)等。The "operating portion" may be any device that can be operated by the user. For example, a rocker (analog rocker), a button (key), a touch panel, a touch pad (touch pad) of an embodiment to be described later. )Wait.

上述「左右兩側的位置」係意味著在左右方向,於外罩中央的左側與右側設置突起部之涵義,可在左右的兩端部分別設置突起部,或是在較左右的端部更接近中心之位置分別設置突起部。The above-mentioned "positions on the left and right sides" mean that the protrusions are provided on the left and right sides of the center of the cover in the left-right direction, and the protrusions may be provided at the left and right ends, or closer to the left and right ends. The positions of the centers are respectively provided with protrusions.

根據上述(1)的構成,由於突起部設置在外罩的背面側,故使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,突起部可讓手指抓住,而能夠輕鬆地握持操作裝置。再者,由於突起部設置在外罩的上側,當使用者將食指、中指、或無名指抵住突起部的下面來握持外罩時,可藉由手掌來支撐外罩(參照第10圖及第11圖),而可緊緊地握持操作裝置。因此,根據上述(1)的構成,可提供一種使用者容易握持之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (1), since the protruding portion is provided on the back side of the cover, when the user holds the right and left covers of the display portion, the protruding portion can be grasped by the finger, and the operating device can be easily held. Further, since the protruding portion is provided on the upper side of the outer cover, when the user holds the outer cover by pressing the index finger, the middle finger, or the ring finger against the lower surface of the protruding portion, the outer cover can be supported by the palm (refer to FIGS. 10 and 11). ), the operating device can be held tightly. Therefore, according to the configuration of the above (1), it is possible to provide an operation device which is easy for the user to hold.

(2)(2)

操作裝置復可具備:於較外罩的中央為靠近上側,分別設置在顯示部的左右方之第1操作部及第2操作部。The operation device may include a first operation unit and a second operation unit provided on the left and right sides of the display unit at a position closer to the upper side than the center of the outer cover.

根據上述(2)的構成,由於操作部設置在顯示部的左右方,所以使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,可容易以例如拇指來操作操作部。因此,根據上述(2)的構成,可提供一種使用者可容易握持且容易進行操作之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (2), since the operation portion is provided on the left and right sides of the display portion, the user can easily operate the operation portion with, for example, a thumb when gripping the left and right outer covers of the display portion. Therefore, according to the configuration of the above (2), it is possible to provide an operation device which can be easily held by the user and which is easy to operate.

(3)(3)

本發明之其他一例為具備:大致呈板狀的外罩;顯示部;第1操作部及第2操作部;以及突起部之操作裝置。顯示部係設置在外罩的表面側。第1操作部及第2操作部分別設置在顯示部的左右方。當使用者可分別以兩手的拇指操作第1操作部及第2操作部來握持外罩時,突起部係設置在外罩的背面側中拇指以外的任一手指可鉤住之位置。Another example of the present invention includes a cover having a substantially plate shape, a display portion, a first operation portion and a second operation portion, and an operation device for the protrusion portion. The display portion is provided on the surface side of the cover. The first operation unit and the second operation unit are respectively disposed on the left and right sides of the display unit. When the user can operate the first operation portion and the second operation portion with the thumb of both hands to grip the cover, the protrusion portion is provided at a position where the finger other than the thumb can be hooked on the back side of the cover.

根據上述(3)的構成,由於突起部設置在外罩的背面側,使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,突起部可讓拇指以外的手指抓住,而能夠輕鬆地握持操作裝置(參照第10圖及第11圖)。此外,由於操作部設置在顯示部的左右方,所以使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,可容易以拇指來操作操作部。因此,根據上述(3)的構成,可提供一種使用者可容易握持且容易進行操作之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (3), since the protruding portion is provided on the back side of the cover, when the user holds the right and left covers of the display portion, the protruding portion can be grasped by fingers other than the thumb, and the operating device can be easily held ( Refer to Figure 10 and Figure 11). Further, since the operation unit is provided on the left and right sides of the display unit, the user can easily operate the operation unit with the thumb when holding the left and right outer cover of the display unit. Therefore, according to the configuration of the above (3), it is possible to provide an operation device which can be easily held by the user and which is easy to operate.

(4)(4)

突起部可設置在包含第1操作部及第2操作部的相反側位置之區域。The protruding portion may be provided in a region including the opposite side of the first operation portion and the second operation portion.

上述「相反側位置」,嚴格來說並非限定於操作部與突起部的位置為一致之狀態,而是在外罩的表面側使設置有操作部之區域投影在背面側時,亦包包含在外罩的背面側設置有突起部之區域、與所投影之區域形成部分重疊之狀態。The "opposite side position" is not limited to the state in which the position of the operation portion and the protrusion portion are coincident, but is also included in the cover when the area on which the operation portion is provided is projected on the back side of the surface of the cover. The back side is provided with a region of the protrusion and a state partially overlapping the projected region.

根據上述(4)的構成,在操作各操作部時,使用者能夠以食指、中指、或無名指支撐簷部59來握持終端裝置7(參照第10圖及第11圖)。藉此,可容易握持終端裝置7,各操作部亦變得容易操作。According to the configuration of the above (4), when the operation portions are operated, the user can hold the terminal portion 7 with the index finger, the middle finger, or the ring finger to support the terminal device 7 (see FIGS. 10 and 11). Thereby, the terminal device 7 can be easily held, and each operation portion can be easily handled.

(5)(5)

操作裝置復可具備:在突起部的上面分別設置在外罩的左右兩側之第3操作部及第4操作部。The operation device may include a third operation unit and a fourth operation unit provided on the upper and lower sides of the cover on the upper surface of the protrusion.

根據上述(5)的構成,使用者可在握持顯示部之左右的外罩之狀態下,例如以食指或中指來操作第3及第4操作部。亦即,上述狀態下可進行更多的操作,並提供操作性更佳之操作裝置。此外,使用者可從上下方夾持突起部來握持操作裝置,所以更容易握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (5), the user can operate the third and fourth operation portions with the index finger or the middle finger, for example, while holding the left and right outer covers of the display unit. That is, more operations can be performed in the above state, and an operation device having better operability can be provided. Further, the user can grip the operation portion from the upper and lower sides to grip the operation device, so that it is easier to hold the operation device.

(6)(6)

突起部可具有朝左右延伸之簷狀的形狀。The protrusions may have a meander shape extending toward the left and right.

根據上述(6)的構成,使用者可使支撐突起部之手指沿著突起部的下面來握持操作裝置,所以更容易握持操作裝置。此外,突起部係朝左右方延伸形成,當使用者以使突起部成為縱向之方式來握持操作裝置時,不論是握持操作裝置之一邊的任一位置,均可將拇指以外的手指抵住突起部。因此,即使以使突起部成為縱向之方式來握持操作裝置時,使用者均可緊緊地握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (6), the user can hold the operation device by the finger supporting the protrusion along the lower surface of the protrusion, so that it is easier to hold the operation device. Further, the protruding portion is formed to extend in the left-right direction, and when the user holds the operating device such that the protruding portion is in the longitudinal direction, the finger other than the thumb can be abutted regardless of the position of one of the operating devices. Live the protrusions. Therefore, even if the operating device is held in such a manner that the protruding portion is longitudinal, the user can hold the operating device tightly.

(7)(7)

在突起部的下面,可設置有另與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。A first locking hole that can be locked by an additional device different from the operating device may be provided on the lower surface of the protruding portion.

根據上述(7)的構成,可使用第1卡止孔堅固地連接操作裝置與附加裝置。此外,當組合上述(6)的構成及上述(7)的構成時,在操作裝置之左右方向的中央附近可設置第1卡止孔,所以可均等地保持左右方的均衡而穩定地連接附加裝置。According to the configuration of the above (7), the operation device and the attachment device can be firmly connected using the first locking hole. In addition, when the configuration of the above (6) and the configuration of the above (7) are combined, the first locking hole can be provided in the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction of the operation device, so that the right and left balance can be uniformly maintained and the connection can be stably connected. Device.

(8)(8)

在外罩之下側的面,可設置有附加裝置所能夠卡止之第2卡止孔。A second locking hole that the attachment device can lock can be provided on the surface on the lower side of the cover.

根據上述(8)的構成,可使用設置在不同位置之第1卡止孔及第2卡止孔來連接操作裝置與附加裝置,所以更能夠堅固地連接。According to the configuration of the above (8), since the operation device and the attachment device can be connected by using the first locking hole and the second locking hole provided at different positions, the connection can be made stronger.

(9)(9)

操作裝置,在位於突起部的下方且在外罩的背面之左右兩側,復可具備剖面呈凸型之凸部。The operation device is provided with a convex portion having a convex shape in cross section on the left and right sides of the back surface of the cover under the protrusion.

根據上述(9)的構成,使用者可將手指(例如無名指或小指)鉤住凸部來握持外罩,所以更可緊緊地握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (9), the user can hold the cover by hooking the finger (for example, the ring finger or the little finger) to the convex portion, so that the operation device can be gripped tightly.

(10)(10)

突起部與凸部可隔著間隔而設置。The protrusion and the protrusion may be provided at intervals.

根據上述(10)的構成,使用者可在凸部不會成為阻礙下以中指或無名指等支撐突起部,並且將其他手指卡住凸部來握持操作裝置。藉此更容易握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (10), the user can support the protruding portion with the middle finger or the ring finger without causing the convex portion to be obstructed, and the other finger can be caught by the convex portion to grip the operating device. This makes it easier to hold the operating device.

(11)(11)

操作裝置復可具備:在外罩的背面上設置在左右兩側之握把部。The operation device may include a grip portion provided on the right and left sides on the back surface of the cover.

根據上述(11)的構成,使用者可將手指(例如無名指或小指)鉤住握把部來握持外罩,所以更可緊緊地握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (11), the user can hook the finger (for example, the ring finger or the little finger) to the grip portion to grip the cover, so that the operating device can be gripped tightly.

(12)(12)

操作裝置復可具備第5操作部及第6操作部。第5操作部係在外罩之表面側的面中配置在第1操作部的下方。第6操作部在外罩之表面側的面配置在第2操作部的下方。The operation device may include a fifth operation unit and a sixth operation unit. The fifth operation unit is disposed below the first operation portion on the surface on the surface side of the cover. The sixth operation portion is disposed below the second operation portion on the surface on the surface side of the outer cover.

根據上述(12)的構成,可使用操作裝置來進行更多樣的操作。此外,即使在操作第5操作部及第6操作部時,使用者亦可緊緊地握持操作裝置,因此可提供操作性佳之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (12), an operation device can be used to perform a wider variety of operations. Further, even when the fifth operation portion and the sixth operation portion are operated, the user can hold the operation device tightly, so that an operation device excellent in operability can be provided.

(13)(13)

本發明之其他一例為具備:大致呈板狀的外罩;顯示部;突起部;以及操作部之操作裝置。顯示部係設置在外罩的表面側。突起部係在外罩的背面側,於至少在左右兩側的位置突起地設置。操作部係設置在突起部之上側的面。Another example of the present invention includes an outer cover having a substantially plate shape, a display portion, a protruding portion, and an operation device for the operation portion. The display portion is provided on the surface side of the cover. The protrusions are provided on the back side of the cover, and are provided at least at positions on the left and right sides. The operation portion is provided on a surface on the upper side of the protrusion.

根據上述(13)的構成,由於突起部設置在外罩的背面側,使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,突起部可讓手指鉤住,而能夠輕鬆地握持操作裝置(參照第10圖及第11圖)。此外,由於操作部設置在突起部之上側的面,在手指鉤住突起部來握持操作裝置時,可容易地操作該操作部。此時,使用者能以從上下夾持突起部之方式握持操作裝置,故形成更容易握持操作裝置。如上所述,根據上述(13)的構成,可提供一種使用者可容易握持且容易進行操作之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (13), since the protruding portion is provided on the back side of the cover, when the user holds the right and left covers of the display portion, the protruding portion can be hooked by the finger, and the operating device can be easily held (refer to the tenth Figure and Figure 11). Further, since the operation portion is provided on the upper surface of the protrusion portion, the operation portion can be easily operated when the finger hooks the protrusion portion to hold the operation device. At this time, the user can hold the operation device so as to sandwich the protrusion from above and below, so that it is easier to grip the operation device. As described above, according to the configuration of the above (13), it is possible to provide an operation device which can be easily held by the user and which is easy to operate.

(14)(14)

本發明之其他一例為用以讓使用者進行操作之操作裝置。操作裝置係具備:大致呈板狀的外罩;顯示部;以及握把部。顯示部係設置在外罩的表面側。握把部,係在前述外罩的背面側之前述外罩的左右兩側朝上下方向延伸地設置,且剖面呈凸型。Another example of the present invention is an operating device for allowing a user to operate. The operation device includes a cover having a substantially plate shape, a display portion, and a grip portion. The display portion is provided on the surface side of the cover. The grip portion is provided to extend in the vertical direction on the right and left sides of the outer cover on the back side of the outer cover, and has a convex cross section.

根據上述(14)的構成,使用者可將手指(例如無名指或小指)鉤住握把部來握持外罩,所以更可緊緊地握持操作裝置。因此,根據上述(14)的構成,可提供一種使用者可容易握持之操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (14), the user can hold the cover by hooking the finger (for example, the ring finger or the little finger) to the grip portion, so that the operation device can be gripped tightly. Therefore, according to the configuration of the above (14), an operation device which can be easily held by the user can be provided.

(15)(15)

操作裝置復可具備:在外罩的背面側,於握把部的上側且至少在左右兩側的位置突起地設置之突起部。The operation device may include a protrusion provided on the back side of the cover on the upper side of the grip portion and at least at the left and right sides.

根據上述(15)的構成,由於突起部設置在外罩的背面側,使用者在握持顯示部之左右的外罩時,突起部可讓手指鉤住而輕鬆地握持操作裝置,所以更可緊緊地握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (15), since the protruding portion is provided on the back side of the cover, when the user holds the left and right outer covers of the display portion, the protruding portion can hook the finger and easily hold the operating device, so that the holding device can be tightly held. Hold the operating device.

(16)(16)

操作裝置復可具備:在外罩之上側的面分別設置在左右兩側之第7操作部及第8操作部。The operation device may include a seventh operation unit and an eighth operation unit provided on the upper and lower sides of the outer cover.

根據上述(16)的構成,可使用操作裝置來進行更多樣的操作。此外,由於操作部配置在外罩的上表面,所以使用者可從外罩的表面側、上側及背面側包住外罩而緊緊地握持操作裝置。According to the configuration of the above (16), an operation device can be used to perform a variety of operations. Further, since the operation portion is disposed on the upper surface of the outer cover, the user can wrap the outer cover from the front side, the upper side, and the back side of the outer cover to grip the operation device tightly.

(17)(17)

操作裝置復可具備設置在顯示部的畫面之觸控面板。The operation device may include a touch panel provided on a screen of the display unit.

根據上述(17)的構成,使用者可使用觸控面板,對顯示於顯示部之畫像更直覺且容易地進行操作。此外,當使顯示部朝上來載置時,操作裝置係藉由突起部以稍微傾斜之狀態所載置。因此,可在載置操作裝置之狀態下,容易對觸控面板進行操作。According to the configuration of the above (17), the user can use the touch panel to operate the image displayed on the display portion more intuitively and easily. Further, when the display portion is placed upward, the operation device is placed in a slightly inclined state by the protruding portion. Therefore, it is possible to easily operate the touch panel in a state where the operation device is placed.

(18)(18)

操作裝置在外罩的內部復更可具備慣性感測器。The operating device can be equipped with an inertial sensor inside the housing.

根據上述(18)的構成,可揮動或移動操作裝置本身來進行操作,使用者可使用操作裝置更直覺且容易地進行操作。此外,根據此構成,由於是假定移動操作裝置來使用,所以當將附加裝置連接於操作裝置時,堅固地連接操作裝置與附加裝置者乃極為重要。因此,上述(18)的構成中,藉由採用上述(7)或(8)的構成,對於堅固地連接操作裝置與附加裝置者特別有效。According to the configuration of the above (18), the operation device itself can be swung or moved to operate, and the user can operate more intuitively and easily using the operation device. Further, according to this configuration, since it is assumed to be used by the mobile operating device, it is extremely important to firmly connect the operating device and the additional device when the additional device is connected to the operating device. Therefore, in the configuration of the above (18), the configuration of the above (7) or (8) is particularly effective for a strong connection between the operation device and the attachment device.

(19)(19)

操作裝置復可具備通訊部及顯示控制部。通訊部,係以無線方式將顯示出對本身機器所進行的操作之操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置,並接收從前述遊戲裝置所傳送來之圖像資料。顯示控制部,係將所接收的圖像資料顯示於前述顯示部。The operation device is provided with a communication unit and a display control unit. The communication unit wirelessly transmits the operation data showing the operation performed by the own device to the game device, and receives the image data transmitted from the game device. The display control unit displays the received image data on the display unit.

根據上述(19)的構成,使用者可使用容易握持且操作性佳之操作裝置來進行遊戲操作。此外,由於從遊戲裝置所傳送來之圖像被顯示於顯示部,所以使用者可一邊觀看顯示於操作裝置的顯示部之畫像一邊進行遊戲操作。According to the configuration of the above (19), the user can perform the game operation using the operation device that is easy to grip and has good operability. Further, since the image transmitted from the game device is displayed on the display unit, the user can perform the game operation while viewing the image displayed on the display unit of the operation device.

(20)(20)

操作裝置復可具備遊戲處理部及顯示控制部。遊戲處理部係根據對本身機器的操作來執行遊戲處理。顯示控制部係根據遊戲處理的結果來生成遊戲圖像並顯示於顯示部。The operation device may include a game processing unit and a display control unit. The game processing unit executes game processing in accordance with an operation on its own machine. The display control unit generates a game image based on the result of the game processing and displays it on the display unit.

根據上述(20)的構成,可容易地握持可攜式遊戲裝置,且其操作性佳。According to the configuration of the above (20), the portable game device can be easily held, and the operability is good.

(21)(twenty one)

顯示部可具有5吋以上的畫面。The display unit may have a screen of 5 inches or more.

根據上述(21)的構成,可使用較大畫面來顯示出容易觀看且具震撼力之圖像。如上述(21)的構成使用較大畫面的顯示部時,必然使操作裝置本身的大小變大,所以對於使用者可容易握持之上述(1)至(20)的構成特別有效。According to the configuration of the above (21), a large screen can be used to display an image that is easy to see and has a powerful image. When the display unit of the larger screen is used as the configuration of the above (21), the size of the operation device itself is inevitably increased. Therefore, the configuration of the above (1) to (20) which can be easily gripped by the user is particularly effective.

此外,本發明之其他一例,亦可提供一種具備上述(1)至(21)中的各部分(外罩、顯示部及突起部等)之平板型的資訊處理裝置。Further, in another example of the present invention, a flat type information processing device including each of the above (1) to (21) (a cover, a display portion, a protruding portion, and the like) may be provided.

根據本發明,在外罩的表面側設置顯示部,並且在外罩的背面側,於較外罩的中央為靠近上側且至少在左右兩側的位置設置突起部,藉此,使用者更可容易握持操作裝置。According to the invention, the display portion is provided on the surface side of the outer cover, and on the back side of the outer cover, the protrusion is provided at a position closer to the upper side than at the center of the outer cover and at least at the left and right sides, whereby the user can easily hold the handle Operating device.

本發明的上述及其他目的、特徵、態樣、及效果,透過與添附圖式之對照、與以下的詳細說明而能更進一步瞭解。The above and other objects, features, aspects and advantages of the present invention will become more <RTIgt;

[1.遊戲系統的全體構成][1. Overall composition of the game system]

以下參照圖式來說明本發明的一實施形態之遊戲系統1。第1圖為遊戲系統1的外觀圖。第1圖中,遊戲系統1係包含:以電視接收機等代表之定置型顯示裝置(以下記載為「電視」)2、定置型遊戲裝置3、光碟4、控制器5、標示裝置6、及終端裝置7。遊戲系統1係根據採用控制器5之遊戲操作,在遊戲裝置3中執行遊戲處理,並將藉由遊戲處理所得之遊戲圖像顯示於電視2及/或終端裝置7。The game system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is an external view of the game system 1. In the first embodiment, the game system 1 includes a fixed display device (hereinafter referred to as "television") represented by a television receiver or the like, a fixed game device 3, a compact disc 4, a controller 5, a pointing device 6, and Terminal device 7. The game system 1 executes game processing in the game device 3 in accordance with the game operation using the controller 5, and displays the game image obtained by the game processing on the television 2 and/or the terminal device 7.

遊戲裝置3中,可更換使用之資訊記憶媒體的一例之光碟4,係可裝卸地插入於該遊戲裝置3。光碟4係記憶有用以在遊戲裝置3中執行之資訊處理程式(典型為遊戲程式)。於遊戲裝置3的前面設置有光碟4的插入口。遊戲裝置3,係藉由讀取插入在插入口的光碟4中所記憶之資訊處理程式並加以執行而執行遊戲處理。In the game device 3, a disc 4, which is an example of an information storage medium that can be used interchangeably, is detachably inserted into the game device 3. The disc 4 is a memory processing program (typically a game program) that is useful for execution in the game device 3. An insertion port of the optical disc 4 is provided in front of the game device 3. The game device 3 executes the game processing by reading and executing the information processing program stored in the optical disc 4 inserted in the insertion slot.

電視2係經由連接線而連接於遊戲裝置3。電視2,係顯示出藉由遊戲裝置3中所執行的遊戲處理而得之遊戲圖像。電視2具有喇叭2a(第2圖),喇叭2a係輸出上述遊戲處理的結果所得之遊戲聲音。其他實施形態中,遊戲裝置3與定置型顯示裝置可構成為一體。此外,遊戲裝置3與電視2之通訊可為無線通訊。The television 2 is connected to the game device 3 via a connection line. The television 2 displays a game image obtained by the game processing executed in the game device 3. The television 2 has a horn 2a (Fig. 2), and the horn 2a outputs a game sound obtained as a result of the above-described game processing. In other embodiments, the game device 3 and the fixed display device may be integrally formed. Further, the communication between the game device 3 and the television 2 can be wireless communication.

於電視2的畫面周邊(第1圖中為畫面上側),設置有標示裝置6。詳細內容將於之後詳述,使用者(遊戲者)可進行移動控制器5之遊戲操作,標示裝置6係用以算出控制器5的動作或位置或姿勢等。標示裝置6於其兩端具有2個標示器6R及6L。標示器6R(標示器6L亦相同),具體而言為1個以上的紅外線LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體),且朝向電視2的前方輸出紅外線。標示裝置6連接於遊戲裝置3,遊戲裝置3可控制標示裝置6所具備之各紅外線LED的點燈。標示裝置6為可運送型,使用者可將標示裝置6設置在自由位置。第1圖中,係顯示標示裝置6設置在電視2上之型態,但設置標示裝置6之位置及朝向可為任意。A marking device 6 is provided around the screen of the television 2 (the upper side of the screen in Fig. 1). The details will be described later in detail, and the user (player) can perform the game operation of the mobile controller 5, and the pointing device 6 is used to calculate the motion, position, posture, and the like of the controller 5. The marking device 6 has two markers 6R and 6L at its both ends. The marker 6R (the same is true for the marker 6L), specifically, one or more infrared LEDs (light emitting diodes), and outputs infrared rays toward the front of the television 2. The pointing device 6 is connected to the game device 3, and the game device 3 can control the lighting of each of the infrared LEDs provided in the signing device 6. The marking device 6 is of a transportable type, and the user can set the marking device 6 in a free position. In Fig. 1, the type in which the marking device 6 is placed on the television 2 is shown, but the position and orientation of the setting indicating device 6 can be arbitrary.

控制器5,係將顯示出對本身機器所進行之操作內容的操作資料賦予至遊戲裝置3者。控制器5與遊戲裝置3之間可藉由無線通訊來進行通訊。本實施形態中,控制器5與遊戲裝置3之間的無線通訊,例如採用Bluetooth(藍牙)(註冊商標)技術。其他實施形態中,控制器5與遊戲裝置3能夠以有線方式連接。此外,本實施形態中,遊戲系統1中所包含之控制器5係設為1個,但遊戲裝置3可與複數個控制器5通訊,藉由同時使用預定台數的控制器,可讓複數位使用者玩遊戲。控制器5的詳細構成將於之後詳述。The controller 5 assigns an operation material showing the contents of the operation performed by the own machine to the game device 3. Communication between the controller 5 and the game device 3 can be performed by wireless communication. In the present embodiment, wireless communication between the controller 5 and the game device 3 is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark) technology. In other embodiments, the controller 5 and the game device 3 can be connected in a wired manner. Further, in the present embodiment, the number of controllers 5 included in the game system 1 is one, but the game device 3 can communicate with a plurality of controllers 5, and by using a predetermined number of controllers at the same time, it is possible to Several users play the game. The detailed configuration of the controller 5 will be described in detail later.

終端裝置7,為使用者所能夠握持之程度的大小,使用者能夠以手握持終端裝置7來移動,或是將終端裝置7配置在自由位置來使用。詳細構成將於之後敘述,終端裝置7係具備為顯示手段的LCD(Liquid Crystal Display:液晶顯示裝置)51及輸入手段(後述觸控面板52或迴轉感測器74等)。終端裝置7與遊戲裝置3之間可藉由無線(或有線)方式來進行通訊。終端裝置7從遊戲裝置3接收在遊戲裝置3中所生成之圖像(例如遊戲圖像)的資料,並將圖像顯示於LCD 51。本實施形態中,係使用LCD作為顯示裝置,但終端裝置7亦可具有例如應用EL(Electro Luminescence:電致發光)之顯示裝置等其他任意之顯示裝置。此外,終端裝置7係將顯示出對本身機器所進行之操作的內容之操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置3。The terminal device 7 is of a size that can be gripped by the user, and the user can move the terminal device 7 by hand or arrange the terminal device 7 at a free position. The detailed configuration will be described later, and the terminal device 7 includes an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) 51 as a display means and an input means (a touch panel 52 or a rotation sensor 74 to be described later). Communication between the terminal device 7 and the game device 3 can be performed by wireless (or wired). The terminal device 7 receives the material of the image (for example, the game image) generated in the game device 3 from the game device 3, and displays the image on the LCD 51. In the present embodiment, an LCD is used as the display device. However, the terminal device 7 may have any other display device such as a display device using EL (Electro Luminescence). Further, the terminal device 7 transmits the operation data showing the content of the operation performed by the own device to the game device 3.

[2.遊戲裝置3的內部構成][2. Internal structure of game device 3]

接著參照第2圖,說明遊戲裝置3的內部構成。第2圖係顯示遊戲裝置3的內部構成之方塊圖。遊戲裝置3係具有:CPU(Central Processing Unit:中央處理單元)10、系統LSI 11、外部主記憶體12、ROM/RTC 13、光碟機14、及AV-IC 15等。Next, the internal configuration of the game device 3 will be described with reference to Fig. 2 . Fig. 2 is a block diagram showing the internal structure of the game device 3. The game device 3 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 10, a system LSI 11, an external main memory 12, a ROM/RTC 13, an optical disk drive 14, and an AV-IC 15.

CPU 10係藉由執行記憶於光碟4之遊戲程式來執行遊戲處理,具有遊戲處理器的功能。CPU 10連接於系統LSI 11。系統LSI 11,除了CPU 10之外,亦連接有外部主記憶體12、ROM/RTC 13、光碟機14及AV-IC 15。系統LSI 11係進行連接於其之各構成要素間之資料轉傳的控制、應予顯示之圖像的生成、從外部裝置取得資料等處理。系統LSI11的內部構成將於之後詳述。揮發性的外部主記憶體12,係記憶從光碟機14所讀取之遊戲程式或是從快閃記憶體所讀取之遊戲程式等程式,或記憶各種資料者,並用作為CPU 10的工作區或緩衝區。ROM/RTC 13係具有裝入有遊戲裝置3之啟動用的程式之ROM(所謂開機ROM)、以及計數時間之時脈電路(RTC:Real Time Clock)。光碟機14,係從光碟4讀取程式資料或材質圖形資料等,並將讀取之資料寫入於後述之內部主記憶體11e或外部主記憶體12。The CPU 10 performs game processing by executing a game program stored on the optical disc 4, and has a function of a game processor. The CPU 10 is connected to the system LSI 11. The system LSI 11 is connected to an external main memory 12, a ROM/RTC 13, a CD player 14, and an AV-IC 15 in addition to the CPU 10. The system LSI 11 performs processing such as control of data transfer between the constituent elements connected thereto, generation of an image to be displayed, and acquisition of data from an external device. The internal configuration of the system LSI 11 will be described in detail later. The volatile external main memory 12 is a program that memorizes a game program read from the optical disk drive 14 or a game program read from the flash memory, or a memory of various materials, and is used as a work area of the CPU 10. Or a buffer. The ROM/RTC 13 has a ROM (so-called boot ROM) in which a program for starting up the game device 3 is loaded, and a clock (RTC: Real Time Clock) for counting time. The optical disk drive 14 reads program data, material graphic data, and the like from the optical disk 4, and writes the read data into the internal main memory 11e or the external main memory 12 which will be described later.

系統LSI 11中,係設置有輸出輸入處理器(I/O處理器)11a、GPU(Graphics Processor Unit:繪圖處理單元)11b、DSP(Digital Signal Processor:數位訊號處理器)11c、VRAM(Video RAM)11d、以及內部主記憶體11e。雖於圖示中省略,但此等構成要素11a至11e係藉由內部匯流排相互連接。The system LSI 11 is provided with an output input processor (I/O processor) 11a, a GPU (Graphics Processor Unit) 11b, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) 11c, and a VRAM (Video RAM). 11d, and internal main memory 11e. Although omitted in the drawings, the constituent elements 11a to 11e are connected to each other by an internal bus bar.

GPU11b係形成描繪手段的一部分,並依循來自CPU 10的繪圖指令(製圖指令)來生成圖像。VRAM 11d,係記憶用以讓GPU 11b執行繪圖指令所需之資料(多邊形資料或材質圖形資料等資料)。生成圖像時,GPU 11b係使用記憶於VRAM 11d之資料來製成圖像資料。本實施形態中,遊戲裝置3係生成顯示於電視2之遊戲圖像及顯示於終端裝置7之遊戲圖像兩者。以下,有將顯示於電視2之遊戲圖像稱為「電視用遊戲圖像」,將顯示於終端裝置7之遊戲圖像稱為「終端用遊戲圖像」之情形。The GPU 11b forms part of the drawing means and generates an image in accordance with a drawing command (drawing instruction) from the CPU 10. The VRAM 11d stores data (polygon data or material graphic data) required for the GPU 11b to execute a drawing instruction. When an image is generated, the GPU 11b uses the material stored in the VRAM 11d to create image data. In the present embodiment, the game device 3 generates both a game image displayed on the television 2 and a game image displayed on the terminal device 7. Hereinafter, the game image displayed on the television 2 is referred to as a "game image for television", and the game image displayed on the terminal device 7 is referred to as a "game image for the terminal".

DSP 11c係具有音訊處理器的功能,係使用記憶於內部主記憶體11e或外部主記憶體12之聲音資料或聲音波形(音色)資料,來生成聲音資料。本實施形態中,遊戲聲音與遊戲圖像相同,係生成從電視2的喇叭所輸出之遊戲聲音及從終端裝置7的喇叭所輸出之遊戲聲音兩者。以下,有將從電視2輸出之遊戲聲音稱為「電視用遊戲聲音」,將從終端裝置7輸出之遊戲聲音稱為「終端用遊戲聲音」之情形。The DSP 11c has the function of an audio processor, and uses sound data or sound waveform (tone) data stored in the internal main memory 11e or the external main memory 12 to generate sound data. In the present embodiment, the game sound is the same as the game image, and both the game sound output from the speaker of the television 2 and the game sound output from the speaker of the terminal device 7 are generated. Hereinafter, the game sound output from the television 2 is referred to as "game sound for television", and the game sound output from the terminal device 7 is referred to as "game sound for the terminal".

如上所述,在遊戲裝置3中所生成之圖像及聲音中,電視2中所輸出之圖像及聲音的資料,係藉由AV-IC 15所讀取。AV-IC 15係將所讀取之圖像資料經由AV連接器16輸出至電視2,並且將所讀取之聲音資料輸出至電視2內建的喇叭2a。藉此,圖像被顯示於電視2,並從喇叭2a輸出聲音。As described above, among the images and sounds generated by the game device 3, the images of the images and sounds outputted from the television 2 are read by the AV-IC 15. The AV-IC 15 outputs the read image data to the television 2 via the AV connector 16, and outputs the read sound data to the built-in speaker 2a of the television 2. Thereby, the image is displayed on the television 2, and the sound is output from the horn 2a.

此外,在遊戲裝置3中所生成之圖像及聲音中,輸出至終端裝置7中之圖像及聲音的資料,係藉由輸出輸入處理器11a等傳送至終端裝置7。藉由輸出輸入處理器11a等將資料傳送至終端裝置7之傳送方式將於之後詳述。Further, among the images and sounds generated by the game device 3, the images of the images and sounds outputted to the terminal device 7 are transmitted to the terminal device 7 by the output/output processor 11a or the like. The transmission method of transmitting data to the terminal device 7 by the output input processor 11a or the like will be described later in detail.

輸出輸入處理器11a,係在與連接於其之構成要素間執行資料的接收傳送,或是執行來自外部裝置的資料之下載。輸出輸入處理器11a,係連接於快閃記憶體17、網路通訊模組18、控制器通訊模組19、擴充連接器20、記憶卡用連接器21、編解碼器LSI 27。此外,網路通訊模組18連接有天線22。控制器通訊模組19連接有天線23。編解碼器LSI 27連接於終端通訊模組28,終端通訊模組28連接有天線29。The output input processor 11a performs reception and transmission of data between components connected thereto, and downloads data from an external device. The output input processor 11a is connected to the flash memory 17, the network communication module 18, the controller communication module 19, the expansion connector 20, the memory card connector 21, and the codec LSI 27. In addition, the network communication module 18 is connected to the antenna 22. The controller communication module 19 is connected to the antenna 23. The codec LSI 27 is connected to the terminal communication module 28, and the terminal communication module 28 is connected to the antenna 29.

遊戲裝置3,可連接於網際網路等網路而與外部資訊處理裝置(例如其他遊戲裝置或各種伺服器等)進行通訊。亦即,輸出輸入處理器11a可經由網路通訊模組18及天線22連接於網際網路等網路,並與連接於網路之外部資訊處理裝置進行通訊。輸出輸入處理器11a係定期存取快閃記憶體17,偵測是否有須傳送至網路之資料,具有該資料時,經由網路通訊模組18及天線22傳送至網路。此外,輸出輸入處理器11a係經由網路、天線22及網路通訊模組18,接收從外部資訊處理裝置傳送來之資料或從下載伺服器所下載之資料,並將接收的資料記憶於快閃記憶體17。CPU 10藉由執行該遊戲程式,來讀取記憶於快閃記憶體17之資料並應用在遊戲程式。快閃記憶體17中,除了在遊戲裝置3與外部資訊處理裝置之間所接收傳送的資料之外,亦可記憶有應用遊戲裝置3進行遊戲之遊戲的儲存資料(遊戲的結果資料或中途資料)。此外,快閃記憶體17中亦可記憶有遊戲程式。The game device 3 can be connected to a network such as the Internet to communicate with an external information processing device (for example, other game devices or various servers). That is, the output input processor 11a can be connected to a network such as the Internet via the network communication module 18 and the antenna 22, and communicate with an external information processing device connected to the network. The output input processor 11a periodically accesses the flash memory 17 to detect whether there is data to be transmitted to the network. When the data is present, it is transmitted to the network via the network communication module 18 and the antenna 22. In addition, the output input processor 11a receives the data transmitted from the external information processing device or the data downloaded from the download server via the network, the antenna 22, and the network communication module 18, and memorizes the received data. Flash memory 17. The CPU 10 reads the data stored in the flash memory 17 and applies it to the game program by executing the game program. In the flash memory 17, in addition to the data transmitted between the game device 3 and the external information processing device, the stored data of the game in which the game device 3 is used for the game may be memorized (the result data of the game or the midway data). ). In addition, a game program can also be memorized in the flash memory 17.

此外,遊戲裝置3可接收來自控制器5的操作資料。亦即,輸出輸入處理器11a可經由天線23及控制器通訊模組19來接收從控制器5所傳送來之操作資料,並記憶(暫時記憶)於內部主記憶體11e或外部主記憶體12的緩衝區。Further, the game device 3 can receive an operation material from the controller 5. That is, the output input processor 11a can receive the operation data transmitted from the controller 5 via the antenna 23 and the controller communication module 19, and memorize (temporarily memorize) the internal main memory 11e or the external main memory 12 Buffer.

此外,遊戲裝置3可在與終端裝置7之間進行圖像或聲音等資料的接收傳送。輸出輸入處理器11a,當將遊戲圖像(終端用遊戲圖像)傳送至終端裝置7時,係將GPU 11b所生成之遊戲圖像的資料傳送至編解碼器LSI 27。編解碼器LSI 27對來自輸出輸入處理器11a的圖像資料進行預定的壓縮處理。終端通訊模組28在與終端裝置7之間進行無線通訊。因此,由編解碼器LSI 27所壓縮之圖像資料,係藉由終端通訊模組28,經由天線29傳送至終端裝置7。本實施形態中,從遊戲裝置3傳送至終端裝置7之圖像資料係使用在遊戲中,遊戲中若所顯示的圖像產生延遲,則會對遊戲的操作性產生不良影響。因此,關於圖像資料從遊戲裝置3至終端裝置7之傳送,較佳為盡可能形成不會產生延遲。因此,本實施形態中,編解碼器LSI 27例如使用H. 264規格之高效率壓縮技術來壓縮圖像資料。亦可使用其他壓縮技術,在通訊速度足夠時,亦能夠以無壓縮來傳送圖像資料而構成。此外,終端通訊模組28例如為接受Wi-Fi認證之通訊模組,可使用以例如IEEE802. 11n規格所採用之MIMO(Multiple Input Multiple Output)技術,高速地進行與終端裝置7之間的無線通訊,或是採用其他通訊方式。Further, the game device 3 can perform reception and transmission of data such as images or sounds with the terminal device 7. The output/output processor 11a transfers the game image generated by the GPU 11b to the codec LSI 27 when the game image (the game image for the terminal) is transmitted to the terminal device 7. The codec LSI 27 performs predetermined compression processing on the image material from the output input processor 11a. The terminal communication module 28 performs wireless communication with the terminal device 7. Therefore, the image data compressed by the codec LSI 27 is transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the antenna 29 via the terminal communication module 28. In the present embodiment, the image data transmitted from the game device 3 to the terminal device 7 is used in the game, and if the image displayed in the game is delayed, the operability of the game is adversely affected. Therefore, regarding the transfer of image data from the game device 3 to the terminal device 7, it is preferable to form as much as possible without delay. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the codec LSI 27 compresses image data using, for example, a high-efficiency compression technique of the H.264 specification. Other compression techniques can also be used, and when the communication speed is sufficient, the image data can be transmitted without compression. Further, the terminal communication module 28 is, for example, a communication module that accepts Wi-Fi authentication, and can perform wireless communication with the terminal device 7 at a high speed by using a MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output) technology such as the IEEE 802.11n standard. Communication, or other means of communication.

此外,遊戲裝置3除了圖像資料之外,亦將聲音資料傳送至終端裝置7。亦即,輸出輸入處理器11a係將DSP 11c所生成之聲音資料,經由編解碼器LSI 27輸出至終端通訊模組28。編解碼器LSI 27對於聲音資料,亦進行與圖像資料相同之壓縮處理。對聲音資料所進行之壓縮的方式,可為任意方式,但較佳為壓縮率高且聲音劣化少之方式。此外,其他實施形態中,聲音資料亦能夠不壓縮來傳送。終端通訊模組28將壓縮後的圖像資料及聲音資料,經由天線29傳送至終端裝置7。Further, the game device 3 transmits the sound data to the terminal device 7 in addition to the image data. That is, the output/output processor 11a outputs the sound data generated by the DSP 11c to the terminal communication module 28 via the codec LSI 27. The codec LSI 27 also performs the same compression processing as the image data for the sound data. The method of compressing the sound data may be any method, but it is preferably a method in which the compression ratio is high and the sound deterioration is small. Further, in other embodiments, the sound data can be transmitted without compression. The terminal communication module 28 transmits the compressed image data and sound data to the terminal device 7 via the antenna 29.

再者,遊戲裝置3除了上述圖像資料及聲音資料之外,亦可因應必要將各種控制資料傳送至終端裝置7。控制資料,為顯示出對終端裝置7所具備的構成要素進行控制之指示的資料,例如有控制標示部(第14圖所示之標示部55)的點燈之指示、或是控制攝影機(第14圖所示之攝影機56)的攝影之指示等。輸出輸入處理器11a係因應CPU 10的指示,將控制資料傳送至終端裝置7。關於此控制資料,本實施形態中,編解碼器LSI 27未進行資料的壓縮處理,但在其他實施形態中,可進行壓縮處理。從遊戲裝置3傳送至終端裝置7之上述資料,可因應必要進行編碼或不進行編碼。Further, in addition to the image data and the sound data, the game device 3 may transmit various control data to the terminal device 7 as necessary. The control data is information indicating that the components of the terminal device 7 are instructed to be displayed, for example, an instruction to control the lighting of the indicator portion (the indicator portion 55 shown in FIG. 14), or a control camera (No. The instruction of photographing of the camera 56) shown in Fig. 14 and the like. The output input processor 11a transmits control data to the terminal device 7 in response to an instruction from the CPU 10. With respect to this control data, in the present embodiment, the codec LSI 27 does not perform data compression processing, but in other embodiments, compression processing can be performed. The above-described material transmitted from the game device 3 to the terminal device 7 may or may not be encoded as necessary.

此外,遊戲裝置3可從終端裝置7接收各種資料。詳細內容將於之後敘述,本實施形態中,終端裝置7係傳送操作資料、圖像資料及聲音資料。從終端裝置7所傳送來之各種資料,係經由天線29由終端通訊模組28所接收。在此,來自終端裝置7的圖像資料及聲音資料,亦施以與從遊戲裝置3至終端裝置7的圖像資料及聲音資料同樣的壓縮處理。因此,關於此等圖像資料及聲音資料,係從終端通訊模組28傳送至編解碼器LSI 27,藉由編解碼器LSI 27施以解壓縮處理並輸出至輸出輸入處理器11a。另一方面,關於來自終端裝置7的操作資料,由於資料量與圖像或聲音相比為較少,所以亦可不施以壓縮處理。此外,可因應必要進行編碼或不進行編碼。因此,操作資料在由終端通訊模組28所接收後,經由編解碼器LSI 27被輸出至輸出輸入處理器11a。輸出輸入處理器11a,係將從終端裝置7所接收之資料,記憶(暫時記憶)於內部主記憶體11e或外部主記憶體12的緩衝區。Further, the game device 3 can receive various materials from the terminal device 7. The details will be described later. In the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 transmits operation data, image data, and sound data. The various materials transmitted from the terminal device 7 are received by the terminal communication module 28 via the antenna 29. Here, the image data and the sound data from the terminal device 7 are also subjected to the same compression processing as the image data and the sound data from the game device 3 to the terminal device 7. Therefore, the image data and the sound data are transmitted from the terminal communication module 28 to the codec LSI 27, decompressed by the codec LSI 27, and output to the output input processor 11a. On the other hand, regarding the operation data from the terminal device 7, since the amount of data is smaller than that of the image or the sound, the compression processing may not be applied. In addition, it may or may not be encoded as necessary. Therefore, the operation data is received by the terminal communication module 28, and then output to the output/output processor 11a via the codec LSI 27. The output/output processor 11a memorizes (temporarily memorizes) the data received from the terminal device 7 in the buffer of the internal main memory 11e or the external main memory 12.

此外,遊戲裝置3可連接於其他機器或外部記憶媒體。亦即,於輸出輸入處理器11a係連接有擴充連接器20及記憶卡用連接器21。擴充連接器20為USB或SCSI之類的介面用之連接器。可藉由將外部記憶媒體之類的媒體、其他控制器等之周邊機器、或是有線的通訊用連接器連接於擴充連接器20,來進行與網路之通訊以取代網路通訊模組18。記憶卡用連接器21為用以連接記憶卡之類的外部記憶媒體之連接器。例如,輸出輸入處理器11a經由擴充連接器20或記憶卡用連接器21來存取外部記憶媒體,可將資料保存於外部記憶媒體或從外部記憶媒體讀取資料。Further, the game device 3 can be connected to other machines or external memory media. That is, the expansion connector 20 and the memory card connector 21 are connected to the output input processor 11a. The expansion connector 20 is a connector for an interface such as USB or SCSI. The network communication can be replaced by connecting a medium such as an external memory medium, a peripheral device such as another controller, or a wired communication connector to the expansion connector 20 to replace the network communication module 18 . The memory card connector 21 is a connector for connecting an external memory medium such as a memory card. For example, the output input processor 11a accesses the external memory medium via the expansion connector 20 or the memory card connector 21, and can store the data on the external memory medium or read the data from the external memory medium.

遊戲裝置3中,設置有電源鍵24、重設鍵25、及退片鍵26。電源鍵24及重設鍵25連接於系統LSI 11。當導通電源鍵24時,藉由未圖示之AC轉接器,從外部電源將電力供給至遊戲裝置3的各構成要素。按壓重設鍵25時,系統LSI 11重新啟動遊戲裝置3的啟動程式。退片鍵26連接於光碟機14。按壓退片鍵26時,光碟4從光碟機14排出。The game device 3 is provided with a power button 24, a reset button 25, and a drop button 26. The power key 24 and the reset key 25 are connected to the system LSI 11. When the power key 24 is turned on, power is supplied from the external power source to each component of the game device 3 by an AC adapter (not shown). When the reset button 25 is pressed, the system LSI 11 restarts the startup program of the game device 3. The eject button 26 is connected to the disc player 14. When the eject button 26 is pressed, the optical disc 4 is ejected from the optical disc drive 14.

其他實施形態中,遊戲裝置3所具備的各構成要素中之某些構成要素,可構成在另與遊戲裝置3不同之擴充機器。此時,擴充機器例如可經由上述擴充連接器20與遊戲裝置3連接。具體而言,擴充機器具備例如上述編解碼器LSI 27、終端通訊模組28及天線29的各構成要素,並可裝卸於擴充連接器20。根據此,可藉由將上述擴充機器連接於不具備上述各構成要素之遊戲裝置,而將該遊戲裝置構成為可與終端裝置7進行通訊。In other embodiments, some of the components of the game device 3 may be configured as expansion devices that are different from the game device 3. At this time, the expansion machine can be connected to the game device 3 via the expansion connector 20, for example. Specifically, the expansion device includes, for example, the components of the codec LSI 27, the terminal communication module 28, and the antenna 29, and is detachable from the expansion connector 20. According to this, the game device can be configured to communicate with the terminal device 7 by connecting the expansion device to a game device that does not have the above-described components.

[3.控制器5的構成][3. Configuration of controller 5]

接著參照第3圖至第7圖來說明控制器5。第3圖係顯示控制器5的外觀構成之立體圖。第4圖係顯示控制器5的外觀構成之立體圖。第3圖為從控制器5的上側後方觀看之立體圖,第4圖為從控制器5的下側前方觀看之立體圖。Next, the controller 5 will be described with reference to Figs. 3 to 7. Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the controller 5. Fig. 4 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the controller 5. 3 is a perspective view seen from the upper rear side of the controller 5, and FIG. 4 is a perspective view seen from the lower front side of the controller 5.

第3圖及第4圖中,控制器5係具有例如由塑膠成型所形成之外罩31。外罩31具有以其前後方向(第3圖所示之Z軸方向)為長邊方向之大致長方體形,全體為大人或小孩的單手所能夠握持之大小。使用者藉由壓下控制器5上所設置的鍵,以及移動控制器5本身來改變其位置或姿勢(傾斜度),可進行遊戲操作。In Figs. 3 and 4, the controller 5 has an outer cover 31 formed of, for example, plastic molding. The outer cover 31 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape in which the front-rear direction (the Z-axis direction shown in FIG. 3) is a longitudinal direction, and the entire size of the outer cover 31 can be gripped by a single hand of an adult or a child. The user can perform a game operation by pressing a button provided on the controller 5 and moving the controller 5 itself to change its position or posture (inclination).

外罩31上設置有複數個操作鍵。如第3圖所示,於外罩31的上表面,設置有:十字鍵32a、1號鍵32b、2號鍵32c、A鍵32d、減號鍵32e、首頁鍵32f、正號鍵32g、及電源鍵32h。本說明書中,將設置有此等鍵32a至32h之外罩31的上表面稱為「按鍵面」。另一方面,如第4圖所示,於外罩31的下表面形成有凹部,於該凹部的後面側傾斜面設置有B鍵32i。於此等各操作鍵32a至32i,適當地分配有因應遊戲裝置3所執行之資訊處理程式的功能。此外,電源鍵32h係用來以遠距方式將遊戲裝置3本體的電源導通關閉者。首頁鍵32f及電源鍵32h的上表面係埋入於外罩31的上表面。藉此可防止使用者誤壓首頁鍵32f或電源鍵32h。A plurality of operation keys are disposed on the outer cover 31. As shown in FIG. 3, on the upper surface of the outer cover 31, a cross key 32a, a first key 32b, a second key 32c, an A key 32d, a minus key 32e, a top key 32f, a positive key 32g, and Power button 32h. In the present specification, the upper surface of the cover 31 provided with the keys 32a to 32h is referred to as a "key surface". On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 4, a concave portion is formed on the lower surface of the outer cover 31, and a B key 32i is provided on the inclined surface on the rear side of the concave portion. The operation keys 32a to 32i are appropriately assigned to the functions of the information processing program executed by the game device 3. Further, the power key 32h is used to turn the power of the main body of the game device 3 to the close-off in a remote manner. The upper surface of the home key 32f and the power key 32h is embedded in the upper surface of the outer cover 31. Thereby, the user can be prevented from accidentally pressing the first key 32f or the power key 32h.

於外罩31的後面設置有連接器33。連接器33係用以將其他機器(例如其他感測器單元或控制器)連接於控制器5者。此外,於外罩31的後面之連接器33的兩側,設置有用以防止上述其他機器輕易地脫離之卡止孔33a。A connector 33 is provided behind the outer cover 31. Connector 33 is used to connect other machines (e.g., other sensor units or controllers) to controller 5. Further, on both sides of the connector 33 on the rear side of the cover 31, a locking hole 33a for preventing the other machine from being easily detached is provided.

於外罩31上表面的後方設置有複數個(第3圖中為4個)LED 34a至34d。在此,控制器5中,係為了與其他控制器5區分而賦予控制器種類(號碼)。各LED 34a至34d,係以將目前設定在控制器5之上述控制器種類通知至使用者、或是將控制器5的電池殘量通知至使用者之目的所使用。具體而言,使用控制器5進行遊戲操作時,係因應上述控制器種類使複數個LED 34a至34d中的任一個點燈。A plurality of (four in FIG. 3) LEDs 34a to 34d are provided behind the upper surface of the outer cover 31. Here, the controller 5 is given a controller type (number) in order to distinguish it from the other controllers 5. Each of the LEDs 34a to 34d is used for notifying the user of the type of the controller currently set in the controller 5 or notifying the user of the remaining amount of the battery of the controller 5. Specifically, when the controller 5 performs a game operation, any one of the plurality of LEDs 34a to 34d is turned on in response to the above-described controller type.

此外,控制器5係具有攝像資訊運算部35(第6圖),如第4圖所示,於外罩31的前面設置有攝像資訊運算部35的光入射面35a。光入射面35a,係以至少讓來自標示器6R及6L的紅外線穿透之材質所構成。Further, the controller 5 includes an imaging information computing unit 35 (FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 4, a light incident surface 35a of the imaging information computing unit 35 is provided on the front surface of the cover 31. The light incident surface 35a is made of a material that allows at least infrared rays from the markers 6R and 6L to penetrate.

於外罩31上表面的1號鍵32b與首頁鍵32f之間,形成有用以將來自控制器5所內建之喇叭47(第5圖)的聲音往外部放出之放音孔31a。A sound emitting hole 31a for discharging the sound from the speaker 47 (Fig. 5) built in the controller 5 to the outside is formed between the first key 32b on the upper surface of the outer cover 31 and the top key 32f.

接著參照第5圖及第6圖來說明控制器5的內部構造。第5圖及第6圖係顯示控制器5的內部構造之圖。第5圖為卸下控制器5的上框體(外罩31的一部分)之狀態之立體圖。第6圖為卸下控制器5的下框體(外罩31的一部分)之狀態之立體圖。第6圖所示之立體圖,為從背面觀看第5圖所示之基板30之立體圖。Next, the internal structure of the controller 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6. 5 and 6 are views showing the internal structure of the controller 5. Fig. 5 is a perspective view showing a state in which the upper casing (part of the outer cover 31) of the controller 5 is removed. Fig. 6 is a perspective view showing a state in which the lower casing (part of the outer casing 31) of the controller 5 is removed. The perspective view shown in Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the substrate 30 shown in Fig. 5 as viewed from the back.

第5圖中,基板30固定設置在外罩31的內部,於該基板30的上方主面上,設置有各各操作鍵32a至32h、各LED 34a至34d、加速度感測器37、天線45、及喇叭47等。此等係藉由形成於基板30等之配線(未圖示)而連接於微電腦(Micro Computer)42(參照第6圖)。本實施形態中,加速度感測器37係配置在X軸方向上從控制器5的中心偏離之位置。藉此可容易算出使控制器5繞著Z軸旋轉時之控制器5的動作。此外,加速度感測器37係配置在長邊方向(Z軸方向)上較控制器5的中心為前方之位置。此外,藉由無線模組44(第6圖)及天線45,使控制器5具有無線控制器之功能。In the fifth embodiment, the substrate 30 is fixedly disposed inside the outer cover 31. On the upper main surface of the substrate 30, the operation keys 32a to 32h, the LEDs 34a to 34d, the acceleration sensor 37, and the antenna 45 are disposed. And the speaker 47 and so on. These are connected to a microcomputer (Micro Computer) 42 by wiring (not shown) formed on the substrate 30 or the like (see FIG. 6). In the present embodiment, the acceleration sensor 37 is disposed at a position deviated from the center of the controller 5 in the X-axis direction. Thereby, the operation of the controller 5 when the controller 5 is rotated about the Z axis can be easily calculated. Further, the acceleration sensor 37 is disposed at a position forward of the center of the controller 5 in the longitudinal direction (Z-axis direction). Further, the controller 5 has the function of a wireless controller by the wireless module 44 (Fig. 6) and the antenna 45.

另一方面,第6圖中,於基板30之下方主面上的前端緣設置有攝像資訊運算部35。攝像資訊運算部35,從控制器5的前方依序設有:紅外線濾波器38、透鏡39、攝像元件40、及圖像處理電路41。此等構件38至41分別安裝於基板30的下方主面。On the other hand, in FIG. 6, the imaging information calculation unit 35 is provided on the front end edge of the lower main surface of the substrate 30. The imaging information computing unit 35 is provided with an infrared filter 38, a lens 39, an imaging element 40, and an image processing circuit 41 in this order from the front of the controller 5. These members 38 to 41 are attached to the lower main faces of the substrate 30, respectively.

此外,於基板30的下方主面上,設置有上述微電腦42及振動器46。振動器46例如為振動馬達或螺線管,並藉由形成於基板30等之配線而連接於微電腦42。藉由微電腦42的指示使振動器46動作,藉此使控制器5產生振動。藉此可使該振動傳達至握持控制器5之使用者的手,而實現所謂對應振動的遊戲。本實施形態中,振動器46係配置在外罩31的稍微靠近前方處。亦即,藉由將振動器46配置在較控制器5的中心更位於端側,可使振動器46的振動對全體控制器5形成更大振動。此外,連接器33係安裝在基板30之下方主面上的後端緣。除了第5圖及第6圖所示者外,控制器5亦具備:生成微電腦42的基本時脈之水晶振動元件、將聲音訊號輸出至喇叭47之擴大器等。Further, the microcomputer 42 and the vibrator 46 are provided on the lower main surface of the substrate 30. The vibrator 46 is, for example, a vibration motor or a solenoid, and is connected to the microcomputer 42 by wiring formed on the substrate 30 or the like. The vibrator 46 is operated by the instruction of the microcomputer 42, whereby the controller 5 generates vibration. Thereby, the vibration can be transmitted to the hand of the user holding the controller 5, and a so-called corresponding vibration game can be realized. In the present embodiment, the vibrator 46 is disposed slightly forward of the outer cover 31. That is, by arranging the vibrator 46 at the end side more than the center of the controller 5, the vibration of the vibrator 46 can cause greater vibration to the entire controller 5. Further, the connector 33 is mounted on the rear end edge of the lower main surface of the substrate 30. The controller 5 includes a crystal vibration element that generates a basic clock of the microcomputer 42 and an amplifier that outputs an audio signal to the speaker 47, in addition to those shown in FIGS. 5 and 6.

第3圖至第6圖所示之控制器5的形狀、各操作鍵的形狀、加速度感測器或振動器的數目及設置位置等僅為一例,可為其他形狀、數目及設置位置。此外,本實施形態中,攝像手段的攝像方向為Z軸正方向,但攝像方向可為任意方向。亦即,控制器5中之攝像資訊運算部35的位置(攝像資訊運算部35的光入射面35a),亦可不在外罩31的前面,只要可從外罩31外部取光,則亦可設置在其他面。The shape of the controller 5 shown in FIGS. 3 to 6 , the shape of each operation key, the number of acceleration sensors or vibrators, and the installation position are merely examples, and may be other shapes, numbers, and installation positions. Further, in the present embodiment, the imaging direction of the imaging means is the Z-axis positive direction, but the imaging direction may be any direction. In other words, the position of the imaging information computing unit 35 in the controller 5 (the light incident surface 35a of the imaging information computing unit 35) may not be in front of the outer cover 31, and may be provided in the case where the light can be taken from the outside of the outer cover 31. Other faces.

第7圖係顯示控制器5的構成之方塊圖。控制器5係具備:操作部32(各操作鍵32a至32i)、攝像資訊運算部35、通訊部36、加速度感測器37、及迴轉感測器48。控制器5,係將顯示出對本身機器所進行之操作內容的資料,作為操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置3。以下,有將控制器5所傳送之操作資料稱為「控制器操作資料」,將終端裝置7所傳送之操作資料稱為「終端操作資料」之情形。Fig. 7 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the controller 5. The controller 5 includes an operation unit 32 (each operation key 32a to 32i), a imaging information calculation unit 35, a communication unit 36, an acceleration sensor 37, and a rotation sensor 48. The controller 5 will display the information on the contents of the operation performed by the own machine, and transmit it to the game device 3 as the operation data. Hereinafter, the operation data transmitted by the controller 5 will be referred to as "controller operation data", and the operation data transmitted by the terminal device 7 will be referred to as "terminal operation data".

操作部32係包含上述各操作鍵32a至32i,並將顯示出對各操作鍵32a至32i的輸入狀態(是否壓下各操作鍵32a至32i)之操作鍵資料輸出至通訊部36的微電腦42。The operation unit 32 includes the above-described operation keys 32a to 32i, and outputs the operation key data indicating the input state of each of the operation keys 32a to 32i (whether or not the operation keys 32a to 32i are depressed) to the microcomputer 42 of the communication unit 36. .

攝像資訊運算部35,係用以解析攝像手段所攝像之圖像資料,判別當中亮度較高的區域,並算出該區域的重心位置或大小等之系統。攝像資訊運算部35,由於具有例如最大約200圖框/秒的取樣週期,故即使是相對高速的控制器5的動作,亦可跟隨而進行解析。The imaging information computing unit 35 is a system for analyzing image data captured by the imaging means, determining a region in which the luminance is high, and calculating the position or size of the center of gravity of the region. Since the imaging information computing unit 35 has, for example, a sampling period of up to about 200 frames per second, even if the operation of the relatively high-speed controller 5 is performed, it can be analyzed.

攝像資訊運算部35係具備:紅外線濾波器38、透鏡39、攝像元件40、及圖像處理電路41。紅外線濾波器38,係使從控制器5的前方所入射之光中,僅讓紅外線通過。透鏡39,係將穿透紅外線濾波器38之紅外線聚光並入射至攝像元件40。攝像元件40例如為CMOS感測器或CCD感測器之固體攝像元件,將透鏡39所聚光之紅外線感光並輸出圖像訊號。在此,成為攝像對象之終端裝置7的標示部55及標示裝置6,是由輸出紅外線之標示器所構成。因此,藉由設置紅外線濾波器38,攝像元件40可僅將通過紅外線濾波器38之紅外線感光而生成圖像資料,因此更可正確地將攝像對象(標示部55及/或標示裝置6)的圖像予以攝像。以下,將藉由攝像元件40所攝像之圖像稱為攝像圖像。藉由攝像元件40所生成之圖像資料,係在圖像處理電路41中進行處理。圖像處理電路41係算出攝像圖像內之攝像對象的位置。圖像處理電路41將顯示出所算出的位置之座標輸出至通訊部36的微電腦42。該座標的資料,係藉由微電腦42作為操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置3。以下,將上述座標稱為「標示器座標」。由於標示器座標對應於控制器5本身的朝向(傾斜角度)或位置而改變,所以遊戲裝置3可使用該標示器座標來算出控制器5的朝向或位置。The imaging information computing unit 35 includes an infrared filter 38, a lens 39, an imaging element 40, and an image processing circuit 41. The infrared filter 38 allows only infrared rays to pass through the light incident from the front of the controller 5. The lens 39 condenses the infrared rays that have passed through the infrared filter 38 and enters the image pickup element 40. The imaging element 40 is, for example, a solid-state imaging element of a CMOS sensor or a CCD sensor, and sensitizes the infrared light collected by the lens 39 to output an image signal. Here, the indicator portion 55 and the pointing device 6 of the terminal device 7 to be imaged are constituted by a marker that outputs infrared rays. Therefore, by providing the infrared ray filter 38, the image pickup device 40 can generate image data only by absorbing the infrared ray by the infrared ray filter 38, so that the image pickup object (the indicator portion 55 and/or the indicator device 6) can be accurately positioned. The image is taken. Hereinafter, an image captured by the imaging element 40 is referred to as a captured image. The image data generated by the image pickup device 40 is processed by the image processing circuit 41. The image processing circuit 41 calculates the position of the imaging target in the captured image. The image processing circuit 41 outputs the coordinates showing the calculated position to the microcomputer 42 of the communication unit 36. The coordinates of the coordinates are transmitted to the game device 3 by the microcomputer 42 as operational data. Hereinafter, the above coordinates are referred to as "marker coordinates". Since the marker coordinates change depending on the orientation (tilt angle) or position of the controller 5 itself, the game device 3 can use the marker coordinates to calculate the orientation or position of the controller 5.

其他實施形態中,控制器5可構成為不具備圖像處理電路41,攝像圖像本身可從控制器5傳送至遊戲裝置3。此時,遊戲裝置3可具有與圖像處理電路41為相同功能之電路或程式,並算出上述標示器座標。In other embodiments, the controller 5 may be configured not to include the image processing circuit 41, and the captured image itself may be transmitted from the controller 5 to the game device 3. At this time, the game device 3 may have a circuit or a program having the same function as the image processing circuit 41, and calculate the marker coordinates.

加速度感測器37,係偵測出控制器5的加速度(包含重力加速度),亦即偵測出施加於控制器5之力(包含重力)。加速度感測器37,在施加於該加速度感測器37的偵測部之加速度中,係偵測出沿著感測軸方向之直線方向的加速度(直線加速度)之值。例如,為2軸以上的多軸加速度感測器時,係分別偵測出沿著各軸之成分的加速度作為施加於加速度感測器的偵測部之加速度。加速度感測器37,例如為靜電電容型的MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical System:微機電系統)型加速度感測器,但亦可使用其他方式的加速度感測器。The acceleration sensor 37 detects the acceleration of the controller 5 (including the gravitational acceleration), that is, detects the force applied to the controller 5 (including gravity). The acceleration sensor 37 detects the value of the acceleration (linear acceleration) in the linear direction along the direction of the sensing axis in the acceleration applied to the detecting portion of the acceleration sensor 37. For example, in the case of a multi-axis acceleration sensor of two or more axes, the acceleration of the component along each axis is detected as the acceleration applied to the detecting portion of the acceleration sensor. The acceleration sensor 37 is, for example, a capacitive MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical System) type acceleration sensor, but other types of acceleration sensors may be used.

本實施形態中,加速度感測器37係對以控制器5為基準之上下方向(第3圖所示之Y軸方向)、左右方向(第3圖所示之X軸方向)及前後方向(第3圖所示之Z軸方向)的3軸方向分別偵測直線加速度。由於加速度感測器37偵測出沿著各軸之直線方向上的加速度,所以加速度感測器37的輸出係顯示出3軸的各軸之直線加速度的值。亦即,所偵測之加速度,係顯示為以控制器5為基準所設定之XYZ座標系(控制器座標系)上的3維向量。In the present embodiment, the acceleration sensor 37 is oriented in the up-down direction (the Y-axis direction shown in FIG. 3), the left-right direction (the X-axis direction shown in FIG. 3), and the front-rear direction (the third direction shown in FIG. 3). The linear acceleration is detected in the three-axis directions of the Z-axis direction shown in Fig. 3, respectively. Since the acceleration sensor 37 detects the acceleration in the linear direction along each axis, the output of the acceleration sensor 37 displays the value of the linear acceleration of each of the three axes. That is, the detected acceleration is displayed as a 3-dimensional vector on the XYZ coordinate system (controller coordinate system) set with reference to the controller 5.

顯示出加速度感測器37所偵測之加速度之資料(加速度資料),被輸出至通訊部36。由於加速度感測器37所偵測之加速度對應於控制器5本身的朝向(傾斜角度)或動作而改變,所以遊戲裝置3可使用所取得的加速度資料來算出控制器5的朝向或動作。本實施形態中,遊戲裝置3係根據所取得之加速度資料來算出控制器5的姿勢或傾斜角度等。The data (acceleration data) showing the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor 37 is output to the communication unit 36. Since the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor 37 changes in accordance with the orientation (tilt angle) or the motion of the controller 5 itself, the game device 3 can calculate the orientation or motion of the controller 5 using the acquired acceleration data. In the present embodiment, the game device 3 calculates the posture, the tilt angle, and the like of the controller 5 based on the acquired acceleration data.

對本業業者而言可從本說明書的說明中容易理解的是,根據從加速度感測器37(關於後述的加速度感測器73亦相同)所輸出之加速度的訊號,遊戲裝置3的處理器(例如CPU 10)或控制器5的處理器(例如微電腦42)等電腦進行處理,藉此可推測或算出(判定)關於控制器5之更進一步的資訊者。例如,當以裝載加速度感測器37之控制器5處於靜止狀態者為前提來執行電腦側的處理時(亦即在由加速度感測器所偵測之加速度僅有重力加速度時來執行處理時),只要控制器5實質上處於靜止狀態者,則可根據所偵測之加速度來得知控制器5的姿勢相對於重力方向是否傾斜或傾斜何種程度。具體而言,以加速度感測器37的偵測軸朝垂直正下方之狀態為基準時,可藉由是否施加有1G(重力加速度)而得知控制器5相對於基準是否傾斜,並藉由該大小來得知相對於基準傾斜何種程度。此外,為多軸的加速度感測器37時,可藉由對各軸的加速度訊號施以處理而更詳細得知控制器5相對於重力方向傾斜何種程度。此時,處理器可根據來自加速度感測器37的輸出來算出控制器5的傾斜角度,或是不算出該傾斜角度而算出控制器5的傾斜方向。如此,藉由將加速度感測器37與處理器組合使用,可判定控制器5的傾斜角度或姿勢。It will be readily understood by those skilled in the art from the description of the present specification that the processor of the game device 3 is based on the signal of the acceleration output from the acceleration sensor 37 (the same applies to the acceleration sensor 73 to be described later). For example, the CPU 10) or a computer such as the processor (for example, the microcomputer 42) of the controller 5 performs processing, whereby further information about the controller 5 can be estimated or calculated (determined). For example, when the processing on the computer side is performed on the premise that the controller 5 of the acceleration sensor 37 is in a stationary state (that is, when the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor has only the gravitational acceleration) As long as the controller 5 is substantially at a standstill, it can be known from the detected acceleration whether the posture of the controller 5 is tilted or tilted with respect to the direction of gravity. Specifically, when the detection axis of the acceleration sensor 37 is directly below the vertical detection state, whether the controller 5 is tilted with respect to the reference can be obtained by whether 1G (gravity acceleration) is applied or not. This size is used to know how much the tilt is relative to the reference. Further, in the case of the multi-axis acceleration sensor 37, it is possible to know in more detail how much the controller 5 is tilted with respect to the direction of gravity by applying processing to the acceleration signals of the respective axes. At this time, the processor can calculate the tilt angle of the controller 5 based on the output from the acceleration sensor 37, or calculate the tilt direction of the controller 5 without calculating the tilt angle. Thus, by using the acceleration sensor 37 in combination with the processor, the tilt angle or posture of the controller 5 can be determined.

另一方面,以控制器5處於動作狀態(控制器5為移動之狀態)者為前提時,由於加速度感測器37除了重力加速度之外亦偵測出因應控制器5的動作之加速度,故藉由預定處理從偵測出之加速度去除重力加速度的成分,藉此可得知控制器5的動作方向。此外,即使在以控制器5處於動作狀態者為前提時,藉由預定處理從偵測出之加速度去除因應加速度感測器的動作之加速度的成分,藉此亦可得知控制器5相對於重力方向之斜率。其他實施例中,加速度感測器37亦可具備:用以在將以內建的加速度偵測手段所偵測之加速度訊號輸出至微電腦42前對該加速度訊號進行預定處理之組入式的處理裝置或其他種類的專用處理裝置。組入式或專用的處理裝置,例如當用以使加速度感測器37偵測出靜態加速度(例如重力加速度)時,可將加速度訊號轉換為傾斜角(或是其他的較佳參數)。On the other hand, when the controller 5 is in the operating state (the controller 5 is in the moving state), since the acceleration sensor 37 detects the acceleration of the action of the controller 5 in addition to the gravitational acceleration, The component of the gravitational acceleration is removed from the detected acceleration by a predetermined process, whereby the direction of operation of the controller 5 can be known. In addition, even if the controller 5 is in the operating state, the component of the acceleration corresponding to the motion of the acceleration sensor is removed from the detected acceleration by a predetermined process, thereby knowing that the controller 5 is relative to the controller 5 The slope of the direction of gravity. In other embodiments, the acceleration sensor 37 may further include: an in-line processing for pre-determining the acceleration signal before outputting the acceleration signal detected by the built-in acceleration detecting means to the microcomputer 42. A device or other type of specialized processing device. The integrated or dedicated processing device, for example, when used to cause the acceleration sensor 37 to detect a static acceleration (eg, gravitational acceleration), can convert the acceleration signal to a tilt angle (or other preferred parameter).

迴轉感測器48,係偵測出繞著3軸(本實施形態中為XYZ軸)之角速度。本說明書中,以控制器5的攝像方向(Z軸正方向)為基準,將繞著X軸的旋轉方向稱為縱搖(pitch)方向,繞著Y軸的旋轉方向稱為偏搖(raw)方向,繞著Z軸的旋轉方向稱為橫搖(roll)方向。迴轉感測器48只要可偵測出繞著3軸之角速度即可,所使用之迴轉感測器的數目及組合可為任意。例如,迴轉感測器48可為3軸迴轉感測器,或是組合2軸迴轉感測器與1軸迴轉感測器來偵測繞著3軸之角速度。顯示出迴轉感測器48所偵測之角速度之資料,被輸出至通訊部36。此外,迴轉感測器48亦可偵測出繞著1軸或2軸之角速度。The swing sensor 48 detects the angular velocity around the three axes (the XYZ axis in the present embodiment). In the present specification, the rotation direction around the X axis is referred to as a pitch direction with reference to the imaging direction (Z-axis positive direction) of the controller 5, and the rotation direction around the Y axis is called a yaw (raw) The direction of rotation around the Z axis is called the roll direction. As long as the gyro sensor 48 can detect the angular velocity around the three axes, the number and combination of the gyro sensors used can be arbitrary. For example, the swing sensor 48 can be a 3-axis swivel sensor, or a combined 2-axis swivel sensor and a 1-axis swivel sensor to detect angular velocity about the 3 axes. The data showing the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor 48 is output to the communication unit 36. In addition, the swing sensor 48 can also detect angular velocities about 1 or 2 axes.

通訊部36係包含:微電腦42、記憶體43、無線模組44、及天線45。微電腦42,於進行處理時一邊將記憶體43用作為記憶區,一邊以將微電腦42所取得之資料以無線方式傳送至遊戲裝置3之方式控制無線模組44。The communication unit 36 includes a microcomputer 42, a memory 43, a wireless module 44, and an antenna 45. The microcomputer 42 controls the wireless module 44 so as to wirelessly transmit the data acquired by the microcomputer 42 to the game device 3 while using the memory 43 as a memory area during processing.

從操作部32、攝像資訊運算部35、加速度感測器37、及迴轉感測器48輸出至微電腦42之資料,被暫時儲存於記憶體43。此等資料係作為操作資料(控制器操作資料)被傳送至遊戲裝置3。亦即,微電腦42係當往遊戲裝置3的控制器通訊模組19之傳送時序來到時,將儲存於記憶體43之操作資料輸出至無線模組44。無線模組44例如採用Bluetooth(藍牙)(註冊商標)技術,以操作資料將預定頻率的傳輸波進行調變,並從天線45將該微弱電波訊號播送。亦即,操作資料以無線模組44調變為微弱電波訊號,並從控制器5傳送出。微弱電波訊號由遊戲裝置3側的控制器通訊模組19接收。藉由對所接收之微弱電波訊號進行解調或解碼,遊戲裝置3可取得操作資料。此外,遊戲裝置3的CPU 10係使用從控制器5所取得之操作資料來進行遊戲處理。從通訊部36往控制器通訊模組19之無線傳送,係在每個預定週期逐次進行,由於遊戲處理一般是以1/60秒為單位(1圖框時間)來進行,所以較佳係以此時間以下的周期來進行,控制器5的通訊部36係例如以1/200秒1次的比率,將操作資料輸出至遊戲裝置3的控制器通訊模組19。The data output from the operation unit 32, the imaging information calculation unit 35, the acceleration sensor 37, and the rotation sensor 48 to the microcomputer 42 is temporarily stored in the memory 43. These data are transmitted to the game device 3 as operation data (controller operation data). That is, the microcomputer 42 outputs the operation data stored in the memory 43 to the wireless module 44 when the transmission timing of the controller communication module 19 of the game device 3 comes. The wireless module 44, for example, uses Bluetooth (registered trademark) technology to modulate a transmission wave of a predetermined frequency with operation data, and broadcasts the weak electric wave signal from the antenna 45. That is, the operational data is modulated by the wireless module 44 into a weak electric wave signal and transmitted from the controller 5. The weak electric wave signal is received by the controller communication module 19 on the side of the game device 3. The game device 3 can acquire the operation data by demodulating or decoding the received weak electric wave signal. Further, the CPU 10 of the game device 3 performs game processing using the operation data acquired from the controller 5. The wireless transmission from the communication unit 36 to the controller communication module 19 is performed successively every predetermined period. Since the game processing is generally performed in units of 1/60 second (1 frame time), it is preferable to use The communication unit 36 of the controller 5 outputs the operation data to the controller communication module 19 of the game device 3 at a rate of 1/200 second, for example, at a time below this time.

如上所述,控制器5可傳送標示器座標資料、加速度資料、角速度資料、及操作鍵資料,作為顯示出對本身機器所進行操作之操作資料。此外,遊戲裝置3係使用上述操作資料作為遊戲輸入來執行遊戲處理。因此,藉由使用上述控制器5,使用者除了壓下各操作鍵之以往的一般遊戲操作外,更可進行移動控制器5本身之遊戲操作。例如,可進行使控制器5傾斜為任意姿勢之操作、藉由控制器5來指示畫面上的任意位置之操作、以及移動控制器5本身之操作等。As described above, the controller 5 can transmit the marker coordinate data, the acceleration data, the angular velocity data, and the operation key data as operation data showing the operation of the own machine. Further, the game device 3 performs game processing using the above-described operation data as a game input. Therefore, by using the controller 5 described above, the user can perform the game operation of the mobile controller 5 itself in addition to the conventional general game operation of pressing the operation keys. For example, an operation of tilting the controller 5 to an arbitrary posture, an operation of instructing an arbitrary position on the screen by the controller 5, an operation of the movement controller 5 itself, and the like can be performed.

本實施形態中,控制器5不具有顯示遊戲圖像之顯示手段,但亦可具有例如顯示出表示電池殘量的圖像等用之顯示手段。In the present embodiment, the controller 5 does not have a display means for displaying a game image, but may have, for example, a display means for displaying an image indicating the remaining amount of the battery.

[4.終端裝置7的構成][4. Configuration of Terminal Device 7]

接著,參照第8圖至第13圖來說明終端裝置7的構成。第8圖係顯示終端裝置7的外觀構成之平面圖。第8圖中的(a)圖為終端裝置7的前視圖,(b)圖為俯視圖,(c)圖為右側視圖,(d)圖為仰視圖。第9圖為終端裝置7之背視圖。此外,第10圖及第11圖係顯示使用者橫向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。第12圖及第13圖係顯示使用者縱向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Next, the configuration of the terminal device 7 will be described with reference to Figs. 8 to 13 . Fig. 8 is a plan view showing the appearance of the terminal device 7. Fig. 8(a) is a front view of the terminal device 7, (b) is a plan view, (c) is a right side view, and (d) is a bottom view. Figure 9 is a rear view of the terminal device 7. Further, Fig. 10 and Fig. 11 are views showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 laterally. Fig. 12 and Fig. 13 are views showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 in the longitudinal direction.

如第8圖所示,終端裝置7具備大致為橫向較長之長方形板狀形狀的外罩50。亦即,終端裝置7可稱為平板型的資訊處理裝置。外罩50只要是全體為板狀形狀即可,可具有曲面或一部分具有突起等。外罩50為使用者所能夠握持之程度的大小,因此,使用者能夠以手握持終端裝置7來移動,或是改變終端裝置7的配置位置。終端裝置7的縱向(z軸方向)長度,較佳為100至150[mm],本實施形態中為133.5[mm]。終端裝置7的橫向(x軸方向)長度,較佳為200至250[mm],本實施形態中為228.26[mm]。終端裝置7的厚度(y軸方向的長度),較佳者板狀部分為15至30[mm]左右,包含最厚部分者為30至50[mm]左右,本實施形態中為23.6(最厚部分為40.26)[mm]。此外,終端裝置7的重量約為400至600[g],本實施形態中為530[g]。詳細內容將於之後敘述,但即使是如上述之相對大型的終端裝置(操作裝置),亦構成為使用者容易握持且容易操作的終端裝置7。As shown in Fig. 8, the terminal device 7 includes a cover 50 having a substantially rectangular plate shape that is substantially horizontally long. That is, the terminal device 7 can be referred to as a tablet type information processing device. The outer cover 50 may have a curved shape as a whole, and may have a curved surface or a part of a projection or the like. Since the outer cover 50 is of a size that can be gripped by the user, the user can move the hand device 7 by hand or change the arrangement position of the terminal device 7. The length in the longitudinal direction (z-axis direction) of the terminal device 7 is preferably 100 to 150 [mm], and is 133.5 [mm] in the present embodiment. The length in the lateral direction (x-axis direction) of the terminal device 7 is preferably 200 to 250 [mm], and is 228.26 [mm] in the present embodiment. The thickness of the terminal device 7 (the length in the y-axis direction) is preferably about 15 to 30 [mm] in the plate-like portion, and is about 30 to 50 [mm] in the thickest portion, and is 23.6 in the present embodiment. The thick part is 40.26) [mm]. Further, the weight of the terminal device 7 is approximately 400 to 600 [g], and is 530 [g] in the present embodiment. Although the details will be described later, even the relatively large terminal device (operating device) as described above is configured as a terminal device 7 that is easy for the user to grip and easy to operate.

終端裝置7於外罩50的表面(表側)具有LCD 51。LCD 51畫面的大小較佳為5吋以上,在此為6.2吋。本實施形態中之終端裝置7,藉由容易握持且容易操作之構成,即使設置較大的LCD,亦容易操作。其他實施形態中,可設置較小的LCD 51以將操作裝置7的大小設成相對較小。LCD 51設置在外罩50表面的中央附近。因此,如第10圖及第11圖所示,使用者藉由握持LCD 51兩側部分的外罩50,可一邊觀看LCD 51的畫面一邊握持終端裝置7來移動。第10圖及第11圖中,係顯示使用者握持LCD 51左右兩側的部分之外罩50,而以橫握方式(橫向較長的朝向)握持終端裝置7之例子,但亦可如第12圖及第13圖所示,以縱握方式(縱向較長的朝向)握持終端裝置7。The terminal device 7 has an LCD 51 on the surface (front side) of the cover 50. The size of the LCD 51 screen is preferably 5 inches or more, which is 6.2 inches here. The terminal device 7 in the present embodiment is easy to handle and easy to operate, and is easy to operate even if a large LCD is provided. In other embodiments, a smaller LCD 51 can be provided to set the size of the operating device 7 to be relatively small. The LCD 51 is disposed near the center of the surface of the outer cover 50. Therefore, as shown in Figs. 10 and 11, the user can hold the terminal device 7 and move while viewing the screen of the LCD 51 by holding the cover 50 on both sides of the LCD 51. In Fig. 10 and Fig. 11, an example in which the user holds the outer cover 50 on the left and right sides of the LCD 51 while holding the terminal device 7 in a horizontally held manner (longer lateral direction) is shown, but As shown in Fig. 12 and Fig. 13, the terminal device 7 is held in a longitudinally gripping manner (longitudinal direction).

如第8圖的(a)圖所示,終端裝置7於LCD 51的畫面具有觸控面板52作為操作手段。本實施形態中,觸控面板52為電阻膜方式的觸控面板。惟觸控面板並不限於電阻膜方式,例如可使用例如靜電電容方式等任意方式的觸控面板。此外,觸控面板52可為單點觸控方式或多點觸控方式。本實施形態中,觸控面板52係應用與LCD 51的解析度為相同解析度(偵測精度)者。惟觸控面板52的解析度並不須與LCD 51的解析度一致。對觸控面板52之輸入,通常用觸控筆60來進行,但並不限於觸控筆60,亦能夠以使用者的手指對觸控面板52進行輸入。外罩50上,可設置有用以收納用來對觸控面板52進行操作之觸控筆60之收納孔60a(參照第8圖(b))。在此,收納孔60a係以使觸控筆60不會落下之方式設置在外罩50的上面,但亦可設置在側面或下面。如此,由於終端裝置7具有觸控面板52,所以使用者可一邊移動終端裝置7一邊操作觸控面板52。亦即,使用者可一邊移動LCD 51的畫面,一邊對該畫面直接(藉由觸控面板52)進行輸入。As shown in (a) of FIG. 8, the terminal device 7 has a touch panel 52 as an operation means on the screen of the LCD 51. In the embodiment, the touch panel 52 is a resistive touch panel. However, the touch panel is not limited to the resistive film method, and for example, a touch panel of any method such as an electrostatic capacitance method can be used. In addition, the touch panel 52 can be a single touch method or a multi-touch method. In the present embodiment, the touch panel 52 is applied to the same resolution (detection accuracy) as the resolution of the LCD 51. However, the resolution of the touch panel 52 does not have to be consistent with the resolution of the LCD 51. The input to the touch panel 52 is usually performed by the stylus pen 60. However, the touch panel 60 is not limited to the stylus pen 60, and the touch panel 52 can be input by the user's finger. The housing 50 may be provided with a housing hole 60a for accommodating the stylus pen 60 for operating the touch panel 52 (see FIG. 8(b)). Here, the receiving hole 60a is provided on the upper surface of the outer cover 50 so that the stylus pen 60 does not fall, but may be provided on the side surface or the lower surface. As described above, since the terminal device 7 has the touch panel 52, the user can operate the touch panel 52 while moving the terminal device 7. That is, the user can input the screen directly (by the touch panel 52) while moving the screen of the LCD 51.

如第8圖所示,終端裝置7具備2個類比搖桿53A及53B、以及複數個操作鍵(按鍵)54A至54M作為操作手段(操作部)。各類比搖桿53A及53B為可指示方向之裝置。各類比搖桿53A及53B,係構成為可使由使用者的手指所操作之可動構件(搖桿部)相對於外罩50的表面往任意方向(上下左右及斜向的任意角度)滑動。亦即,是亦被稱為滑動墊之方向輸入裝置。各類比搖桿53A及53B的可動構件,只要為可相對於外罩50的表面往任意方向傾倒之種類者即可。本實施形態中,係使用可動構件可滑動之種類的類比搖桿,因此,即使使用者不大幅移動拇指,亦可操作各類比搖桿53A及53B,並可在緊緊握持外罩50之狀態下進行操作。當使用可動構件為傾倒之種類者作為各類比搖桿53A及53B時,對使用者而言,更容易了解輸入的程度(傾斜的程度),而更容易進行詳細操作。As shown in Fig. 8, the terminal device 7 includes two analog rockers 53A and 53B and a plurality of operation keys (keys) 54A to 54M as operation means (operation unit). The various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B are devices that indicate the direction. The various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B are configured such that the movable member (rocker portion) operated by the user's finger can slide in any direction (any angle of up, down, left, right, and oblique directions) with respect to the surface of the outer cover 50. That is, it is also referred to as a directional input device for a sliding pad. The movable members of the respective types of the rockers 53A and 53B may be of a type that can be tilted in any direction with respect to the surface of the outer cover 50. In the present embodiment, an analog rocker of a type in which the movable member is slidable is used. Therefore, even if the user does not move the thumb largely, the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B can be operated, and the outer cover 50 can be gripped tightly. Operate in the state. When the movable member is used as the type of dumping as the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B, it is easier for the user to understand the degree of input (degree of tilt), and it is easier to perform detailed operations.

此外,左類比搖桿53A及右類比搖桿53B分別設置在LCD 51畫面的左側及右側。因此,使用者可藉由左右任一手使用類比搖桿來進行指示方向之輸入。此外,如第10圖及第11圖所示,各類比搖桿53A及53B設置在使用者可於握持終端裝置7的左右部分(LCD 51左右兩側的部分)之狀態下進行操作之位置上,因此,即使使用者握持終端裝置7來移動時,亦可容易操作各類比搖桿53A及53B。Further, the left analog stick 53A and the right analog stick 53B are respectively disposed on the left and right sides of the LCD 51 screen. Therefore, the user can use the analog joystick to perform the direction input by either the left and right hands. Further, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B are provided in a state where the user can hold the left and right portions of the terminal device 7 (portions on the left and right sides of the LCD 51). In position, therefore, even if the user holds the terminal device 7 to move, it is easy to operate the various types of the joysticks 53A and 53B.

各操作鍵54A至54L為用以進行預定輸入之操作手段(操作部),為可壓下之按鍵。如以下所示,各操作鍵54A至54L係設置在使用者可於握持終端裝置7的左右部分之狀態下進行操作之位置上(參照第10圖及第11圖)。因此,即使使用者握持終端裝置7來移動時,亦可容易操作此等操作手段。Each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is an operation means (operation part) for performing predetermined input, and is a depressible button. As will be described below, each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is provided at a position where the user can operate while holding the left and right portions of the terminal device 7 (see FIGS. 10 and 11). Therefore, even when the user holds the terminal device 7 to move, the operation means can be easily operated.

如第8圖的(a)圖所示,於外罩50的表面,設置有各操作鍵54A至54L中之十字鍵(方向輸入鍵)54A及鍵54B至54H及鍵54M。亦即,此等鍵54A至54H及鍵54M係配置在使用者的拇指所能夠操作之位置上(參照第10圖及第11圖)。As shown in Fig. 8(a), on the surface of the outer cover 50, a cross key (direction input key) 54A and keys 54B to 54H and a key 54M among the operation keys 54A to 54L are provided. That is, the keys 54A to 54H and the keys 54M are disposed at positions where the user's thumb can operate (see FIGS. 10 and 11).

十字鍵54A係設置在LCD 51的左側且為左類比搖桿53A的下側。亦即,十字鍵54A配置在使用者的左手所能夠操作之位置上。十字鍵54A具有十字形,為至少可指示上下左右的方向之鍵。The cross key 54A is disposed on the left side of the LCD 51 and is the lower side of the left analog rocker 53A. That is, the cross key 54A is disposed at a position where the user's left hand can operate. The cross key 54A has a cross shape and is a key that can indicate at least the up, down, left, and right directions.

此外,鍵54B至54D設置在LCD 51的下側。此等3個鍵54B至54D係配置在左右兩手所能夠操作之位置上。此外,終端裝置7具有用以導通/關閉終端裝置7的電源之電源鍵54M。藉由電源鍵54M的操作,亦能夠以遠距方式,導通/關閉遊戲裝置3的電源。電源鍵54M,與鍵54B至54D相同,設置在LCD 51的下側。電源鍵54M設置在鍵54B至54D的右側。因此,電源鍵54M係配置在右手所能夠操作(容易操作)之位置上。此外,4個鍵54E至54H係設置在LCD 51的右側且為右類比搖桿53B的下側。亦即,4個鍵54E至54H係配置在使用者的右手所能夠操作之位置上。再者,4個鍵54E至54H係以(相對於4個鍵54E至54H的中心位置)成為上下左右的位置關係之方式來配置。因此,終端裝置7可使4個鍵54E至54H具有用以令使用者指示上下左右的方向之鍵的功能。Further, keys 54B to 54D are provided on the lower side of the LCD 51. These three keys 54B to 54D are disposed at positions where the left and right hands can be operated. Further, the terminal device 7 has a power key 54M for turning on/off the power of the terminal device 7. The power of the game device 3 can also be turned on/off in a remote manner by the operation of the power button 54M. The power key 54M, like the keys 54B to 54D, is disposed on the lower side of the LCD 51. The power key 54M is disposed on the right side of the keys 54B to 54D. Therefore, the power key 54M is disposed at a position where the right hand can be operated (easy to operate). Further, four keys 54E to 54H are provided on the right side of the LCD 51 and are the lower side of the right analog rocker 53B. That is, the four keys 54E to 54H are disposed at positions where the user's right hand can operate. Further, the four keys 54E to 54H are arranged such that they are in a positional relationship of up, down, left, and right (with respect to the center positions of the four keys 54E to 54H). Therefore, the terminal device 7 can have four functions of the keys 54E to 54H for the user to instruct the keys in the up, down, left, and right directions.

本實施形態中,各類比搖桿53A及53B係配置在較十字鍵54A及各個鍵54E至54H為上側。在此,各類比搖桿53A及53B在厚度方向(y軸方向)上較十字鍵54A及各個鍵54E至54H為突出。因此,若將類比搖桿53A及十字鍵54A的位置相反地配置,使用者以拇指操作十字鍵54A時,可能有拇指碰到類比搖桿53A而產生錯誤操作之疑慮。將類比搖桿53B及各個鍵54E至54H的位置相反地配置時,亦會產生同樣問題。相對於此,本實施形態中,由於將各類比搖桿53A及53B配置在較十字鍵54A及各個鍵54E至54H為上側,所以在使用者操作類比搖桿53A及53B時,手指碰到十字鍵54A及各個鍵54E至54H之可能性較上述情況為低。如此,本實施形態中,可降低錯誤操作的可能性,而能夠提升終端裝置7的操作性。惟在其他實施形態中,可因應必要將類比搖桿53A及十字鍵54A相反地配置,或將類比搖桿53B及各個鍵54E至54H相反地配置。In the present embodiment, the various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B are disposed on the upper side of the cross key 54A and the respective keys 54E to 54H. Here, the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B protrude from the cross key 54A and the respective keys 54E to 54H in the thickness direction (y-axis direction). Therefore, when the position of the analog rocker 53A and the cross key 54A is reversed, when the user operates the cross key 54A with the thumb, there is a possibility that the thumb hits the analog rocker 53A and an erroneous operation is caused. The same problem occurs when the analog rocker 53B and the positions of the respective keys 54E to 54H are arranged oppositely. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B are disposed on the upper side of the cross key 54A and the respective keys 54E to 54H, when the user operates the analog rockers 53A and 53B, the finger touches. The possibility of the cross key 54A and the respective keys 54E to 54H is lower than the above case. As described above, in the present embodiment, the possibility of erroneous operation can be reduced, and the operability of the terminal device 7 can be improved. However, in other embodiments, the analog rocker 53A and the cross key 54A may be arranged oppositely, or the analog rocker 53B and the respective keys 54E to 54H may be arranged oppositely.

在此,本實施形態中,某些操作部(各類比搖桿53A及53B、十字鍵54A、及3個鍵54E至54G),在顯示部(LCD 51)的左右兩側,設置在較外罩50中之上下方向(y軸方向)的中心為上側。當操作此等操作部時,使用者主要握持在較終端裝置7中之上下方向的中心為上側。在此,當使用者握持外罩50的下側時,(尤其在終端裝置7如本實施形態之具有相對較大的大小時),所握持之終端裝置7變得不安定,使用者不易握持終端裝置7。相對於此,本實施形態中,當操作上述操作部時,使用者主要握持在較終端裝置7中之上下方向的中心為上側,此外,可藉由手掌從橫向來支撐外罩50。因此,使用者可在安定的狀態下握持外罩50而容易握持終端裝置7,故上述操作部變得更容易操作。其他實施形態中,在較外罩50的中央為上側,可在顯示部的左右方分別設置至少1個操作部。例如,可僅將各類比搖桿53A及53B設置在較外罩50的中央為上側。此外,例如當十字鍵54A設置在較左類比搖桿53A為上側,且4個鍵54E至54H設置在較右類比搖桿53B為上側時,十字鍵54A及4個鍵54E至54H,可設置在較外罩50的中央為上側。Here, in the present embodiment, some of the operation portions (the various types of the joysticks 53A and 53B, the cross key 54A, and the three keys 54E to 54G) are disposed on the left and right sides of the display unit (LCD 51). The center of the upper and lower directions (y-axis direction) of the outer cover 50 is the upper side. When the operation portions are operated, the user mainly holds the center in the upper and lower directions of the terminal device 7 as the upper side. Here, when the user grips the lower side of the outer cover 50 (especially when the terminal device 7 has a relatively large size as in the present embodiment), the held terminal device 7 becomes unstable, and the user is not easy to use. The terminal device 7 is held. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the operation portion is operated, the user mainly holds the center in the upper and lower directions of the terminal device 7 in the upper direction, and the outer cover 50 can be supported from the lateral direction by the palm. Therefore, the user can grip the cover 50 in a stable state and easily hold the terminal device 7, so that the above-described operation portion becomes easier to operate. In other embodiments, at least one of the operation portions may be provided on the left and right sides of the display portion, respectively, on the upper side of the center of the outer cover 50. For example, only the various types of the rocker bars 53A and 53B may be disposed on the upper side of the center of the outer cover 50. Further, for example, when the cross key 54A is disposed on the upper side of the left analog stick 53A, and the four keys 54E to 54H are disposed on the upper side of the right analog stick 53B, the cross key 54A and the four keys 54E to 54H can be set. The upper side of the outer cover 50 is the upper side.

此外,本實施形態中,在外罩50的背側(與設置有LCD 51之表面相反的一側)設置有突起部(簷部59)(參照第8圖的(c)圖及第9圖)。如第8圖的(c)圖所示,簷部59為從大致呈板狀之外罩50的背面突起地設置之山狀構件。突起部,係具有可讓握持外罩50的背面之使用者的手指鉤住之高度(厚度)。突起部的高度較佳為10至25[mm],本實施形態中,為16.66[mm]。此外,突起部的下面,較佳係以使突起部容易讓使用者的手指鉤住之方式,相對於外罩50的背面具有45°以上(尤佳為60°以上)的傾斜。如第8圖(c)所示,突起部的下面,可形成為傾斜角度較上面更大。如第10圖及第11圖所示,使用者將手指鉤住簷部59(使簷部59乘載於手指上)來握持,藉此,即使終端裝置7具有相對較大的大小,亦不會疲勞而能夠在穩定的狀態下握持終端裝置7。亦即,簷部59可作為以手指支撐外罩50之支撐構件,此外,亦可作為手指鉤住部。此外,簷部59,在外罩50的上下方向上被設置在較中央為上側。簷部59,係設置在與外罩50的表面上所設置之操作部(各類比搖桿53A及53B)的大致相反側之位置。亦即,突起部係設置在包含分別設置在顯示部的左右方之操作部的相反側的位置之區域。因此,當操作上述操作部時,使用者可藉由中指或無名指來支撐簷部59之方式握持終端裝置7(參照第10圖及第11圖)。藉此,終端裝置7變得容易握持,上述操作部亦變得容易操作。此外,本實施形態中,突起部具有(凸起部分)往左右延伸之簷狀的形狀,所以使用者可使中指或無名指沿著突起部的下面來握持終端裝置7,而更容易握持終端裝置7。簷部59只要形成為(凸起部分)往左右延伸即可,並不限於第9圖所示之往水平方向延伸之形狀。其他實施形態中,簷部59可在從水平方向稍微傾斜之方向上延伸。例如,簷部59可設置為隨著從左右兩端朝中央而往上(或下)傾斜。Further, in the present embodiment, a projection portion (the crotch portion 59) is provided on the back side of the outer cover 50 (the side opposite to the surface on which the LCD 51 is provided) (see (c) and ninth views of Fig. 8). . As shown in FIG. 8(c), the crotch portion 59 is a mountain-shaped member that is provided to protrude from the back surface of the substantially plate-shaped outer cover 50. The protrusion has a height (thickness) that allows a user's finger holding the back surface of the cover 50 to be hooked. The height of the protrusion is preferably 10 to 25 [mm], and in the present embodiment, it is 16.66 [mm]. Further, it is preferable that the lower surface of the protruding portion has an inclination of 45 or more (more preferably 60 or more) with respect to the back surface of the outer cover 50 so that the protruding portion is easily caught by the user's finger. As shown in Fig. 8(c), the lower surface of the protrusion can be formed to have a larger inclination angle than the upper surface. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the user hooks the finger to the crotch portion 59 (the crotch portion 59 is carried on the finger), whereby even if the terminal device 7 has a relatively large size, The terminal device 7 can be held in a stable state without fatigue. That is, the crotch portion 59 can serve as a supporting member for supporting the outer cover 50 with fingers, and can also serve as a finger hooking portion. Further, the crotch portion 59 is provided on the upper side in the upper and lower direction of the outer cover 50. The crotch portion 59 is provided at a position substantially opposite to the operation portion (the various types of the rockers 53A and 53B) provided on the surface of the outer cover 50. In other words, the protruding portion is provided in a region including a position on the opposite side of the operation portion on the left and right sides of the display portion. Therefore, when the operation unit is operated, the user can hold the terminal device 7 by supporting the crotch portion 59 by the middle finger or the ring finger (refer to FIGS. 10 and 11). Thereby, the terminal device 7 becomes easy to hold, and the above-described operation portion also becomes easy to operate. Further, in the present embodiment, since the protruding portion has a meandering shape in which the (protruding portion) extends to the left and right, the user can hold the terminal device 7 along the lower surface of the protruding portion with the middle finger or the ring finger, and it is easier to hold. Terminal device 7. The crotch portion 59 is formed so that the (protruding portion) extends to the left and right, and is not limited to the shape extending in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. In other embodiments, the crotch portion 59 may extend in a direction that is slightly inclined from the horizontal direction. For example, the crotch portion 59 may be disposed to be inclined upward (or downward) as it goes from the left and right ends toward the center.

本實施形態中,係以在簷部59設置後述卡止孔者為理由,而採用形成為簷狀的形狀之簷部59作為形成於外罩的背面之突起部,但突起部可為任意形狀。例如,其他實施形態中,可構成為在外罩50的背側,2個突起部設置在左右兩側(左右方向的中央未設置突起部)(參照第32圖)。此外,其他實施形態中,突起部的剖面形狀(垂直於x軸方向之剖面上的形狀),亦可以能夠讓使用者的手指更緊緊地支撐終端裝置7之方式(手指更緊緊地鉤住突起部之方式),形成為鉤狀(下面凹入之形狀)。突起部(簷部59)之上下方向的寬度,可為任意寬度。例如,突起部可形成至外罩50的上邊為止。亦即,突起部的上面可形成於與外罩50上側的側面相同之位置。此時,外罩50為下側較薄且上側較厚之2段構成。如此,外罩50較佳係在背面的左右兩側,形成有朝下方之面(突起部的下面)。藉此,使用者可將手指抵住該面而輕鬆地握持終端裝置7。上述「朝下方之面」可形成於外罩50之背面的任意位置,但較佳係位於較外罩50的中央為上側。此外,如第8圖的(a)圖、(b)圖及(c)圖所示,第1L鍵54I及第1R鍵54J分別設置在外罩50上側的面之左右兩側。本實施形態中,第1L鍵54I及第1R鍵54J,係設置在外罩50的斜上方部分(左上方部分及右上方部分)。具體而言,第1L鍵54I設置在板狀外罩50之上側的側面左端,並從左上側的側面露出(換言之,從上側及左側兩者的側面露出)。此外,第1R鍵54J設置在板狀外罩50之上側的側面右端,並從右上側的側面露出(換言之,從上側及右側兩者的側面露出)。如此,第1L鍵54I配置在使用者的左手食指所能夠操作之位置,第1R鍵54J配置在使用者的右手食指所能夠操作之位置(參照第10圖)。其他實施形態中,分別設置在外罩50上側的面的左右方之操作部,不需設置在左右的端部,亦可設置在端部以外的位置。此外,亦可分別將操作部設置在外罩50的左右側面。In the present embodiment, the crotch portion 59 having a meandering shape is used as the protrusion formed on the back surface of the outer cover for the purpose of providing the locking portion to be described later, but the protruding portion may have any shape. For example, in another embodiment, the two protrusions may be provided on the left and right sides of the cover 50 (the protrusions are not provided in the center in the left-right direction) (see FIG. 32). Further, in other embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion (the shape perpendicular to the cross-section in the x-axis direction) may also allow the user's fingers to more tightly support the terminal device 7 (the finger is tightly hooked) The manner in which the protrusions are held) is formed in a hook shape (a shape in which the lower surface is recessed). The width of the protrusion (the crotch portion 59) in the upper and lower directions may be any width. For example, the protrusions may be formed to the upper side of the outer cover 50. That is, the upper surface of the protruding portion can be formed at the same position as the side surface on the upper side of the outer cover 50. At this time, the outer cover 50 is configured in two stages in which the lower side is thin and the upper side is thick. Thus, the outer cover 50 is preferably formed on the left and right sides of the back surface, and has a downward facing surface (the lower surface of the protruding portion). Thereby, the user can easily hold the terminal device 7 by holding the finger against the face. The "face facing downward" may be formed at any position on the back surface of the outer cover 50, but is preferably located on the upper side of the center of the outer cover 50. Further, as shown in FIGS. 8(a), (b), and (c), the first L key 54I and the first R key 54J are provided on the left and right sides of the upper surface of the outer cover 50, respectively. In the present embodiment, the first L-key 54I and the first R-key 54J are provided on the obliquely upper portion (the upper left portion and the upper right portion) of the outer cover 50. Specifically, the first L-key 54I is provided on the left side end of the upper side of the plate-shaped outer cover 50, and is exposed from the side surface on the upper left side (in other words, exposed from the side surfaces of both the upper side and the left side). Further, the first R key 54J is provided on the right side end of the upper side of the plate-shaped outer cover 50, and is exposed from the side surface on the upper right side (in other words, exposed from the side surfaces of both the upper side and the right side). In this manner, the first L key 54I is disposed at a position where the user's left index finger can be operated, and the first R key 54J is disposed at a position where the user's right index finger can be operated (see FIG. 10). In the other embodiments, the operation portions provided on the left and right sides of the upper surface of the outer cover 50 are not necessarily provided at the left and right end portions, and may be provided at positions other than the end portions. Further, the operation portions may be provided on the left and right side surfaces of the outer cover 50, respectively.

此外,如第8圖的(c)圖及第9圖所示,第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L係配置在上述突起部(簷部59)。第2L鍵54K設置在簷部59的左端附近。第2R鍵54L設置在簷部59的右端附近。亦即,第2L鍵54K設置在外罩50之背面左側(從表面側觀看時之左側)的稍微上方處,第2R鍵54L設置在外罩50之背面右側(從表面側觀看時之右側)的稍微上方處。換言之,第2L鍵54K係設置在表面上所設置之左類比搖桿53A的(大致)相反側的位置,第2R鍵54L係設置在表面上所設置之右類比搖桿53B的(大致)相反側的位置。如此,第2L鍵54K配置在使用者的左手中指或食指所能夠操作之位置上,第2R鍵54L配置在使用者的右手中指或食指所能夠操作之位置上(參照第10圖及第11圖)。此外,如第8圖的(c)圖所示,第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L係設置在上述簷部59的上面。因此,第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L具有朝上方(斜向上方)之按鍵面。由於使用者握持終端裝置7時中指或食指推測為朝上下方向動作,因此,藉由使按鍵面朝上方,使用者可容易壓下第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L。Further, as shown in FIG. 8(c) and FIG. 9, the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are disposed on the protruding portion (the crotch portion 59). The second L key 54K is provided near the left end of the crotch portion 59. The second R key 54L is provided near the right end of the crotch portion 59. In other words, the second L-key 54K is provided slightly above the left side of the back cover 50 (the left side when viewed from the front side), and the second R-key 54L is provided on the right side of the back surface of the outer cover 50 (the right side when viewed from the front side). Above. In other words, the 2nd L key 54K is disposed at a position on the (substantially) opposite side of the left analog rocker 53A provided on the surface, and the 2nd R key 54L is disposed (substantially) opposite to the right analog rocker 53B provided on the surface. Side position. In this manner, the second L key 54K is disposed at a position where the user's left middle finger or forefinger can be operated, and the second R key 54L is disposed at a position where the user's right middle finger or index finger can be operated (refer to FIGS. 10 and 11). ). Further, as shown in FIG. 8(c), the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are provided on the upper surface of the crotch portion 59. Therefore, the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L have a key surface that faces upward (obliquely upward). Since the middle finger or the index finger is estimated to move in the vertical direction when the user holds the terminal device 7, the user can easily press the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L by setting the button surface upward.

如上所述,本實施形態中,在較外罩50的中央為上側上,於顯示部(LCD 51)的左右方分別設置有操作部(類比搖桿53A及53B),此外,在外罩50的背側上,於該操作部之相反側的位置上分別設置有其他操作部(第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L)。根據此,上述操作部與其他操作部配置在外罩50的表側與背側之互相對向的位置上,當操作此等操作部時,使用者可從表側與背側夾持外罩50而握持。此外,操作此等操作部時之使用者,係握持外罩50之上下方向的中心更上側處,故可在上側握持終端裝置7,並且以手掌支撐終端裝置7(參照第10圖及第11圖)。藉由上 述內容,使用者在可操作至少4個操作部之狀態下,穩定地握持終端裝置7,而能夠提供一種使用者容易握持且操作性佳之操作裝置(終端裝置7)。如上所述,本實施形態中,藉由在將手指抵住突起部(簷部59)的下面之狀態下握持終端裝置7,使用者可輕鬆 地握持終端裝置7。此外,由於在突起部的上面設置有第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L,所以使用者可在上述狀態下容易操作此等鍵。使用者例如能夠以下列握持方式容易地握持終端裝置7。As described above, in the present embodiment, on the upper side of the center of the outer cover 50, the operation portions (the analog rockers 53A and 53B) are provided on the left and right sides of the display unit (LCD 51), and the back of the outer cover 50 is provided. On the side, other operation portions (the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L) are provided at positions on the opposite side of the operation portion. According to this, the operation unit and the other operation unit are disposed at positions facing each other on the front side and the back side of the outer cover 50. When the operation portions are operated, the user can hold the outer cover 50 from the front side and the back side and hold the operation. . Further, the user who operates the operation portions grips the center of the outer cover 50 in the upper and lower directions, so that the terminal device 7 can be held on the upper side and the terminal device 7 can be supported by the palm (see FIG. 10 and 11 figure). According to the above, the user can stably hold the terminal device 7 while operating at least four operation portions, and it is possible to provide an operation device (terminal device 7) which is easy for the user to grip and has excellent operability. As described above, in the present embodiment, the user can easily hold the terminal device 7 by holding the terminal device 7 while holding the finger against the lower surface of the projection (the crotch portion 59). Further, since the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are provided on the upper surface of the protruding portion, the user can easily operate the keys in the above state. The user can easily hold the terminal device 7 in the following manner, for example.

亦即,如第10圖所示,使用者亦可將無名指抵住簷部59的下面(第10圖所示之單點鏈線),(以無名指支撐簷部59之方式)握持終端裝置7。此時,使用者能夠以食指或中指操作4個鍵(第1L鍵54I、第1R鍵54J、第2L鍵54K、及第2R鍵54L)。例如,當所要求之遊戲操作中,所使用的鍵較多且較複雜時,藉由如第10圖所示地握持,可容易地操作多數鍵。此外,由於各類比搖桿53A及53B設置在十字鍵54A及鍵54E至54H的上側,故在要求相對複雜的操作時,使用者可藉由姆指來操作類比搖桿53A及53B,而能夠方便地進行。此外,第10圖中,使用者將拇指抵住外罩50的表面,將食指抵住外罩50的上面,將中指抵住外罩50的背面之簷部59的上面,將無名指抵住簷部59的下面,將小指抵住外罩50的背面來握持終端裝置7。如此,使用者可從四方包圍外罩50而緊緊地握持終端裝置7。此外,如第11圖所示,使用者亦可將中指抵住簷部59的下面(第11圖所示之單點鏈線)來握持終端裝置7。此時,使用者能夠以食指容易地操作2個鍵(第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L)。例如,當所要求之遊戲操作中,所使用的鍵較少且較單純時,可如第11圖所示地握持。第11圖中,由於使用者可藉由2根手指(無名指及小指)握持外罩50的下側,因此可緊緊地握持終端裝置7。本實施形態中,簷部59的下面,係設置在位於各類比搖桿53A及53B、與十字鍵54A及4個鍵54E至54H之間(位於較各類比搖桿53A及53B為下方,且較十字鍵54A及4個鍵54E至54H為上方)。因此,當將無名指抵住簷部59來握持終端裝置7(第10圖)時,容易以拇指來操作各類比搖桿53A及53B,將中指抵住簷部59來握持終端裝置7(第11圖)時,容易以拇指來操作十字鍵54A及4個鍵54E至54H。亦即,不論是上述2種情形的哪一種情形,使用者均可在緊緊地握持終端裝置7之狀態下進行方向輸入操作。That is, as shown in FIG. 10, the user can also hold the ring finger against the underside of the crotch portion 59 (the single-dot chain line shown in FIG. 10), and hold the terminal device (in the manner of the ring finger supporting the crotch portion 59). 7. At this time, the user can operate the four keys (the first L key 54I, the first R key 54J, the second L key 54K, and the second R key 54L) with the index finger or the middle finger. For example, in the required game operation, when the keys used are large and complicated, the majority of the keys can be easily operated by being held as shown in Fig. 10. Further, since the various types of joysticks 53A and 53B are disposed on the upper side of the cross key 54A and the keys 54E to 54H, the user can operate the analog rockers 53A and 53B by the thumb when relatively complicated operations are required. Can be easily carried out. Further, in Fig. 10, the user puts the thumb against the surface of the outer cover 50, presses the index finger against the upper surface of the outer cover 50, and presses the middle finger against the upper surface of the crotch portion 59 of the back surface of the outer cover 50 to press the ring finger against the crotch portion 59. Next, the little finger is pressed against the back surface of the outer cover 50 to hold the terminal device 7. In this way, the user can hold the terminal device 7 tightly by surrounding the outer cover 50 from four sides. Further, as shown in Fig. 11, the user can hold the terminal device 7 by pressing the middle finger against the lower surface of the crotch portion 59 (the single-dot chain line shown in Fig. 11). At this time, the user can easily operate the two keys (the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L) with the index finger. For example, when the required game operation is less and simpler, it can be held as shown in Fig. 11. In Fig. 11, since the user can grip the lower side of the outer cover 50 by two fingers (the ring finger and the little finger), the terminal device 7 can be gripped tightly. In the present embodiment, the lower surface of the crotch portion 59 is disposed between the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B, the cross key 54A, and the four keys 54E to 54H (located under the various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B). And the cross key 54A and the four keys 54E to 54H are upper). Therefore, when the ring finger is held against the crotch portion 59 to hold the terminal device 7 (Fig. 10), it is easy to operate the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B with the thumb, and the middle finger is pressed against the crotch portion 59 to hold the terminal device 7 (Fig. 11), it is easy to operate the cross key 54A and the four keys 54E to 54H with the thumb. That is, regardless of the above two cases, the user can perform the direction input operation while holding the terminal device 7 tightly.

此外,如上所述,使用者亦可縱向地握持終端裝置7。亦即,如第12圖所示,使用者以左手握持終端裝置7的上邊,藉此可縱向地握持終端裝置7。此外,如第13圖所示,使用者以左手握持終端裝置7的下邊,藉此可縱向地握持終端裝置7。第12圖及第13圖中,係顯示以左手握持終端裝置7的情形,但亦能夠以右手握持終端裝置7。如此,由於使用者能夠以單手握持終端裝置7,因此,例如亦可一邊以一方的手握持終端裝置7一邊以另一方的手對觸控面板52進行輸入來操作。此外,以第12圖所示之握持方式來握持終端裝置7時,使用者以拇指以外的手指(第12圖中為中指、無名指及小指)抵住簷部59的下面(第12圖所示之單點鏈線),藉此可緊緊地握持終端裝置7。尤其在本實施形態中,由於簷部59往左右(第12圖中為上下)延伸而形成,因此,不論使用者握持終端裝置7之上邊的哪個位置,均能夠將拇指以外的手指抵住簷部59,而能夠緊緊地握持終端裝置7。亦即,當使用者縱向地握持終端裝置7來使用時,簷部59可用作為把手。另一方面,以第13圖所示之握持方式來握持終端裝置7時,使用者能夠以左手對鍵54B至54D進行操作。因此,例如能夠一邊以單手對觸控面板52進行輸入,一邊以握持終端裝置7之手對鍵54B至54D進行操作,而可進行更多操作。Further, as described above, the user can also hold the terminal device 7 vertically. That is, as shown in Fig. 12, the user holds the upper side of the terminal device 7 with the left hand, whereby the terminal device 7 can be held longitudinally. Further, as shown in Fig. 13, the user holds the lower side of the terminal device 7 with the left hand, whereby the terminal device 7 can be held longitudinally. In the 12th and 13th drawings, the case where the terminal device 7 is held by the left hand is shown, but the terminal device 7 can also be held with the right hand. As described above, since the user can hold the terminal device 7 with one hand, for example, the terminal device 7 can be held by one hand while the touch panel 52 is input by the other hand. Further, when the terminal device 7 is held by the gripping method shown in Fig. 12, the user touches the lower surface of the crotch portion 59 with a finger other than the thumb (the middle finger, the ring finger, and the little finger in Fig. 12) (Fig. 12) The single-point chain line shown), whereby the terminal device 7 can be held tightly. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the crotch portion 59 is formed to extend left and right (upper and lower in FIG. 12), it is possible to hold the finger other than the thumb regardless of the position on the upper side of the terminal device 7 by the user. The crotch portion 59 can hold the terminal device 7 tightly. That is, when the user holds the terminal device 7 longitudinally for use, the crotch portion 59 can be used as a handle. On the other hand, when the terminal device 7 is held by the holding mode shown in Fig. 13, the user can operate the keys 54B to 54D with the left hand. Therefore, for example, the touch panel 52 can be input with one hand, and the keys 54B to 54D of the terminal device 7 can be operated by the hand, and more operations can be performed.

關於本實施形態之終端裝置7,由於突起部(簷部59)設置在背面,當以使LCD 51的畫面(外罩50的表面)朝上之狀態來載置終端裝置7時,畫面會呈稍微傾斜之狀態。藉此,可在載置終端裝置7之狀態下更容易觀看畫面。此外,在載置終端裝置7之狀態下容易對觸控面板52進行輸入操作。此外,其他實施形態中,亦可在外罩50的背面形成具有與上述簷部59同等程度的高度之追加的突起部。根據此,在使LCD 51的畫面朝上之狀態下使各突起部接觸於地面,可載置終端裝置7使畫面呈水平。此外,亦可使追加的突起部能夠裝卸(或可折疊)。根據此,可在畫面呈稍微傾斜之狀態與畫面呈水平之狀態兩者時,載置終端裝置。亦即,當放置終端裝置7來使用時,簷部59可用作為腳部。各操作鍵54A至54L,係適當地分配有因應遊戲程式之功能。例如,十字鍵54A及鍵54E至54H可用在方向指示操作或選擇操作等,各鍵54B至54E可用在決定操作或取消操作等。此外,終端裝置7亦可具有用以導通/關閉LCD 51的畫面顯示之鍵,或是用以進行與遊戲裝置3的連接設定(配對)之鍵。如第8圖的(a)圖所示,終端裝置7,係在外罩50的表面具備有由標示器55A及標示器55B所構成之標示部55。標示部55設置在LCD 51的上側。各標示器55A及標示器55B,與標示裝置6的各標示器6R及6L相同,是由1個以上的紅外線LED所構成。構成標示器55A及55B之紅外線LED,係配置在可讓紅外線穿透之窗部的內側。標示部55,與上述標示裝置6相同,係用以讓遊戲裝置3算出控制器5的動作等所用。此外,遊戲裝置3可控制標示部55所具備之各個紅外線LED的點燈。In the terminal device 7 of the present embodiment, when the projections (the crotch portion 59) are provided on the back surface, when the terminal device 7 is placed with the screen of the LCD 51 (the surface of the outer cover 50) facing upward, the screen is slightly The state of the tilt. Thereby, it is possible to view the screen more easily in the state in which the terminal device 7 is placed. Further, it is easy to perform an input operation on the touch panel 52 in a state where the terminal device 7 is placed. Further, in another embodiment, an additional protrusion having a height equivalent to the above-described crotch portion 59 may be formed on the back surface of the outer cover 50. According to this, the projections are brought into contact with the ground while the screen of the LCD 51 is facing upward, and the terminal device 7 can be placed to make the screen horizontal. In addition, the additional protrusions can be detachable (or foldable). According to this, the terminal device can be placed when both the screen is slightly tilted and the screen is horizontal. That is, the crotch portion 59 can be used as a foot when the terminal device 7 is placed for use. Each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is appropriately assigned with a function corresponding to the game program. For example, the cross key 54A and the keys 54E to 54H can be used for a direction indicating operation or a selection operation, etc., and the keys 54B to 54E can be used for a decision operation or a cancel operation or the like. Further, the terminal device 7 may have a button for turning on/off the screen display of the LCD 51 or a button for setting (pairing) the connection with the game device 3. As shown in FIG. 8(a), the terminal device 7 is provided with a indicator portion 55 composed of a marker 55A and a marker 55B on the surface of the cover 50. The indicator portion 55 is provided on the upper side of the LCD 51. Each of the marker 55A and the marker 55B is composed of one or more infrared LEDs, similarly to the markers 6R and 6L of the indicator device 6. The infrared LEDs constituting the markers 55A and 55B are disposed inside the window portion through which infrared rays can pass. The indicator unit 55 is used to cause the game device 3 to calculate the operation of the controller 5 or the like, similarly to the above-described pointing device 6. Further, the game device 3 can control the lighting of each of the infrared LEDs provided in the indicator portion 55.

終端裝置7,係具備作為攝像手段之攝影機56。攝影機56係包含具有預定解析度之攝像元件(例如CMOS影像感測器或CCD影像感測器等)及透鏡。如第8圖所示,本實施形態中,攝影機56設置在外罩50的表面。因此,攝影機56可將握持著終端裝置7之使用者的臉予以攝像,例如可將一邊觀看LCD 51一邊進行遊戲時之使用者予以攝像。在本實施形態中,攝影機56係配置在2個標示器55A及55B之間。The terminal device 7 is provided with a camera 56 as an imaging means. The camera 56 includes an imaging element (for example, a CMOS image sensor or a CCD image sensor) having a predetermined resolution and a lens. As shown in Fig. 8, in the present embodiment, the camera 56 is provided on the surface of the outer cover 50. Therefore, the camera 56 can image the face of the user holding the terminal device 7, for example, the user can perform imaging while watching the LCD 51 while playing the game. In the present embodiment, the camera 56 is disposed between the two markers 55A and 55B.

終端裝置7,係具備作為聲音輸入手段之麥克風79。於外罩50的表面設置有麥克風用孔50c。麥克風79設置在該麥克風用孔50c內之外罩50的內部。麥克風79係偵測出使用者的聲音等、以及終端裝置7周圍的聲音。The terminal device 7 is provided with a microphone 79 as a voice input means. A microphone hole 50c is provided on the surface of the outer cover 50. The microphone 79 is disposed inside the outer cover 50 in the microphone hole 50c. The microphone 79 detects the sound of the user and the like, and the sound around the terminal device 7.

終端裝置7,係具備作為聲音輸出手段之喇叭77。如第8圖的(a)圖所示,於外罩50表面的下側設置有喇叭孔57。喇叭77的輸出聲音從該喇叭孔57輸出。本實施形態中,終端裝置7具有2個喇叭,於左喇叭與右喇叭的各位置設置有喇叭孔57。終端裝置7具備用以調整喇叭77的音量之旋鈕64。此外,終端裝置7具備用以連接耳機等的聲音輸出部之聲音輸出端子62。在此,考量到在外罩的下側側面連接附加裝置之情形,上述聲音輸出端子62及旋鈕64係設置在外罩50的上側側面,但亦可設置在左右的側面或下側的側面。The terminal device 7 is provided with a speaker 77 as a sound output means. As shown in Fig. 8(a), a horn hole 57 is provided on the lower side of the surface of the outer cover 50. The output sound of the speaker 77 is output from the horn hole 57. In the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 has two speakers, and a horn hole 57 is provided at each position of the left horn and the right horn. The terminal device 7 is provided with a knob 64 for adjusting the volume of the speaker 77. Further, the terminal device 7 is provided with a sound output terminal 62 for connecting an audio output unit such as an earphone. Here, in consideration of the case where the attachment device is attached to the lower side surface of the outer cover, the sound output terminal 62 and the knob 64 are provided on the upper side surface of the outer cover 50, but may be provided on the left and right side surfaces or the lower side surface.

此外,外罩50上,設置有用以讓來自紅外線通訊模組82的紅外線訊號射出至終端裝置7的外部之窗63。在此,窗63係以當握持LCD 51的兩側時使紅外線訊號射往使用者的前方之方式,設置在外罩50的上側側面。惟其他實施形態中,窗63例如可設置在外罩50的背面等之任意位置。Further, a window 63 for emitting an infrared signal from the infrared communication module 82 to the outside of the terminal device 7 is provided on the outer cover 50. Here, the window 63 is provided on the upper side surface of the outer cover 50 so as to inject the infrared signal toward the front of the user when holding both sides of the LCD 51. However, in other embodiments, the window 63 may be provided at any position such as the back surface of the outer cover 50.

此外,終端裝置7係具備用以將其他裝置與終端裝置7連接之擴充連接器58。擴充連接器58為用以在與終端裝置7上所連接之其他裝置之間進行資料(資訊)的接收傳送之通訊端子。本實施形態中,如第8圖的(d)圖所示,擴充連接器58係設置在外罩50的下側側面。連接於擴充連接器58之其他裝置,可為任意裝置,例如為特定遊戲中所使用之控制器(槍型控制器等)或是鍵盤等之輸入裝置。若無連接附加裝置之必要性,則亦可不設置擴充連接器58。擴充連接器58中,可包含將電力供給至附加裝置之端子,或是用於充電之端子。此外,終端裝置7,在擴充連接器58之外,另具有用以從附加裝置取得電力之充電端子66。當將充電端子66連接於後述支架(stand)210時,電力係從支架210供給至終端裝置7。本實施形態中,充電端子66係設置在外罩50的下側側面。因此,當連接終端裝置7與附加裝置(例如第15圖所示之輸入裝置200或第17圖所示之輸入裝置220)時,除了經由擴充連接器58進行資訊的接收傳送外,亦可將電力從一方供給至另一方。如此,藉由將充電端子66設置在擴充連接器58的周圍(左右兩側),當連接終端裝置7與附加裝置時,可進行資訊的接收傳送以及電力供給。此外,終端裝置7具有充電連接器,外罩50具有用以保護充電連接器之蓋部61。充電連接器,可連接於後述充電器86,當充電連接器連接於充電器時,電力從充電器86供給至終端裝置7。本實施形態中,考量到附加裝置設置在外罩50的下側側面者,充電連接器(蓋部61)係設置在外罩50的上側側面,但亦可設置在左右側面或下側側面。Further, the terminal device 7 is provided with an expansion connector 58 for connecting another device to the terminal device 7. The expansion connector 58 is a communication terminal for receiving and transmitting data (information) between other devices connected to the terminal device 7. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8(d), the expansion connector 58 is provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50. The other device connected to the expansion connector 58 may be any device such as a controller (gun type controller or the like) used in a specific game or an input device such as a keyboard. If there is no need to connect an add-on device, the expansion connector 58 may not be provided. The expansion connector 58 may include a terminal for supplying power to the additional device or a terminal for charging. Further, the terminal device 7 has a charging terminal 66 for taking power from the additional device in addition to the expansion connector 58. When the charging terminal 66 is connected to a stand 210 to be described later, power is supplied from the holder 210 to the terminal device 7. In the present embodiment, the charging terminal 66 is provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50. Therefore, when the terminal device 7 and the additional device (for example, the input device 200 shown in FIG. 15 or the input device 220 shown in FIG. 17) are connected, in addition to receiving and transmitting information via the expansion connector 58, Electricity is supplied from one party to the other. As described above, by providing the charging terminal 66 around the extension connector 58 (left and right sides), when the terminal device 7 and the attachment device are connected, information can be received and transmitted and power can be supplied. Further, the terminal device 7 has a charging connector, and the housing 50 has a cover portion 61 for protecting the charging connector. The charging connector can be connected to a charger 86 to be described later, and when the charging connector is connected to the charger, power is supplied from the charger 86 to the terminal device 7. In the present embodiment, it is considered that the attachment device is provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50, and the charging connector (cover portion 61) is provided on the upper side surface of the outer cover 50, but may be provided on the left and right side surfaces or the lower side surface.

此外,終端裝置7具有可裝卸於外罩50之電池蓋67。於電池蓋67的內側配置有電池(第14圖所示之電池85)。本實施形態中,電池蓋67係設置在外罩50的背側,並設置在突起部(簷部59)的下側。此外,於終端裝置7的外罩50上,設置有用以讓吊帶的帶子綁住固定之孔65a及65b。如第8圖(d)所示,本實施形態中,孔65a及65b係設置在外罩50的下面。此外,本實施形態中,2個孔65a及65b係在外罩50的左右兩側分別設置1個。亦即,孔65a設置在外罩50的下面較中央為靠左側處,孔65b設置在外罩50的下面較中央為靠右側處。使用者可將吊帶綁住於孔65a及65b中的任一個,並將吊帶綁住於本身的手腕。藉此,即使當使用者不小心使終端裝置7掉落或是使終端裝置7從手中脫離時,亦可防止終端裝置7掉落或與其他物品碰撞。本實施形態中,由於在左右兩側分別設置有孔,因此使用者可將吊帶綁住於任一隻手,因而極為便利。關於第8圖至第13圖所示之終端裝置7,各操作鍵或外罩50的形狀,或是各構成要素的數目及設置位置等僅僅為一例,亦可為其他形狀、數目及設置位置。Further, the terminal device 7 has a battery cover 67 that is detachable from the outer cover 50. A battery (battery 85 shown in Fig. 14) is disposed inside the battery cover 67. In the present embodiment, the battery cover 67 is provided on the back side of the outer cover 50, and is provided on the lower side of the protruding portion (the crotch portion 59). Further, on the outer cover 50 of the terminal device 7, holes 65a and 65b for fixing the straps of the slings are provided. As shown in Fig. 8(d), in the present embodiment, the holes 65a and 65b are provided on the lower surface of the outer cover 50. Further, in the present embodiment, two holes 65a and 65b are provided on the left and right sides of the outer cover 50, respectively. That is, the hole 65a is provided on the lower surface of the outer cover 50 to the left side from the center, and the hole 65b is provided on the lower side of the outer cover 50 to the right side. The user can tying the sling to any of the holes 65a and 65b and attaching the sling to the wrist of the user. Thereby, even when the user accidentally drops the terminal device 7 or detaches the terminal device 7 from the hand, the terminal device 7 can be prevented from falling or colliding with other articles. In the present embodiment, since the holes are provided on the left and right sides, the user can attach the sling to any of the hands, which is extremely convenient. Regarding the terminal device 7 shown in Figs. 8 to 13, the shape of each operation key or the cover 50, the number of each component, the installation position, and the like are merely examples, and may be other shapes, numbers, and installation positions.

接著參照第14圖來說明終端裝置7的內部構成。第14圖係顯示終端裝置7的內部構成之方塊圖。如第14圖所示,終端裝置7除了第8圖所示之構成外,亦具備:觸控面板控制器71、磁性感測器72、加速度感測器73、迴轉感測器74、使用者介面控制器(UI控制器)75、編解碼器LSI 76、喇叭77、聲音IC 78、麥克風79、無線模組80、天線81、紅外線通訊模組82、快閃記憶體83、電源IC 84、及電池85。此等電子零件係構裝於電子電路基板上並收納於外罩50內。Next, the internal configuration of the terminal device 7 will be described with reference to Fig. 14. Fig. 14 is a block diagram showing the internal configuration of the terminal device 7. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device 7 includes a touch panel controller 71, a magnetic sensor 72, an acceleration sensor 73, a rotation sensor 74, and a user in addition to the configuration shown in FIG. Interface controller (UI controller) 75, codec LSI 76, speaker 77, sound IC 78, microphone 79, wireless module 80, antenna 81, infrared communication module 82, flash memory 83, power supply IC 84, And battery 85. These electronic components are mounted on an electronic circuit board and housed in the housing 50.

UI控制器75,為用以對各種輸出輸入部控制資料的輸出輸入之電路。UI控制器75,係連接於觸控面板控制器71、類比搖桿53(類比搖桿53A及53B)、操作鍵54(各操作鍵54A至54L)、標示部55、磁性感測器72、加速度感測器73、及迴轉感測器74。此外,UI控制器75係與編解碼器LSI 76及擴充連接器58連接。此外,電源IC 84連接於UI控制器75,並經由UI控制器75將電力供給至各部。內建的電池85連接於電源IC 84並供給電力。此外,可將經由充電連接器等從外部電源取得電力之充電器86或纜線連接於電源IC 84,終端裝置7,當使用該充電器86或纜線從外部電源供給電力時,可進行充電。終端裝置7,亦可藉由將終端裝置7裝著於未圖示之具有充電功能的座充來進行充電。亦即,雖然圖中未顯示,但可經由充電端子66,將可從外部電源取得電力之座充(第20圖所示之支架210)連接於電源IC 84,終端裝置7可使用該座充來進行來自外部電源的電力供給以及充電。The UI controller 75 is a circuit for inputting an output of control data to various output input sections. The UI controller 75 is connected to the touch panel controller 71, the analog rocker 53 (analog rocker 53A and 53B), the operation keys 54 (each operation keys 54A to 54L), the indicator portion 55, the magnetic sensor 72, The acceleration sensor 73 and the swing sensor 74. Further, the UI controller 75 is connected to the codec LSI 76 and the expansion connector 58. Further, the power source IC 84 is connected to the UI controller 75, and supplies power to the respective sections via the UI controller 75. The built-in battery 85 is connected to the power source IC 84 and supplies power. Further, a charger 86 or a cable that obtains electric power from an external power source via a charging connector or the like can be connected to the power source IC 84, and the terminal device 7 can be charged when the charger 86 or cable is used to supply electric power from an external power source. . The terminal device 7 can also be charged by attaching the terminal device 7 to a charger having a charging function (not shown). That is, although not shown in the drawing, a charger (a holder 210 shown in FIG. 20) that can obtain electric power from an external power source can be connected to the power source IC 84 via the charging terminal 66, and the terminal device 7 can use the charger. Power supply and charging from an external power source are performed.

觸控面板控制器71連接於觸控面板52,為進行觸控面板52的控制之電路。觸控面板控制器71係根據來自觸控面板52的訊號,生成預定形式的觸控位置資料並輸出至UI控制器75。觸控位置資料,係顯示出在觸控面板52的輸入面上進行輸入後之位置的座標。觸控面板控制器71係讀取來自觸控面板52的訊號,並以每隔預定時間為1次之比率來生成觸控位置資料。此外,對觸控面板52所進行之各種控制指示,係從UI控制器75輸出至觸控面板控制器71。類比搖桿53,係將顯示出以使用者的手指進行操作之搖桿部所滑動(或傾倒)之方向及量之搖桿資料輸出至UI控制器75。此外,操作鍵54係將顯示出對各操作鍵54A至54L所進行之輸入狀況(是否壓下)之操作鍵資料輸出至UI控制器75。磁性感測器72,係藉由偵測磁場的大小及方向來偵測方位。顯示出所偵測之方位的方位資料被輸出至UI控制器75。此外,對磁性感測器72所進行之控制指示,係從UI控制器75輸出至磁性感測器72。關於磁性感測器72,有採用MI(磁性阻抗)元件、磁通量閘感測器、霍爾元件、GMR(巨量磁性電阻)元件、TMR(穿隧磁性電阻)元件、或是AMR(異向磁性電阻)元件等之感測器,但只要可偵測方位者均可使用。嚴格來說,在除了地磁之外產生磁場之場所中,所得之方位資料未顯示出方位,但即使在此情況下,由於終端裝置7移動時方位資料亦產生變化,因此可算出終端裝置7的姿勢變化。The touch panel controller 71 is connected to the touch panel 52 and is a circuit for controlling the touch panel 52. The touch panel controller 71 generates a predetermined form of touch position data based on the signal from the touch panel 52 and outputs the touch position data to the UI controller 75. The touch position data indicates a coordinate at a position after input on the input surface of the touch panel 52. The touch panel controller 71 reads the signal from the touch panel 52 and generates the touch position data at a ratio of one time every predetermined time. Further, various control instructions to the touch panel 52 are output from the UI controller 75 to the touch panel controller 71. The analog rocker 53 outputs a rocker data indicating the direction and amount of sliding (or dumping) of the rocker portion operated by the user's finger to the UI controller 75. Further, the operation key 54 outputs an operation key data indicating the input condition (whether or not pressed) made to each of the operation keys 54A to 54L to the UI controller 75. The magnetic sensor 72 detects the orientation by detecting the magnitude and direction of the magnetic field. The orientation data showing the detected orientation is output to the UI controller 75. Further, a control instruction to the magnetic sensor 72 is output from the UI controller 75 to the magnetic sensor 72. Regarding the magnetic sensor 72, there are an MI (magnetic impedance) element, a fluxgate sensor, a Hall element, a GMR (major magnetoresistive) element, a TMR (tunneling magnetic resistance) element, or an AMR (anisotropy) A sensor such as a magnetic resistance component, but it can be used as long as it can detect the orientation. Strictly speaking, in the place where the magnetic field is generated in addition to the geomagnetism, the obtained orientation data does not show the orientation, but even in this case, since the orientation data changes when the terminal device 7 moves, the terminal device 7 can be calculated. Posture changes.

加速度感測器73係設置在外罩50內部,並偵測出沿著3軸(第8圖的(a)圖所示之xyz軸)方向之直線加速度的大小。具體而言,加速度感測器73以外罩50的長邊方向為x軸,以垂直於外罩50的表面之方向為y軸,以外罩50的短邊方向為z軸,來偵測出各軸之直線加速度的值。顯示出所偵測之加速度之加速度資料被輸出至UI控制器75。此外,對加速度感測器73所進行之控制指示,係從UI控制器75輸出至加速度感測器73。加速度感測器73在本實施形態例如為靜電電容型的MEMS型加速度感測器,但在其他實施形態中,亦可使用其他方式的加速度感測器。此外,加速度感測器73亦可為偵測出1軸或2軸方向之加速度感測器。迴轉感測器74係設置在外罩50內部,並偵測出繞著上述x軸、y軸、及z軸的3軸之角速度。顯示出所偵測之角速度之角速度資料被輸出至UI控制器75。此外,對迴轉感測器74所進行之控制指示,係從UI控制器75輸出至迴轉感測器74。用於偵測出3軸的角速度之迴轉感測器的數目及組合可為任意,迴轉感測器74,與迴轉感測器48相同,可由2軸迴轉感測器與1軸迴轉感測器所構成。此外,迴轉感測器74亦可為偵測出1軸或2軸方向之迴轉感測器。UI控制器75,係將包含從上述各構成要素所接收之觸控位置資料、搖桿資料、操作鍵資料、方位資料、加速度資料、及角速度資料之操作資料輸出至編解碼器LSI 76。當經由擴充連接器58將其他裝置與終端裝置7連接時,上述操作資料更可包含顯示出對該其他裝置所進行之操作之資料。The acceleration sensor 73 is disposed inside the outer cover 50 and detects the magnitude of linear acceleration along the three axes (the xyz axis shown in (a) of Fig. 8). Specifically, the longitudinal direction of the outer cover 50 of the acceleration sensor 73 is the x-axis, the direction perpendicular to the surface of the outer cover 50 is the y-axis, and the short-side direction of the outer cover 50 is the z-axis to detect each axis. The value of the linear acceleration. The acceleration data showing the detected acceleration is output to the UI controller 75. Further, a control instruction to the acceleration sensor 73 is output from the UI controller 75 to the acceleration sensor 73. In the present embodiment, the acceleration sensor 73 is, for example, a capacitance type MEMS type acceleration sensor. However, in other embodiments, other types of acceleration sensors may be used. In addition, the acceleration sensor 73 can also detect an acceleration sensor in a 1-axis or 2-axis direction. The swing sensor 74 is disposed inside the outer cover 50 and detects angular velocities of three axes around the x-axis, the y-axis, and the z-axis. The angular velocity data showing the detected angular velocity is output to the UI controller 75. Further, a control instruction to the swing sensor 74 is output from the UI controller 75 to the swing sensor 74. The number and combination of the slewing sensors for detecting the angular velocities of the three axes can be any, and the gyro sensor 74 is the same as the gyro sensor 48, and can be a 2-axis gyro sensor and a 1-axis gyro sensor. Composition. In addition, the gyro sensor 74 can also be a gyro sensor that detects a 1-axis or 2-axis direction. The UI controller 75 outputs the operation data including the touch position data, the joystick data, the operation key data, the orientation data, the acceleration data, and the angular velocity data received from the respective constituent elements to the codec LSI 76. When other devices are connected to the terminal device 7 via the expansion connector 58, the operational data may further include information showing operations performed on the other devices.

編解碼器LSI 76為對傳送至遊戲裝置3之資料進行壓縮處理,以及對從遊戲裝置3所傳送來之資料進行解壓縮處理的電路。於編解碼器LSI 76,連接有LCD 51、攝影機56、聲音IC 78、無線模組80、快閃記憶體83、及紅外線通訊模組82。此外,編解碼器LSI 76包含CPU 87及內部記憶體88。終端裝置7雖然構成為不進行遊戲處理本身,但必須執行用於終端裝置7的管理或通訊之最低程度的程式。開啟電源時將儲存於快閃記憶體83之程式讀取至內部記憶體88並由CPU 87來執行,藉此來啟動終端裝置7。此外,內部記憶體88的一部分區域係用作為LCD 51的VRAM。攝影機56係依循來自遊戲裝置3的指示將圖像予以攝像,並將攝像後的圖像資料輸出至編解碼器LSI 76。此外,圖像的攝像指示等之對攝影機56所進行之控制指示,係從編解碼器LSI 76輸出至攝影機56。攝影機56亦可進行動畫的攝影。亦即,攝影機56可進行重複攝像並將圖像資料重複輸出至編解碼器LSI 76。The codec LSI 76 is a circuit that compresses data transmitted to the game device 3 and decompresses data transmitted from the game device 3. The codec LSI 76 is connected to an LCD 51, a camera 56, a sound IC 78, a wireless module 80, a flash memory 83, and an infrared communication module 82. Further, the codec LSI 76 includes a CPU 87 and an internal memory 88. The terminal device 7 is configured not to perform the game processing itself, but must execute a program for the minimum degree of management or communication of the terminal device 7. When the power is turned on, the program stored in the flash memory 83 is read to the internal memory 88 and executed by the CPU 87, whereby the terminal device 7 is activated. Further, a part of the area of the internal memory 88 is used as the VRAM of the LCD 51. The camera 56 captures an image in accordance with an instruction from the game device 3, and outputs the imaged image data to the codec LSI 76. Further, an instruction to control the camera 56, such as an image capturing instruction, is output from the codec LSI 76 to the camera 56. The camera 56 can also perform animated photography. That is, the camera 56 can perform repeated imaging and repeatedly output image data to the codec LSI 76.

聲音IC 78係連接於喇叭77及麥克風79,且為對喇叭77及麥克風79控制聲音資料的輸出輸入之電路。亦即,當從編解碼器LSI 76接收聲音資料時,聲音IC 78係將對該聲音資料進行D/A轉換所得之聲音訊號輸出至喇叭77,並從喇叭77輸出聲音。此外,麥克風79偵測出傳達至終端裝置7之聲音(使用者的聲音等),並將顯示該聲音之聲音訊號輸出至聲音IC 78。聲音IC 78對來自麥克風79的聲音訊號進行A/D轉換,並將預定形式的聲音資料輸出至編解碼器LSI 76。編解碼器LSI 76,係將來自攝影機56的圖像資料、來自麥克風79的聲音資料、以及來自UI控制器75的操作資料,作為終端操作資料經由無線模組80傳送至遊戲裝置3。本實施形態中,編解碼器LSI 76對圖像資料及聲音資料進行與編解碼器LSI 27相同的壓縮處理。上述終端操作資料以及壓縮後的圖像資料及聲音資料,係作為傳送資料被輸出至無線模組80。於無線模組80連接有天線81,無線模組80經由該天線81將上述傳送資料傳送至遊戲裝置3。無線模組80,具有與遊戲裝置3的終端通訊模組28同樣功能。亦即,無線模組80係具有例如藉由依據IEEE 802.11n規格之方式而連接於無線LAN之功能。所傳送之資料,可因應必要進行編碼或不進行編碼。如上所述,從終端裝置7傳送至遊戲裝置3之傳送資料中,係包含操作資料(終端操作資料)、圖像資料、及聲音資料。當經由擴充連接器58將其他裝置與終端裝置7連接時,上述傳送資料更可包含從該其他裝置所接收之資料。此外,紅外線通訊模組82,在與其他裝置之間可進行例如依循IRDA規格之紅外線通訊。編解碼器LSI 76,可因應必要將經由紅外線通訊所接收之資料包含於上述傳送資料而傳送至遊戲裝置3。The sound IC 78 is connected to the speaker 77 and the microphone 79, and is a circuit that controls the output of the sound data to the speaker 77 and the microphone 79. That is, when receiving the sound material from the codec LSI 76, the sound IC 78 outputs the sound signal obtained by D/A conversion of the sound data to the speaker 77, and outputs the sound from the speaker 77. Further, the microphone 79 detects the sound transmitted to the terminal device 7 (the user's voice or the like), and outputs an audio signal indicating the sound to the sound IC 78. The sound IC 78 A/D converts the sound signal from the microphone 79, and outputs the sound data of a predetermined form to the codec LSI 76. The codec LSI 76 transmits image data from the camera 56, sound data from the microphone 79, and operation data from the UI controller 75 to the game device 3 via the wireless module 80 as terminal operation data. In the present embodiment, the codec LSI 76 performs the same compression processing as the codec LSI 27 on the image data and the audio data. The terminal operation data and the compressed image data and sound data are output to the wireless module 80 as transmission data. An antenna 81 is connected to the wireless module 80, and the wireless module 80 transmits the transmission data to the game device 3 via the antenna 81. The wireless module 80 has the same function as the terminal communication module 28 of the game device 3. That is, the wireless module 80 has a function of being connected to the wireless LAN by, for example, a method according to the IEEE 802.11n standard. The information transmitted may or may not be encoded as necessary. As described above, the transmission data transmitted from the terminal device 7 to the game device 3 includes operation data (terminal operation data), image data, and sound data. When other devices are connected to the terminal device 7 via the expansion connector 58, the above-mentioned transmission data may further include data received from the other devices. In addition, the infrared communication module 82 can perform infrared communication according to the IRDA specification, for example, with other devices. The codec LSI 76 can transmit the data received via the infrared communication to the game device 3 by including the above-mentioned transmission data as necessary.

此外,如上所述,壓縮後的圖像資料及聲音資料係從遊戲裝置3傳送至終端裝置7。此等資料經由天線81及無線模組80而被編解碼器LSI 76接收。編解碼器LSI 76將接收的圖像資料及聲音資料解壓縮。解壓縮後的圖像資料被輸出至LCD 51,而在LCD 51上顯示圖像。亦即,編解碼器LSI 76(CPU 87)將所接收之圖像資料顯示於顯示部。此外,解壓縮後的聲音資料被輸出至聲音IC 78,聲音IC 78從喇叭77輸出聲音。Further, as described above, the compressed image data and sound data are transmitted from the game device 3 to the terminal device 7. These data are received by the codec LSI 76 via the antenna 81 and the wireless module 80. The codec LSI 76 decompresses the received image data and sound data. The decompressed image data is output to the LCD 51, and an image is displayed on the LCD 51. That is, the codec LSI 76 (CPU 87) displays the received image data on the display unit. Further, the decompressed sound data is output to the sound IC 78, and the sound IC 78 outputs sound from the speaker 77.

此外,當從遊戲裝置3所接收之資料中包含控制資料時,編解碼器LSI 76及UI控制器75係對各部進行依循控制資料之控制指示。如上所述,控制資料為表示出對終端裝置7所具備之各構成要素(本實施形態中,為攝影機56、觸控面板控制器71、標示部55、各感測器72至74、及紅外線通訊模組82)所進行之控制指示的資料。本實施形態中,控制資料所表示之控制指示,可考量為使上述各構成要素動作、或是使動作休止(停止)之指示。亦即,對於遊戲中未使用之構成要素,為了抑制電力消耗可進行休止,此時,從終端裝置7傳送至遊戲裝置3之傳送資料中,係設為不包含來自休止的構成要素之資料。由於標示部55為紅外線LED,所以該控制可僅設為電力供給的導通/關閉。Further, when the control data is included in the material received from the game device 3, the codec LSI 76 and the UI controller 75 instruct the respective units to follow the control information of the control data. As described above, the control data indicates each component included in the terminal device 7 (in the present embodiment, the camera 56, the touch panel controller 71, the indicator portion 55, the sensors 72 to 74, and the infrared rays) The data of the control indication performed by the communication module 82). In the present embodiment, the control instruction indicated by the control data may be an instruction to operate the above-described components or to stop (stop) the operation. In other words, the components that are not used in the game can be stopped in order to suppress power consumption. In this case, the data transmitted from the terminal device 7 to the game device 3 is not included in the data of the component that is suspended. Since the indicator portion 55 is an infrared LED, this control can be set only to turn on/off the power supply.

如上所述,終端裝置7具備觸控面板52、類比搖桿53、及操作鍵54之操作手段,但在其他實施形態中,可構成為具備其他操作手段來取代此等操作手段或一同具備。As described above, the terminal device 7 includes the operation means of the touch panel 52, the analog rocker 53, and the operation key 54, but in other embodiments, other operation means may be provided instead of or in addition to these operation means.

此外,終端裝置7係具備磁性感測器72、加速度感測器73、及迴轉感測器74,作為用以算出終端裝置7的動作(包含位置或姿勢或是位置或姿勢的變化)之感測器,但在其他實施形態中,可構成為僅具備此等感測器中的1個或2個。此外,其他實施形態中,可構成為具備其他感測器來取代此等感測器或一同具備。此外,終端裝置7係具備攝影機56及麥克風79而構成,但在其他實施形態中,亦可不具備攝影機56及麥克風79或僅具備當中任一個。此外,終端裝置7係具備標示器55作為用以算出終端裝置7與控制器5之位置關係(從控制器5觀看時之終端裝置7的位置及/或姿勢等)的構成,但在其他實施形態中,亦可不具備標示器55而構成。此外,其他實施形態中,終端裝置7可具備其他手段作為用以算出上述位置關係的構成。例如,其他實施形態中,控制器5可具備標示部且終端裝置7具備攝像元件而構成。此外,此時標示裝置6可具備攝像元件來取代紅外線LED而構成。Further, the terminal device 7 includes a magnetic sensor 72, an acceleration sensor 73, and a rotation sensor 74 as a feeling for calculating the operation (including a change in position or posture or position or posture) of the terminal device 7. In another embodiment, the detector may be configured to include only one or two of the sensors. Further, in other embodiments, other sensors may be provided instead of or in addition to the sensors. Further, the terminal device 7 is configured to include the camera 56 and the microphone 79. However, in other embodiments, the camera 56 and the microphone 79 may not be provided or only one of them may be provided. Further, the terminal device 7 includes a marker 55 as a configuration for calculating a positional relationship between the terminal device 7 and the controller 5 (a position and/or a posture of the terminal device 7 when viewed from the controller 5, etc.), but other implementations In the form, the indicator 55 may not be provided. Further, in another embodiment, the terminal device 7 may include other means as a configuration for calculating the positional relationship. For example, in another embodiment, the controller 5 may include a labeling unit and the terminal device 7 may include an imaging element. Further, at this time, the indicator device 6 may be provided with an image pickup element instead of the infrared LED.

(附加裝置的構成)接著參照第15圖至第20圖,說明可裝著(連接)於終端裝置7之附加裝置的例子。附加裝置可具有任意功能,例如,為了進行預定操作而裝著於終端裝置7之追加的操作裝置,或是對終端裝置7進行供電之充電器,或是用以使終端裝置7豎立為預定姿勢之支架。如第8圖(d)及第9圖所示,於突起部(簷部59)的下面,設置有附加裝置所具有的爪部能夠卡止之卡止孔59a及59b。卡止孔59a及59b係在連接其他附加裝置於終端裝置7時所用。亦即,附加裝置具有可卡止於卡止孔59a及59b之爪部,當將附加裝置連接於終端裝置7時,藉由使爪部卡止於卡止孔59a及59b而將終端裝置7與附加裝置固定。此外,於卡止孔59a及59b的內部更可設置螺絲孔,並以螺絲堅固地固定附加裝置。在此,設置在終端裝置7的背面之突起部,為具有簷狀的形狀之簷部59。亦即,簷部59係往左右方向延伸設置。如第9圖所示,卡止孔59a及59b係設置在簷部59的下面之(左右方向上)的中央附近。設置在簷部59的下面之卡止孔59a及59b的個數可為任意數目,為1時,較佳係設置在簷部59的中央,為複數個時,較佳配置為左右對稱。根據此,可均等地保持左右均衡而安定地連接附加裝置。此外,當卡止孔設置在中央附近時,與設置在左右兩端時相比,可縮小附加裝置的大小。亦即,簷部59可用作為附加裝置的卡止構件。此外,本實施形態中,如第8圖(d)所示,外罩50的下面設置有卡止孔50a及50b。因此,當將附加裝置連接於終端裝置7時,藉由使4個爪部分別卡止於4個各卡止孔而將終端裝置7與附加裝置固定。藉此更能夠將附加裝置堅固地固定在終端裝置7。於卡止孔50a及50b的內部亦可設置螺絲孔,以將附加裝置螺合固定。此外,其他實施形態中,設置在外罩之卡止孔可為任意配置。(Configuration of Add-on Device) Next, an example of an add-on device that can be attached (connected) to the terminal device 7 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 20. The attachment device may have any function, for example, an additional operation device attached to the terminal device 7 for performing a predetermined operation, or a charger for supplying power to the terminal device 7, or for erecting the terminal device 7 to a predetermined posture. The bracket. As shown in Fig. 8 (d) and Fig. 9, on the lower surface of the projection (the crotch portion 59), locking holes 59a and 59b in which the claw portions of the attachment device can be locked are provided. The locking holes 59a and 59b are used when connecting other attachment means to the terminal device 7. That is, the attachment device has claw portions that can be locked to the locking holes 59a and 59b. When the attachment device is connected to the terminal device 7, the terminal device 7 is locked by locking the claw portions to the locking holes 59a and 59b. Fixed with attachments. Further, screw holes may be provided inside the locking holes 59a and 59b, and the attachments are firmly fixed by screws. Here, the protrusion provided on the back surface of the terminal device 7 is a crotch portion 59 having a meandering shape. That is, the crotch portion 59 is extended in the left-right direction. As shown in Fig. 9, the locking holes 59a and 59b are provided near the center of the lower surface of the crotch portion 59 (in the left-right direction). The number of the locking holes 59a and 59b provided on the lower surface of the crotch portion 59 may be any number. When it is 1, it is preferably provided at the center of the crotch portion 59. When it is plural, it is preferably arranged to be bilaterally symmetrical. According to this, the attachment device can be stably connected while maintaining the right and left balance equally. Further, when the locking hole is provided near the center, the size of the attachment can be reduced as compared with when it is disposed at the left and right ends. That is, the crotch portion 59 can be used as a locking member of the attachment. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8(d), the lower surface of the outer cover 50 is provided with locking holes 50a and 50b. Therefore, when the attachment device is connected to the terminal device 7, the terminal device 7 and the attachment device are fixed by locking the four claw portions to the four locking holes. Thereby, it is possible to firmly fix the attachment to the terminal device 7. Screw holes may also be provided inside the locking holes 50a and 50b to screw the attachments together. Further, in other embodiments, the locking holes provided in the outer cover may be arbitrarily arranged.

第15圖及第16圖係顯示將附加裝置裝著於終端裝置7之一例圖。第15圖為從終端裝置7的表面側觀看終端裝置7及輸入裝置200之圖,第16圖為從終端裝置7的背面側觀看終端裝置7及輸入裝置200之圖。第15圖及第16圖中,作為附加裝置的輸入裝置200被裝著於終端裝置7。輸入裝置200係具備第1握把部200a及第2握把部200b。各握把部200a及200b分別為棒狀(柱狀)形狀,使用者可單手握持。使用者可握持各握把部200a及200b中的一方來使用輸入裝置200(及終端裝置7),或是握持兩方來使用輸入裝置200。輸入裝置200亦可構成為僅具備1個握把部。此外,輸入裝置200具備支撐部205。本實施形態中,支撐部205係支撐終端裝置7的背面(內面)。具體而言,支撐部205具有4個爪部(凸部),4個爪部可分別卡止於卡止孔50a、50b、59a及59b。如第15圖所示,當將輸入裝置200連接於終端裝置7時,藉由使4個爪部分別卡止於上述卡止孔50a、50b、59a及59b,而將終端裝置7與附加裝置固定。藉此更能夠將輸入裝置200堅固地固定在終端裝置7。此外,其他實施形態中,除了爪部與卡止孔的卡止之外(或是取代卡止的方式),亦可藉由將輸入裝置200與終端裝置7螺合固定等,而將輸入裝置200更堅固地固定在終端裝置7。螺合固定的位置可為任意位置,例如可將抵接於外罩50的背面之輸入裝置200的支撐部205與簷部59螺合固定。Fig. 15 and Fig. 16 are views showing an example in which an attachment device is attached to the terminal device 7. Fig. 15 is a view of the terminal device 7 and the input device 200 viewed from the front side of the terminal device 7. Fig. 16 is a view of the terminal device 7 and the input device 200 viewed from the back side of the terminal device 7. In Figs. 15 and 16, the input device 200 as an attachment device is attached to the terminal device 7. The input device 200 includes a first grip portion 200a and a second grip portion 200b. Each of the grip portions 200a and 200b has a rod shape (columnar shape), and the user can hold it with one hand. The user can use one of the grip portions 200a and 200b to use the input device 200 (and the terminal device 7), or both of them to use the input device 200. The input device 200 may be configured to include only one grip portion. Further, the input device 200 includes a support portion 205. In the present embodiment, the support portion 205 supports the back surface (inner surface) of the terminal device 7. Specifically, the support portion 205 has four claw portions (protrusions), and the four claw portions can be locked to the locking holes 50a, 50b, 59a, and 59b, respectively. As shown in Fig. 15, when the input device 200 is connected to the terminal device 7, the terminal device 7 and the attachment device are locked by locking the four claw portions to the locking holes 50a, 50b, 59a, and 59b, respectively. fixed. Thereby, the input device 200 can be firmly fixed to the terminal device 7. Further, in another embodiment, in addition to the locking of the claw portion and the locking hole (or a method of locking instead), the input device 200 may be screwed to the terminal device 7 or the like, and the input device may be inserted. The 200 is more firmly fixed to the terminal device 7. The position where the screw is fixed can be any position. For example, the support portion 205 of the input device 200 that abuts against the back surface of the outer cover 50 can be screwed and fixed to the crotch portion 59.

如此,本實施形態中,可藉由卡止孔59a及59b將附加裝置緊緊地固定在終端裝置7。終端裝置7,由於具有用以偵測終端裝置7的動作或傾斜之感測器(磁性感測器72、加速度感測器73、迴轉感測器74),所以亦可使終端裝置7本身移動來使用。例如,當將第15圖及第16圖所示之輸入裝置200連接於終端裝置7時,亦可構成為使用者握持輸入裝置200的握把部200a及/或握把部200b,並如槍般地移動輸入裝置200來操作之型態。如本實施形態,當假定使終端裝置7本身移動來使用時,對於藉由卡止孔59a及59b緊緊地固定附加裝置者乃特別有效。此外,本實施形態中,支撐部205,係以當第1握把部200a(或第2握把部200b)朝垂直方向時使LCD 51的畫面呈大致垂直朝向之方式,可裝卸地支撐終端裝置7。各握把部200a及200b,係形成為與連接於輸入裝置200之終端裝置7的顯示部(外罩50的表面)大致平行。換言之,各握把部200a及200b,係朝向連接於輸入裝置200之終端裝置7的顯示部的上下方向而形成。如此,輸入裝置200,係以(使用者握持輸入裝置200時)使終端裝置7的顯示部朝向使用者之姿勢與終端裝置7連接。使用者,藉由大致垂直地握持各握把部200a及200b(的至少任一個),可使顯示部的畫面朝向自己,因此可一邊觀看顯示部的畫面一邊使用輸入裝置200進行操作。本實施形態中,第2握把部200b係朝向與第1握把部200a大致平行的方向,但在其他實施形態中,可至少使1個握把部形成為與LCD 51的畫面大致平行之朝向。藉此,使用者可藉由握住該握把部,使LCD 51朝向自己而容易地握持輸入裝置200及終端裝置7。As described above, in the present embodiment, the attachment device can be tightly fixed to the terminal device 7 by the locking holes 59a and 59b. The terminal device 7 has a sensor (magnetic sensor 72, acceleration sensor 73, and rotation sensor 74) for detecting the motion or tilt of the terminal device 7, so that the terminal device 7 itself can be moved. To use. For example, when the input device 200 shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 is connected to the terminal device 7, the user may also hold the grip portion 200a and/or the grip portion 200b of the input device 200, and The input device 200 is moved in a gun-like manner to operate. As in the present embodiment, when the terminal device 7 itself is moved and used, it is particularly effective for the attachment device to be tightly fixed by the locking holes 59a and 59b. Further, in the present embodiment, the support portion 205 detachably supports the terminal so that the screen of the LCD 51 is oriented substantially vertically when the first grip portion 200a (or the second grip portion 200b) faces in the vertical direction. Device 7. Each of the grip portions 200a and 200b is formed substantially in parallel with the display portion (the surface of the outer cover 50) of the terminal device 7 connected to the input device 200. In other words, each of the grip portions 200a and 200b is formed in the vertical direction of the display portion of the terminal device 7 connected to the input device 200. As described above, the input device 200 connects the display unit of the terminal device 7 to the terminal device 7 in a posture toward the user when the user holds the input device 200. The user can hold the screen of the display unit toward himself by holding the at least one of the grip portions 200a and 200b substantially vertically. Therefore, the user can operate using the input device 200 while viewing the screen of the display unit. In the present embodiment, the second grip portion 200b is oriented substantially parallel to the first grip portion 200a. However, in other embodiments, at least one grip portion may be formed substantially parallel to the screen of the LCD 51. Orientation. Thereby, the user can easily hold the input device 200 and the terminal device 7 by holding the grip portion so that the LCD 51 faces toward himself.

此外,上述實施形態中,支撐部205係設置在連接第1握把部200a及第2握把部200b之連接構件206。亦即,由於支撐部205設置在2個握把部200a及200b之間,所以連接於輸入裝置200之終端裝置7被配置在2個握把部200a及200b之間。此時,由終端裝置7與輸入裝置200所構成之操作裝置(操作系統)的重心位於2個握把部200a及200b之間,因此使用者可藉由握住2個握把部200a及200b並握持,而輕鬆地握持操作裝置。上述實施形態中,一方的握把部(第1握把部200a),係設置在成為輸入裝置200上所裝著之終端裝置7的畫面前側之位置上,另一方的握把部(第2握把部200b)設置在該畫面後側之位置上。因此,使用者使一方的手位於畫面前方,使另一方的手位於畫面後方,並以持槍的握法握持2個握把部,可容易地握持操作裝置。因此,例如在將上述操作裝置用作為槍來進行遊戲操作之射擊遊戲等中,上述操作裝置特別適合。此外,輸入裝置200係具備第1鍵201、第2鍵202、第3鍵203、及搖桿204作為操作部。各鍵201至203分別可由使用者所壓下之鍵(按鍵)。搖桿204為可指示方向之裝置。上述操作部,較佳是位於使用者握持握把部時能夠以握持之手的手指所操作之位置上。本實施形態中,第1鍵201及第2鍵202及搖桿204,係設置在握持第1握把部200a之手的拇指所能夠操作之位置上。又,第3鍵203係設置在握持第2握把部200b之手的食指所能操作之位置。Further, in the above embodiment, the support portion 205 is provided in the connection member 206 that connects the first grip portion 200a and the second grip portion 200b. That is, since the support portion 205 is provided between the two grip portions 200a and 200b, the terminal device 7 connected to the input device 200 is disposed between the two grip portions 200a and 200b. At this time, the center of gravity of the operating device (operating system) constituted by the terminal device 7 and the input device 200 is located between the two grip portions 200a and 200b, so that the user can hold the two grip portions 200a and 200b by holding the grip portions 200a and 200b. Hold and hold the operating device easily. In the above embodiment, one of the grip portions (the first grip portion 200a) is provided at the position on the front side of the screen of the terminal device 7 mounted on the input device 200, and the other grip portion (the second grip portion) The grip portion 200b) is disposed at a position on the rear side of the screen. Therefore, the user can easily hold the operation device by placing one hand in front of the screen and the other hand behind the screen, and holding the two grip portions by the grip of the gun. Therefore, for example, in the shooting game in which the above-described operating device is used as a gun for a game operation, the above-described operating device is particularly suitable. Further, the input device 200 includes a first key 201, a second key 202, a third key 203, and a rocker 204 as an operation unit. Each of the keys 201 to 203 can be respectively pressed (key) by the user. The rocker 204 is a device that can indicate the direction. Preferably, the operation portion is located at a position where the finger of the hand can be operated when the user grips the grip portion. In the present embodiment, the first key 201, the second key 202, and the rocker 204 are provided at positions where the thumb of the hand holding the first grip portion 200a is operable. Further, the third key 203 is provided at a position where the index finger of the hand holding the second grip portion 200b can be operated.

輸入裝置200可具備攝像裝置(攝像部)。例如,輸入裝置200可具備與上述控制器5所具備之攝像資訊運算部35為同樣構成者。此時,攝像資訊運算部的攝像元件,可設置為將輸入裝置200的前方(終端裝置7的畫面後方)予以攝像之朝向。例如,係可藉由紅外線濾波器來取代第3鍵203而配置在第3鍵203的位置上,並於該內側配置攝像元件。根據此,使用者藉由使輸入裝置200的前方朝電視2(標示裝置6)來使用,可使遊戲裝置3算出輸入裝置200的朝向或位置。因此,使用者可進行使輸入裝置200朝期望的方向來操作,而能夠使用輸入裝置200進行直覺且容易的操作。此外,輸入裝置200亦可構成為具備與攝影機56相同之攝影機來取代攝像資訊運算部。此時,攝影機與上述攝像元件相同,可設置為將輸入裝置200的前方予以攝像之朝向。根據此,使用者藉由使輸入裝置200的前方朝電視2(標示裝置6)來使用,可在與終端裝置7的攝影機56為相反朝向之攝像方向將圖像予以攝像。The input device 200 may be provided with an imaging device (imaging unit). For example, the input device 200 may be configured similarly to the imaging information computing unit 35 included in the controller 5 described above. At this time, the imaging element of the imaging information computing unit can be set to face the front of the input device 200 (the rear of the screen of the terminal device 7). For example, instead of the third key 203, an infrared filter can be disposed at the position of the third key 203, and the imaging element can be disposed inside. According to this, the user can use the front side of the input device 200 toward the television 2 (the pointing device 6), and the game device 3 can calculate the orientation or position of the input device 200. Therefore, the user can perform the operation in which the input device 200 is operated in a desired direction, and the input device 200 can be used for intuitive and easy operation. Further, the input device 200 may be configured to include a camera similar to the camera 56 instead of the imaging information computing unit. At this time, the camera is the same as the imaging element described above, and can be set to face the front side of the input device 200. According to this, the user can use the front side of the input device 200 toward the television 2 (the pointing device 6) to capture an image in the imaging direction opposite to the camera 56 of the terminal device 7.

此外,輸入裝置200係具備未圖示之連接器,連接器,當終端裝置7裝著於輸入裝置200時與終端裝置7的擴充連接器58連接。藉此,在輸入裝置200與終端裝置7之間可進行資料的接收傳送。例如,可將顯示出對輸入裝置200所進行之操作之資料,或顯示出上述攝像裝置的攝像結果之資料傳送至終端裝置7。此時,終端裝置7亦能夠以無線方式將顯示出對終端裝置7所進行之操作之資料、以及從輸入裝置所傳送來之資料傳送至遊戲裝置3。此外,輸入裝置200,可具備當終端裝置7裝著於輸入裝置200時與終端裝置7的充電端子66連接之充電端子。根據此,當終端裝置7裝著於輸入裝置200時,可將電力從一方的裝置供給至另一方的裝置。例如,可將輸入裝置200連接於充電器,使終端裝置7經由輸入裝置200從充電器取得電力來進行充電。輸入裝置200,例如亦可構成如下。第17圖係顯示輸入裝置的其他例之圖。此外,第18圖及第19圖係顯示將第17圖所示之輸入裝置220裝著於終端裝置7之模樣之圖。第18圖為從終端裝置7的背面側觀看終端裝置7及輸入裝置220之圖,第19圖為從終端裝置7的表面側觀看終端裝置7及輸入裝置220之圖。終端裝置7中,例如亦可裝著第17圖所示之輸入裝置220。以下說明輸入裝置220。第17圖至第20圖中,關於對應於第15圖及第16圖所示之輸入裝置200的構成要素之構成要素,係附加與第15圖及第16圖相同之參照圖號,並省略該詳細說明。Further, the input device 200 includes a connector (not shown), and the connector is connected to the expansion connector 58 of the terminal device 7 when the terminal device 7 is mounted on the input device 200. Thereby, data can be received and transmitted between the input device 200 and the terminal device 7. For example, the data showing the operation performed on the input device 200 or the data showing the imaging result of the imaging device can be transmitted to the terminal device 7. At this time, the terminal device 7 can also wirelessly transmit the data showing the operation performed on the terminal device 7 and the data transmitted from the input device to the game device 3. Further, the input device 200 may include a charging terminal that is connected to the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7 when the terminal device 7 is mounted on the input device 200. According to this, when the terminal device 7 is mounted on the input device 200, power can be supplied from one device to the other device. For example, the input device 200 can be connected to a charger, and the terminal device 7 can obtain power from the charger via the input device 200 to perform charging. The input device 200 can also be configured, for example, as follows. Fig. 17 is a view showing another example of the input device. Further, Fig. 18 and Fig. 19 are views showing the appearance of the input device 220 shown in Fig. 17 attached to the terminal device 7. 18 is a view of the terminal device 7 and the input device 220 viewed from the back side of the terminal device 7. FIG. 19 is a view of the terminal device 7 and the input device 220 viewed from the front side of the terminal device 7. In the terminal device 7, for example, the input device 220 shown in Fig. 17 may be mounted. The input device 220 will be described below. In the seventeenth and twenty-fifthth drawings, the constituent elements of the components corresponding to the input device 200 shown in Figs. 15 and 16 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those of Figs. 15 and 16 and are omitted. The detailed description.

如第17圖所示,輸入裝置220,與輸入裝置200相同,係具備第1握把部200a及第2握把部200b。因此,使用者可僅握持各握把部200a及200b中的一方來使用輸入裝置220(及終端裝置7),或是握持兩方來使用輸入裝置220。此外,輸入裝置220係具備與輸入裝置200相同之支撐部205。支撐部205與輸入裝置200的支撐部相同,具有4個爪部(第17圖中僅顯示3個爪部205a至205c)。各爪部中,上側的2個爪部205a及205b可分別卡止於終端裝置7的卡止孔59a及59b。剩下之下側的2個爪部可分別卡止於終端裝置7的卡止孔50a及50b。圖中未顯示的爪部,在左右方向上(裝著於支撐部205之終端裝置7的左右方向上),被設置在與爪部205c對稱之位置。如第18圖及第19圖所示,當將輸入裝置220連接於終端裝置7時,藉由使4個爪部分別卡止於上述卡止孔50a、50b、59a及59b,而將終端裝置7與輸入裝置220固定。藉此更能夠將輸入裝置220堅固地固定在終端裝置7。此外,其他實施形態中,除了爪部與卡止孔的卡止之外(或是取代卡止的方式),亦可藉由將輸入裝置220與終端裝置7螺合固定等,而將輸入裝置220更堅固地固定在終端裝置7。例如可在卡止孔50a及50b的內部設置螺絲孔,並將上述下側的2個爪部螺合固定在卡止孔50a及50b。此外,螺合固定的位置可為任意位置。如上所述,關於輸入裝置220亦與輸入裝置200相同,能夠緊緊地固定在終端裝置7。As shown in Fig. 17, the input device 220 is provided with the first grip portion 200a and the second grip portion 200b similarly to the input device 200. Therefore, the user can use the input device 220 (and the terminal device 7) only by holding one of the grip portions 200a and 200b, or use the input device 220 by holding both. Further, the input device 220 includes the same support portion 205 as the input device 200. The support portion 205 has the same shape as the support portion of the input device 200, and has four claw portions (only three claw portions 205a to 205c are shown in Fig. 17). Among the claw portions, the upper two claw portions 205a and 205b are respectively locked to the locking holes 59a and 59b of the terminal device 7. The two claw portions on the lower side can be locked to the locking holes 50a and 50b of the terminal device 7, respectively. The claw portion not shown in the drawing is provided at a position symmetrical with the claw portion 205c in the left-right direction (the left-right direction of the terminal device 7 attached to the support portion 205). As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, when the input device 220 is connected to the terminal device 7, the terminal devices are locked by locking the four claw portions to the locking holes 50a, 50b, 59a, and 59b, respectively. 7 is fixed to the input device 220. Thereby, the input device 220 can be firmly fixed to the terminal device 7. In addition, in other embodiments, in addition to the locking of the claw portion and the locking hole (or instead of locking), the input device 220 may be screwed to the terminal device 7 or the like, and the input device may be inserted. The 220 is fixed to the terminal device 7 more firmly. For example, screw holes may be provided inside the locking holes 50a and 50b, and the two lower claw portions may be screwed and fixed to the locking holes 50a and 50b. In addition, the position where the screw is fixed can be any position. As described above, the input device 220 is also the same as the input device 200, and can be tightly fixed to the terminal device 7.

此外,關於輸入裝置220亦與輸入裝置200相同,支撐部205,以當第1握把部200a(或第2握把部200b)朝垂直方向時使LCD 51的畫面呈大致垂直朝向之方式,可裝卸地支撐終端裝置7。各握把部200a及200b,係形成為與連接於輸入裝置220之終端裝置7的顯示部(外罩50的表面)大致平行。因此,使用者藉由大致垂直地握持各握把部200a及200b(的至少任一個),可使顯示部的畫面朝向自己,因此可一邊觀看顯示部的畫面一邊使用輸入裝置200進行操作。此外,關於輸入裝置220,與輸入裝置220相同,支撐部205亦在較握把部更上方來支撐終端裝置7,因此,對於握持握把部之使用者而言,為容易觀看畫面之配置。其他實施形態中,可使至少1個握把部形成為與LCD 51的畫面大致平行之朝向。輸入裝置220中,連接部的形狀係與輸入裝置200不同。第17圖所示之連接部209,係連接於第1握把部200a的上側與下側2處,並且連接於第2握把部200b的上側(上端)。此外,關於輸入裝置220亦與輸入裝置200相同,連接部209較第2握把部200b更往前方突出地形成。關於輸入裝置220亦與輸入裝置200相同,支撐部205係設置在連接第1握把部200a及第2握把部200b之連接構件209。因此,使用者可藉由握住2個握把部200a及200b並握持,而輕鬆地握持操作裝置。此外,連接部209係具有從與支撐部205的連接部分往下方延伸之構件。該構件當連接於支撐部205之終端裝置7之LCD 51的畫面呈大致垂直朝向時,為在大致垂直方向上延伸之朝向。亦即,上述構件係成為與各握把部200a及200b大致並行之朝向。因此,使用者在將上述構件作為握把部來握持時,藉由將上述構件大致垂直地握持,可一邊觀看LCD 51的畫面一邊使用輸入裝置200進行操作。此外,由於上述構件配置在支撐部205的下方,因此,藉由握持上述構件,可成為對使用者而言為容易觀看畫面之配置。Further, the input device 220 is also the same as the input device 200, and the support portion 205 is such that when the first grip portion 200a (or the second grip portion 200b) is oriented in the vertical direction, the screen of the LCD 51 is oriented substantially vertically. The terminal device 7 is detachably supported. Each of the grip portions 200a and 200b is formed substantially in parallel with the display portion (the surface of the outer cover 50) of the terminal device 7 connected to the input device 220. Therefore, by holding the at least one of the grip portions 200a and 200b substantially vertically, the user can face the screen of the display portion. Therefore, the user can operate using the input device 200 while viewing the screen of the display portion. Further, with respect to the input device 220, like the input device 220, the support portion 205 also supports the terminal device 7 above the grip portion, and therefore, for the user holding the grip portion, the configuration for easy viewing of the screen . In other embodiments, at least one of the grip portions may be formed to be substantially parallel to the screen of the LCD 51. In the input device 220, the shape of the connection portion is different from that of the input device 200. The connecting portion 209 shown in Fig. 17 is connected to the upper side and the lower side 2 of the first grip portion 200a, and is connected to the upper side (upper end) of the second grip portion 200b. Further, the input device 220 is also the same as the input device 200, and the connection portion 209 is formed to protrude forward from the second grip portion 200b. The input device 220 is also the same as the input device 200, and the support portion 205 is provided in the connection member 209 that connects the first grip portion 200a and the second grip portion 200b. Therefore, the user can easily hold the operating device by holding and holding the two grip portions 200a and 200b. Further, the connecting portion 209 has a member that extends downward from a connecting portion with the supporting portion 205. When the screen of the LCD 51 connected to the terminal device 7 of the support portion 205 has a substantially vertical orientation, the member has an orientation extending in a substantially vertical direction. That is, the above-described members are oriented substantially in parallel with the respective grip portions 200a and 200b. Therefore, when the user holds the member as the grip portion, the member can be operated by the input device 200 while viewing the screen of the LCD 51 by holding the member substantially vertically. Further, since the member is disposed below the support portion 205, by holding the member, it is possible to arrange the screen for the user.

關於輸入裝置220亦與輸入裝置200相同,一方的握把部(第1握把部200a),設置在成為輸入裝置220上所裝著之終端裝置7的畫面前側之位置,另一方的握把部(第2握把部200b)設置在該畫面後側之位置。因此,與輸入裝置200相同,在容易以持槍的握法握持2個握把部,並將操作裝置用作為槍來進行遊戲操作之射擊遊戲等中,輸入裝置220特別適合。此外,輸入裝置220作為操作部除了具備與輸入裝置200相同之第2鍵202及搖桿204之外,更具備第4鍵207。第2鍵202及搖桿204,與輸入裝置200相同,係設置在第1握把部200a的上側。第4鍵207為可由使用者所壓下之鍵(按鍵)。第4鍵207設置在第2握把部200b的上側。亦即,第4鍵207係設置在握持第2握把部200b之手的食指所能夠操作之位置上。輸入裝置220係具備攝像元件(攝像裝置)。在此,輸入裝置220係具備與上述控制器5所具備之攝像資訊運算部35為同樣構成者。此時,攝像資訊運算部的攝像元件,可設置為將輸入裝置220的前方(終端裝置7的畫面後方)予以攝像之朝向。具體而言,於輸入裝置220的前方(連接部206的前端部)設置窗部(紅外線濾波器)208,攝像元件設置在窗部208的內側,並設置為從窗部208將前方予以攝像之朝向。根據上述內容,使用者藉由使輸入裝置220的前方朝電視2(標示裝置6)來使用,可使遊戲裝置3算出輸入裝置220的朝向或位置。因此,使用者可進行使輸入裝置220朝期望的方向來操作,而能夠使用輸入裝置220直覺且容易地進行操作。The input device 220 is also the same as the input device 200, and one grip portion (first grip portion 200a) is provided at a position on the front side of the screen of the terminal device 7 mounted on the input device 220, and the other grip is provided. The portion (the second grip portion 200b) is provided at a position on the rear side of the screen. Therefore, similarly to the input device 200, the input device 220 is particularly suitable for a shooting game in which the grip portion is easily held by the grip of the gun and the operation device is used as a gun to perform a game operation. Further, the input device 220 as the operation unit further includes a fourth key 207 in addition to the second key 202 and the rocker 204 which are the same as the input device 200. The second key 202 and the rocker 204 are provided on the upper side of the first grip portion 200a similarly to the input device 200. The fourth key 207 is a key (button) that can be pressed by the user. The fourth key 207 is provided on the upper side of the second grip portion 200b. That is, the fourth key 207 is provided at a position where the index finger of the hand holding the second grip portion 200b can be operated. The input device 220 is provided with an imaging element (imaging device). Here, the input device 220 is configured similarly to the imaging information computing unit 35 included in the controller 5. At this time, the imaging element of the imaging information computing unit can be set to face the front of the input device 220 (the rear of the screen of the terminal device 7). Specifically, a window portion (infrared filter) 208 is provided in front of the input device 220 (the front end portion of the connection portion 206), and an imaging element is provided inside the window portion 208, and is provided to image the front side from the window portion 208. Orientation. According to the above, the user can use the front of the input device 220 toward the television 2 (the pointing device 6), so that the game device 3 can calculate the orientation or position of the input device 220. Therefore, the user can operate the input device 220 in a desired direction, and can intuitively and easily operate using the input device 220.

此外,輸入裝置220亦可構成為具備與攝影機56相同之攝影機來取代攝像資訊運算部。根據此,使用者藉由使輸入裝置220的前方朝電視2(標示裝置6)來使用,可在與終端裝置7的攝影機56為相反朝向之攝像方向將圖像予以攝像。輸入裝置220與輸入裝置200相同,係具備未圖示之連接器,連接器係當終端裝置7裝著於輸入裝置220時與終端裝置7的擴充連接器58連接。藉此,在輸入裝置220與終端裝置7之間可進行資料的接收傳送。因此,可將顯示出對輸入裝置220所進行之操作之資料,以及顯示出上述攝像裝置的攝像結果之資料,經由終端裝置7傳送至遊戲裝置3。此外,其他實施形態中,亦可構成為輸入裝置220與遊戲裝置3直接進行通訊。亦即,顯示對輸入裝置220所進行之操作之資料,例如和控制器5與遊戲裝置3之間的無線通訊相同,採用Bluetooth(註冊商標)技術等,從輸入裝置220直接傳送至遊戲裝置3。此時,顯示出對終端裝置7所進行之操作之資料,係從終端裝置7傳送至遊戲裝置3。此外,輸入裝置220與輸入裝置200相同,可具備當終端裝置7裝著於輸入裝置220時與終端裝置7的充電端子66連接之充電端子。Further, the input device 220 may be configured to include a camera similar to the camera 56 instead of the imaging information computing unit. According to this, the user can use the front side of the input device 220 toward the television 2 (the pointing device 6) to capture an image in the imaging direction opposite to the camera 56 of the terminal device 7. Similarly to the input device 200, the input device 220 includes a connector (not shown), and the connector is connected to the expansion connector 58 of the terminal device 7 when the terminal device 7 is mounted on the input device 220. Thereby, data can be received and transmitted between the input device 220 and the terminal device 7. Therefore, the data showing the operation performed on the input device 220 and the data showing the imaging result of the imaging device can be transmitted to the game device 3 via the terminal device 7. Further, in other embodiments, the input device 220 may be configured to directly communicate with the game device 3. That is, the information showing the operation performed on the input device 220 is, for example, the same as the wireless communication between the controller 5 and the game device 3, and is directly transmitted from the input device 220 to the game device 3 using Bluetooth (registered trademark) technology or the like. . At this time, the information showing the operation performed on the terminal device 7 is transmitted from the terminal device 7 to the game device 3. Further, the input device 220 may be the same as the input device 200, and may include a charging terminal that is connected to the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7 when the terminal device 7 is mounted on the input device 220.

此外,其他實施形態中,亦可提供終端裝置7與輸入裝置200(或輸入裝置220)呈一體之操作裝置。此時,不需具備終端裝置7中的各卡止孔50a、50b、59a及59b,和輸入裝置200中的爪部等之用以可裝卸地連接終端裝置7與輸入裝置200之機構。第20圖係顯示將附加裝置裝著於終端裝置7之其他一例之圖。第20圖中,終端裝置7係連接(裝著)於作為附加裝置的一例之支架210。支架210為用以將終端裝置7豎立為預定角度而載置(支撐)之支撐裝置。支架210係具備:支撐構件211、充電端子212、導引構件213a及213b。本實施形態中,支架210亦具有充電器之功能,具有充電端子212。充電端子212為能夠與終端裝置7的充電端子66連接之端子。本實施形態中,各充電端子66及212為金屬端子,惟亦可是一方具有可連接於另一方之形狀的連接器。當終端裝置7連接於支架210時,支架210的充電端子212與終端裝置7的充電端子66接觸,可從支架210將電力供給至終端裝置7來進行充電。支撐構件211,係用於以預定角度來支撐終端裝置7的背面者。支撐構件211當終端裝置7的端子(充電端子66)與支架210的端子(充電端子212)連接時,係支撐外罩50的預定面(在此為背面)。如第20圖所示,支撐構件211具備壁部211a與槽部211b。支撐構件211係藉由壁部211a,以使外罩50的背面沿著預定支撐面(在此是由壁部211a所形成之面)被載置之方式來支撐外罩50。此外,槽部211b係當終端裝置7與支架210連接時為外罩50的一部分(下側部分)所插入之部分。因此,槽部211b係形成為大致配合於外罩50的上述一部分形狀。槽部211b,在與上述支撐面平行之方向上延伸。Further, in other embodiments, an operation device in which the terminal device 7 and the input device 200 (or the input device 220) are integrated may be provided. At this time, it is not necessary to provide each of the locking holes 50a, 50b, 59a, and 59b in the terminal device 7, and a mechanism for detachably connecting the terminal device 7 and the input device 200 to the claw portion of the input device 200. Fig. 20 is a view showing another example in which the attachment device is attached to the terminal device 7. In Fig. 20, the terminal device 7 is connected (mounted) to the holder 210 as an example of the attachment device. The bracket 210 is a supporting device for placing (supporting) the terminal device 7 at a predetermined angle. The holder 210 includes a support member 211, a charging terminal 212, and guiding members 213a and 213b. In the present embodiment, the bracket 210 also has a function as a charger and has a charging terminal 212. The charging terminal 212 is a terminal that can be connected to the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7. In the present embodiment, each of the charging terminals 66 and 212 is a metal terminal, but one of the connectors may have a connector connectable to the other. When the terminal device 7 is connected to the holder 210, the charging terminal 212 of the holder 210 comes into contact with the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7, and electric power can be supplied from the holder 210 to the terminal device 7 for charging. The support member 211 is for supporting the back side of the terminal device 7 at a predetermined angle. The support member 211 supports a predetermined surface (here, a back surface) of the outer cover 50 when the terminal (charging terminal 66) of the terminal device 7 is connected to the terminal (charging terminal 212) of the holder 210. As shown in Fig. 20, the support member 211 includes a wall portion 211a and a groove portion 211b. The support member 211 supports the outer cover 50 by the wall portion 211a such that the rear surface of the outer cover 50 is placed along a predetermined support surface (here, the surface formed by the wall portion 211a). Further, the groove portion 211b is a portion into which a part (lower side portion) of the outer cover 50 is inserted when the terminal device 7 is connected to the bracket 210. Therefore, the groove portion 211b is formed to substantially fit the above-described partial shape of the outer cover 50. The groove portion 211b extends in a direction parallel to the support surface.

此外,導引構件213a及213b,為可插入於終端裝置7的第2卡止孔50a及50b,並將終端裝置7連接於支架210之位置予以定位之構件。各導引構件213a及213b,係設置在對應於終端裝置7的卡止孔50a及50b之位置上。亦即,各導引構件213a及213b係設置在當終端裝置7與支架210正確地連接時被插入於卡止孔50a及50b之位置上。所謂終端裝置7與支架210正確地連接時,是指支架210的充電端子212與終端裝置7的充電端子66連接之情形。此外,導引構件213a及213b,其一部分從槽部211b的底面突出地設置。亦即,導引構件213a及213b,其一部分係從支撐構件211的表面朝上方突出地設置。當終端裝置7連接於支架210時,係成為導引構件213a及213b的一部分分別插入於卡止孔50a及50b之狀態。本實施形態中,各導引構件213a及213b分別為可旋轉之車輪構件(滾輪部)。各導引構件213a及213b可在預定方向上旋轉。在此,所謂預定方向,為(水平方向且)與上述支撐面平行之方向,換言之,為終端裝置7連接於支架210時之終端裝置7的左右方向。導引構件,只要是可在預定方向上旋轉之旋轉構件即可。例如,其他實施形態中,導引構件可為藉由球狀的凹部能夠旋轉地支撐之球體。此外,本實施形態中,導引構件的數目為2個,但可因應設置在終端裝置7的下面之卡止孔的數目來設置該數目的導引構件,支架210亦可具備1個或3個以上的導引構件。Further, the guide members 213a and 213b are members that can be inserted into the second locking holes 50a and 50b of the terminal device 7, and are connected to the position of the holder 210 by the terminal device 7. Each of the guiding members 213a and 213b is provided at a position corresponding to the locking holes 50a and 50b of the terminal device 7. That is, each of the guiding members 213a and 213b is provided at a position where the terminal device 7 is inserted into the locking holes 50a and 50b when the terminal device 7 is properly connected to the holder 210. When the terminal device 7 and the bracket 210 are correctly connected, the charging terminal 212 of the bracket 210 is connected to the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7. Further, a part of the guiding members 213a and 213b is provided to protrude from the bottom surface of the groove portion 211b. That is, a part of the guiding members 213a and 213b is provided to protrude upward from the surface of the supporting member 211. When the terminal device 7 is connected to the holder 210, a part of the guide members 213a and 213b is inserted into the locking holes 50a and 50b, respectively. In the present embodiment, each of the guide members 213a and 213b is a rotatable wheel member (roller portion). Each of the guiding members 213a and 213b is rotatable in a predetermined direction. Here, the predetermined direction is a direction parallel to the support surface (in the horizontal direction), in other words, the left-right direction of the terminal device 7 when the terminal device 7 is connected to the holder 210. The guiding member may be any rotating member that is rotatable in a predetermined direction. For example, in other embodiments, the guiding member may be a sphere that is rotatably supported by a spherical recess. Further, in the present embodiment, the number of the guiding members is two, but the number of guiding members may be provided in accordance with the number of the locking holes provided in the lower surface of the terminal device 7, and the bracket 210 may have one or three. More than one guiding member.

當終端裝置7連接於支架210時,藉由使終端裝置7的背面抵接於支撐構件211,能夠以預定角度將終端裝置7載置於支架210上。亦即,外罩50下側的一部分插入於槽部211b,使壁部211a支撐外罩50的背面,藉此能夠以預定角度將終端裝置7載置於支架210上。因此,本實施形態中,在垂直於上述預定方向之方向上,可藉由支撐構件211將終端裝置7的位置定位在正確的位置。在此,當終端裝置7連接於支架210時,若終端裝置7與支架210未處於正確的位置關係時,係藉由各導引構件213a及213b來修正終端裝置7的位置而連接。亦即,當在上述預定方向上卡止孔50a及50b從導引構件213a及213b偏離時,各導引構件213a及213b接觸於卡止孔50a及50b周邊的外罩50。因應於此,因導引構件213a及213b的旋轉而使終端裝置7往預定方向滑動移動。本實施形態中,由於2個導引構件213a及213b在預定方向上排列設置,所以可使終端裝置7的下面僅接觸於導引構件213a及213b,而能夠順暢地移動終端裝置7。此外,若在卡止孔50a及50b的周圍設置傾斜(凹入傾斜),則更能夠順暢地移動終端裝置7。如上所述,由於終端裝置7的滑動移動的結果,而成為使導引構件213a及213b的各一部分插入於卡止孔50a及50b之狀態。藉此,使支架210的充電端子212與終端裝置7的充電端子66接觸,而確實地進行充電。When the terminal device 7 is connected to the holder 210, the terminal device 7 can be placed on the holder 210 at a predetermined angle by bringing the back surface of the terminal device 7 into contact with the support member 211. That is, a part of the lower side of the outer cover 50 is inserted into the groove portion 211b, and the wall portion 211a supports the back surface of the outer cover 50, whereby the terminal device 7 can be placed on the holder 210 at a predetermined angle. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the position of the terminal device 7 can be positioned at the correct position by the support member 211 in the direction perpendicular to the predetermined direction. Here, when the terminal device 7 is connected to the cradle 210, when the terminal device 7 and the cradle 210 are not in the correct positional relationship, the position of the terminal device 7 is corrected by the respective guiding members 213a and 213b. That is, when the locking holes 50a and 50b are deviated from the guiding members 213a and 213b in the predetermined direction, the guiding members 213a and 213b contact the outer cover 50 around the locking holes 50a and 50b. In response to this, the terminal device 7 is slidably moved in a predetermined direction by the rotation of the guiding members 213a and 213b. In the present embodiment, since the two guide members 213a and 213b are arranged in the predetermined direction, the lower surface of the terminal device 7 can be brought into contact with only the guide members 213a and 213b, and the terminal device 7 can be smoothly moved. Further, when the inclination (concave inclination) is provided around the locking holes 50a and 50b, the terminal device 7 can be moved more smoothly. As described above, as a result of the sliding movement of the terminal device 7, the respective portions of the guiding members 213a and 213b are inserted into the locking holes 50a and 50b. Thereby, the charging terminal 212 of the holder 210 is brought into contact with the charging terminal 66 of the terminal device 7, and charging is surely performed.

如上所述,使用者即使未將終端裝置7載置於正確位置,亦可容易將終端裝置7連接於支架210。根據本實施形態,終端裝置7相對於支架210之定位,可藉由終端裝置7的卡止孔與支架210的導引構件之簡易構成來進行,因此可將支架210形成為小型簡易的構成。本實施形態中,終端裝置7雖然為相對較大型的可搬運型裝置,但即使是如此之大型可搬運型裝置,支架210本身亦可形成如第20圖所示之小型構成。此外,由於支架210可連接各種形狀或大小的終端裝置,因此可提供泛用性高之支撐裝置。此外,本實施形態中,卡止孔50a及50b係用作為用以卡止附加裝置的爪部之孔,並且可用作為讓導引構件插入之對象。因此,可減少終端裝置7的外罩50上所設置之孔的數目,而可簡化外罩50的形狀。上述實施形態中,成為讓支架210的導引構件插入之對象的孔,為設置在外罩50的下側側面之孔(卡止孔50a及50b),但孔的位置可為任意位置。例如,可在外罩50的其他側面設置孔,或在外罩50的表面或背面設置孔。由於導引部必須設置在因應孔的位置之位置,所以當在外罩50的表面或背面設置孔時,支架210的導引部,例如可設置在壁部211a的位置上。此外,可在外罩50的複數個面設置孔,此時,能夠以種種朝向將終端裝置7載置於支架210上。As described above, the user can easily connect the terminal device 7 to the cradle 210 even if the terminal device 7 is not placed at the correct position. According to the present embodiment, the positioning of the terminal device 7 with respect to the holder 210 can be performed by the simple configuration of the locking hole of the terminal device 7 and the guiding member of the holder 210. Therefore, the holder 210 can be formed into a small and simple configuration. In the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 is a relatively large type of transportable device. However, even in such a large transportable device, the holder 210 itself can have a small configuration as shown in Fig. 20. In addition, since the bracket 210 can be connected to terminal devices of various shapes or sizes, it is possible to provide a support device having high versatility. Further, in the present embodiment, the locking holes 50a and 50b are used as holes for locking the claws of the attachment means, and can be used as objects for inserting the guiding members. Therefore, the number of holes provided in the outer cover 50 of the terminal device 7 can be reduced, and the shape of the outer cover 50 can be simplified. In the above-described embodiment, the hole into which the guide member of the holder 210 is inserted is a hole (the locking holes 50a and 50b) provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50, but the position of the hole may be any position. For example, a hole may be provided on the other side of the outer cover 50, or a hole may be provided on the front or back surface of the outer cover 50. Since the guide portion must be disposed at the position corresponding to the position of the hole, when the hole is provided on the front surface or the back surface of the outer cover 50, the guide portion of the bracket 210 can be disposed, for example, at the position of the wall portion 211a. Further, holes may be provided in a plurality of faces of the outer cover 50. At this time, the terminal device 7 can be placed on the holder 210 in various directions.

[5.遊戲處理]接著詳細說明在本遊戲系統中所執行之遊戲處理的詳細內容。首先說明遊戲處理中所使用之各種資料。第21圖係顯示遊戲處理中所使用之各種資料之圖。第21圖中為顯示出遊戲裝置3的主記憶體(外部主記憶體12或內部主記憶體11e)中所記憶之主要資料之圖。如第21圖所示,遊戲裝置3的主記憶體中,記憶有遊戲程式90、接收資料91、及處理用資料106。除了第21圖所示之資料外,係記憶有在遊戲中登場之各種物件的圖像資料或遊戲中所使用之聲音資料等之遊戲所需的資料於主記憶體。遊戲程式90係在對遊戲裝置3開啟電源後的適當時機中,從光碟4讀取該全部或一部分並記憶於主記憶體。遊戲程式90,亦可從快閃記憶體17或遊戲裝置3的外部裝置(例如經由網際網路)來取得,以取代從光碟4讀取之方式。此外,關於遊戲程式90中所包含之一部分(例如用以算出控制器5及/或終端裝置7的姿勢之程式),可預先記憶於遊戲裝置3內。接收資料91,為從控制器5及終端裝置7所接收之各種資料。接收資料91係包含:控制器操作資料92、終端操作資料97、攝影機圖像資料104、及麥克風聲音資料105。當連接有複數個控制器5時,控制器操作資料92亦有複數個。當連接有複數個終端裝置7時,終端操作資料97、攝影機圖像資料104、及麥克風聲音資料105亦有複數個。[5. Game Processing] Next, the details of the game processing executed in the game system will be described in detail. First, various materials used in game processing will be described. Figure 21 is a diagram showing various materials used in game processing. Fig. 21 is a view showing main data stored in the main memory (external main memory 12 or internal main memory 11e) of the game device 3. As shown in Fig. 21, in the main memory of the game device 3, the game program 90, the received data 91, and the processing material 106 are stored. In addition to the information shown in Fig. 21, the information required for the game such as the image data of various objects appearing in the game or the sound data used in the game is stored in the main memory. The game program 90 reads all or part of the sound from the optical disc 4 and stores it in the main memory at an appropriate timing after the power of the game device 3 is turned on. The game program 90 can also be obtained from the flash memory 17 or an external device of the game device 3 (for example, via the Internet) instead of reading from the optical disc 4. Further, one of the parts included in the game program 90 (for example, a program for calculating the posture of the controller 5 and/or the terminal device 7) can be stored in the game device 3 in advance. The received data 91 is various materials received from the controller 5 and the terminal device 7. The received data 91 includes: controller operating data 92, terminal operating data 97, camera image data 104, and microphone sound data 105. When a plurality of controllers 5 are connected, the controller operation data 92 also has a plurality of them. When a plurality of terminal devices 7 are connected, the terminal operation data 97, the camera image data 104, and the microphone sound data 105 are also plural.

控制器操作資料92,為顯示出使用者(遊戲者)對控制器5所進行之操作的資料。控制器操作資料92係從控制器5被傳送並在遊戲裝置3中取得,並被記憶於主記憶體。控制器操作資料92係包含:第1操作鍵資料93、第1加速度資料94、第1角速度資料95、及標示器座標資料96。主記憶體中,可從最新(最後取得)者依序記憶預定個數的控制器操作資料。第1操作鍵資料93,為顯示出對設置在控制器5之各操作鍵32a至32i的輸入狀態之資料。具體而言,第1操作鍵資料93係顯示各操作鍵32a至32i是否被壓下。第1加速度資料94,為顯示出由控制器5的加速度感測器37所偵測出之加速度(加速度向量)的資料。在此,第1加速度資料94顯示出將第3圖所示之XYZ的3軸方向上之加速度設為各成分之3維的加速度,但在其他實施形態中,只要可顯示出任意1個方向以上的加速度即可。第1角速度資料95,為顯示出由控制器5的迴轉感測器48所偵測出之角速度的資料。在此,第1角速度資料95顯示出第3圖所示之繞著XYZ的3軸上之各角速度,但在其他實施形態中,只要可顯示出繞著任意1軸以上的角速度即可。標示器座標資料96,為顯示出由攝像資訊運算部35的圖像處理電路41所算出之座標,亦即上述標示器座標之資料。標示器座標是以用來顯示對應於攝像圖像之平面上的位置之2維座標系所表現,標示器座標資料96顯示出該2維座標系上的座標值。The controller operation data 92 is information for displaying the operation performed by the user (player) on the controller 5. The controller operation data 92 is transmitted from the controller 5 and acquired in the game device 3, and is memorized in the main memory. The controller operation data 92 includes a first operation key data 93, a first acceleration data 94, a first angular velocity data 95, and a marker coordinate data 96. In the main memory, a predetermined number of controller operation data can be sequentially stored from the latest (final acquisition). The first operation key data 93 is for displaying information on the input states of the operation keys 32a to 32i provided in the controller 5. Specifically, the first operation key data 93 indicates whether or not each of the operation keys 32a to 32i is depressed. The first acceleration data 94 is data showing the acceleration (acceleration vector) detected by the acceleration sensor 37 of the controller 5. Here, the first acceleration data 94 shows that the acceleration in the three-axis direction of the XYZ shown in FIG. 3 is a three-dimensional acceleration of each component. However, in another embodiment, any one direction can be displayed. The above acceleration can be. The first angular velocity data 95 is data showing the angular velocity detected by the rotation sensor 48 of the controller 5. Here, the first angular velocity data 95 shows the angular velocities on the three axes around the XYZ shown in FIG. 3, but in other embodiments, the angular velocities around any one of the axes may be displayed. The marker coordinate data 96 is a coordinate that is displayed by the image processing circuit 41 of the imaging information computing unit 35, that is, the information of the marker coordinates. The marker coordinates are represented by a 2-dimensional coordinate system for displaying the position on the plane corresponding to the captured image, and the marker coordinate data 96 displays the coordinate values on the 2-dimensional coordinate system.

控制器操作資料92,只要可顯示出操作控制器5之使用者的操作者即可,亦可僅包含上述各資料93至96的一部分。此外,當控制器5具有其他輸入手段(例如觸控面板或類比搖桿等)時,控制器操作資料92亦可包含表示對該其他輸入手段所進行之操作的資料。如本實施形態,當將控制器5本身的動作用在遊戲操作時,控制器操作資料92係如第1加速度資料94、第1角速度資料95、或標示器座標資料96,可包含因應控制器5本身的動作而改變該值之資料。終端操作資料97為顯示出使用者對終端裝置7所進行之操作的資料。終端操作資料97係從終端裝置7被傳送並在遊戲裝置3中取得,並被記憶於主記憶體。終端操作資料97係包含:第2操作鍵資料98、搖桿資料99、觸控位置資料100、第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、及方位資料。主記憶體中,可從最新(最後取得)者依序記憶預定個數的終端操作資料。第2操作鍵資料98,為顯示出對設置在終端裝置7之各操作鍵54A至54L的輸入狀態之資料。具體而言,第2操作鍵資料98係顯示各操作鍵54A至54L是否被壓下。搖桿資料99,為顯示出類比搖桿53(類比搖桿53A及類比搖桿53B)的搖桿部所滑動(或傾倒)之方向及量的資料。上述方向及量,例如可顯示為2維座標或2維向量。The controller operation data 92 may be any one of the above-mentioned respective materials 93 to 96 as long as the operator of the user who operates the controller 5 can be displayed. In addition, when the controller 5 has other input means (such as a touch panel or analog joystick, etc.), the controller operating data 92 may also contain information indicating the operations performed on the other input means. In the present embodiment, when the operation of the controller 5 itself is used in the game operation, the controller operation data 92 is such as the first acceleration data 94, the first angular velocity data 95, or the marker coordinate data 96, which may include the controller. 5 The action of the value changes itself. The terminal operation data 97 is information showing the operation performed by the user on the terminal device 7. The terminal operation data 97 is transmitted from the terminal device 7 and acquired in the game device 3, and is stored in the main memory. The terminal operation data 97 includes: a second operation key data 98, a joystick data 99, a touch position data 100, a second acceleration data 101, a second angular velocity data 102, and orientation data. In the main memory, a predetermined number of terminal operation data can be sequentially stored from the latest (final acquisition). The second operation key data 98 is for displaying information on the input states of the operation keys 54A to 54L provided in the terminal device 7. Specifically, the second operation key data 98 indicates whether or not each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is depressed. The joystick data 99 is a data showing the direction and amount of sliding (or dumping) of the rocker portion of the analog rocker 53 (analog rocker 53A and analog rocker 53B). The above directions and quantities can be displayed, for example, as 2-dimensional coordinates or 2-dimensional vectors.

觸控位置資料100,為顯示出在觸控面板52的輸入面進行輸入之位置(觸控位置)的資料。本實施形態中,觸控位置資料100係顯示出用以顯示上述的輸入面上的位置之2維座標系上的座標值。當觸控面板52為多點觸控方式時,觸控位置資料100亦顯示出複數個觸控位置。The touch position data 100 is information for displaying a position (touch position) input on the input surface of the touch panel 52. In the present embodiment, the touch position data 100 displays a coordinate value on a two-dimensional coordinate system for displaying the position on the input surface. When the touch panel 52 is in the multi-touch mode, the touch location data 100 also displays a plurality of touch locations.

第2加速度資料101,為顯示出由加速度感測器73所偵測出之加速度(加速度向量)的資料。本實施形態中,第2加速度資料101顯示出將第8圖所示之xyz的3軸方向上之加速度設為各成分之3維的加速度,但在其他實施形態中,只要可顯示出任意1個以上方向的加速度即可。The second acceleration data 101 is data showing the acceleration (acceleration vector) detected by the acceleration sensor 73. In the second embodiment, the second acceleration data 101 shows that the acceleration in the three-axis direction of xyz shown in Fig. 8 is a three-dimensional acceleration of each component. However, in other embodiments, any one can be displayed. The acceleration in more than one direction can be used.

第2角速度資料102,為顯示出由迴轉感測器74所偵測出之角速度的資料。本實施形態中,第2角速度資料102顯示出第8圖所示之繞著xyz的3軸之各角速度,但在其他實施形態中,只要可顯示出繞著任意1軸以上的角速度即可。The second angular velocity data 102 is data showing the angular velocity detected by the rotary sensor 74. In the present embodiment, the second angular velocity data 102 shows the angular velocities of the three axes around the xyz shown in Fig. 8, but in other embodiments, the angular velocity around any one of the axes may be displayed.

方位資料103,為顯示出由磁性感測器72所偵測出之方位的資料。本實施形態中,方位資料103係以終端裝置7為基準顯示出預定方位(例如北方)的朝向。惟在產生地磁以外的磁場之場所中,方位資料103雖然嚴格來說並未顯示絕對方位(北方等),但顯示出終端裝置7相對於該場所上的磁場方向之相對方向,故即使在此情況下,亦可算出終端裝置7的姿勢變化。The orientation data 103 is data showing the orientation detected by the magnetic sensor 72. In the present embodiment, the orientation data 103 displays the orientation of the predetermined orientation (for example, the north) based on the terminal device 7. However, in a place where a magnetic field other than geomagnetism is generated, the orientation data 103 does not strictly indicate the absolute orientation (north, etc.), but shows the relative direction of the direction of the magnetic field of the terminal device 7 with respect to the location, so even here In this case, the posture change of the terminal device 7 can also be calculated.

終端操作資料97,只要可顯示出操作終端裝置7之使用者的操作者即可,亦可僅包含上述各資料98至103中的任一個。此外,當終端裝置7具有其他輸入手段(例如觸控墊或控制器5的攝像手段等)時,終端操作資料97亦可包含對該其他輸入手段所進行之操作的資料。如本實施形態所示,當將終端裝置7本身的動作用在遊戲操作時,終端操作資料97係如第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、或方位資料103,可包含因應終端裝置7本身的動作而改變該值之資料。攝影機圖像資料104,為顯示出由終端裝置7的攝影機56所攝像之圖像(攝影機圖像)的資料。攝影機圖像資料104,為藉由編解碼器LSI 27將來自終端裝置7的壓縮圖像資料解壓縮後之圖像資料,並藉由輸出輸入處理器11a記憶於主記憶體。主記憶體中,可從最新(最後取得)者依序記憶預定個數的攝影機圖像資料。麥克風聲音資料105,為顯示出由終端裝置7的麥克風79所偵測出之聲音(麥克風聲音)的資料。麥克風聲音資料105為藉由編解碼器LSI 27將從終端裝置7傳送來的壓縮聲音資料解壓縮後之聲音資料,並藉由輸出輸入處理器11a記憶於主記憶體。處理用資料106,為後述遊戲處理(第22圖)中所使用之資料。處理用資料106係包含:控制資料107、控制器姿勢資料108、終端姿勢資料109、圖像辨識資料110、及聲音辨識資料111。除了第21圖所示之資料外,處理用資料106亦包含:顯示出在遊戲中登場之各種物件中所設定的各種參數之資料等之遊戲處理中所使用之各種資料。The terminal operation data 97 may be any one of the above-described respective materials 98 to 103 as long as the operator of the user operating the terminal device 7 can be displayed. In addition, when the terminal device 7 has other input means (for example, a touch pad or an imaging means of the controller 5, etc.), the terminal operation material 97 may also include information on operations performed by the other input means. As shown in the present embodiment, when the operation of the terminal device 7 itself is used for the game operation, the terminal operation data 97 is such as the second acceleration data 101, the second angular velocity data 102, or the orientation data 103, and may include the corresponding terminal device 7 Change the value of the data by its own actions. The camera image data 104 is data for displaying an image (camera image) imaged by the camera 56 of the terminal device 7. The camera image data 104 is image data obtained by decompressing compressed image data from the terminal device 7 by the codec LSI 27, and is stored in the main memory by the output/output processor 11a. In the main memory, a predetermined number of camera image data can be sequentially stored from the latest (final). The microphone sound data 105 is data for displaying the sound (microphone sound) detected by the microphone 79 of the terminal device 7. The microphone sound data 105 is sound data obtained by decompressing the compressed sound data transmitted from the terminal device 7 by the codec LSI 27, and is memorized in the main memory by the output input processor 11a. The processing material 106 is the material used in the game processing (Fig. 22) to be described later. The processing data 106 includes control data 107, controller posture data 108, terminal posture data 109, image recognition data 110, and sound recognition data 111. In addition to the data shown in Fig. 21, the processing material 106 also includes various materials used in game processing such as displaying various parameters set in various objects appearing in the game.

控制資料107,為顯示出對終端裝置7所具備之構成要素所進行的控制指示之資料。控制資料107例如顯示出控制標示部55的點燈之指示,或是控制攝影機56的攝像之指示等。控制資料107係在適當的時機被傳送至終端裝置7。控制器姿勢資料108,為顯示出控制器5的姿勢之資料。本實施形態中,控制器姿勢資料108係根據上述控制器操作資料92中所包含之第1加速度資料94、第1角速度資料95、及標示器座標資料96來算出。關於控制器姿勢資料108的算出方法,將於步驟S23中說明。終端姿勢資料109,為顯示出終端裝置7的姿勢之資料。本實施形態中,終端姿勢資料109係根據上述終端操作資料97中所包含之第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、及方位資料103來算出。關於終端姿勢資料109的算出方法,將於步驟S24中說明。圖像辨識資料110,為顯示出對上述攝影機圖像進行預定的圖像辨識處理之結果的資料。該圖像辨識處理,只要可從攝影機圖像偵測出某種特徵並輸出該結果者均可為任意處理,例如可為從攝影機圖像中擷取預定對象(例如使用者的臉或標示等),並算出與擷取對象相關之資訊之處理。聲音辨識資料111,為顯示出對上述麥克風聲音進行預定的聲音辨識處理之結果的資料。該聲音辨識處理,只要可從麥克風聲音偵測出某種特徵並輸出該結果者均可為任意處理,例如可為偵測出使用者的言語之處理,或僅為輸出音量之處理。The control data 107 is information for displaying a control instruction to the components included in the terminal device 7. The control data 107 displays, for example, an instruction to light the control indicator unit 55, an instruction to control imaging of the camera 56, and the like. The control data 107 is transmitted to the terminal device 7 at an appropriate timing. The controller posture data 108 is information showing the posture of the controller 5. In the present embodiment, the controller posture data 108 is calculated based on the first acceleration data 94, the first angular velocity data 95, and the marker coordinate data 96 included in the controller operation data 92. The method of calculating the controller posture data 108 will be described in step S23. The terminal posture data 109 is information showing the posture of the terminal device 7. In the present embodiment, the terminal posture data 109 is calculated based on the second acceleration data 101, the second angular velocity data 102, and the orientation data 103 included in the terminal operation data 97. The method of calculating the terminal posture data 109 will be described in step S24. The image identification data 110 is data for displaying a result of performing predetermined image recognition processing on the camera image. The image recognition processing can be any processing as long as a certain feature can be detected from the camera image and outputting the result, for example, a predetermined object can be extracted from the camera image (for example, a user's face or logo, etc.) ) and calculate the processing of the information related to the captured object. The voice recognition data 111 is data for displaying a result of performing predetermined voice recognition processing on the microphone sound. The voice recognition process can be any process as long as it can detect a certain feature from the microphone sound and output the result, for example, the process of detecting the user's speech, or only the output volume.

接著參照第22圖,說明在遊戲裝置3中所進行之遊戲處理的詳細內容。第22圖係顯示遊戲裝置3中所執行之遊戲處理的流程之主流程圖。當開啟遊戲裝置3的電源時,遊戲裝置3的CPU 10係執行記憶於未圖示的開機ROM之啟動程式,藉此進行主記憶體等之各單元的初始化。然後將記憶於光碟4之遊戲程式讀取至主記憶體,並藉由CPU 10開始執行該遊戲程式。遊戲裝置3中,可構成為電源開啟後立即執行記憶於光碟4之遊戲程式,或是構成為電源開啟後首先執行顯示出預定選單畫面之內建程式,然後在藉由使用者指示遊戲的開始時再執行記憶於光碟4之遊戲程式。第22圖所示之流程圖,為結束上述處理後所進行的處理之流程圖。第22圖所示之流程圖的各步驟的處理僅為一例,只要可得到同樣結果,則亦可替換各步驟的處理順序。此外,變數值或判斷步驟中所運用之臨限值亦僅為一例,可因應必要採用其他值。此外,本實施形態中,係說明由CPU 10來執行上述流程圖之各步驟的處理,但亦可由CPU 10以外的處理器或專用電路來執行上述各步驟之一部分步驟的處理。首先,步驟S1中,CPU 10執行初始處理。初始處理,例如為建構虛擬遊戲空間,並將在遊戲中登場之各物件配置在初始位置,或是設定遊戲處理中所使用之各種參數的初始值之處理。Next, the details of the game processing performed in the game device 3 will be described with reference to Fig. 22. Fig. 22 is a main flowchart showing the flow of the game processing executed in the game device 3. When the power of the game device 3 is turned on, the CPU 10 of the game device 3 executes an activation program stored in a boot ROM (not shown), thereby initializing each unit of the main memory or the like. Then, the game program stored in the disc 4 is read to the main memory, and the CPU 10 starts execution of the game program. In the game device 3, the game program stored in the disc 4 can be executed immediately after the power is turned on, or the built-in program for displaying the predetermined menu screen is first executed after the power is turned on, and then the user is instructed to indicate the start of the game. Then execute the game program stored on CD 4. The flowchart shown in Fig. 22 is a flowchart of the processing performed after the above processing is completed. The processing of each step of the flowchart shown in Fig. 22 is only an example, and the processing order of each step can be replaced as long as the same result can be obtained. In addition, the variable value or the threshold value used in the judgment step is only an example, and other values may be used as necessary. Further, in the present embodiment, the processing of each step of the above-described flowchart is executed by the CPU 10. However, the processing of one of the steps of the above steps may be executed by a processor or a dedicated circuit other than the CPU 10. First, in step S1, the CPU 10 performs initial processing. The initial processing, for example, is to construct a virtual game space, and to arrange the objects that appear in the game in the initial position, or to set the initial values of various parameters used in the game processing.

此外,本實施形態中,初始處理中,CPU 10係根據遊戲程式的種類來控制標示裝置6及標示部55的點燈。在此,遊戲系統1係具有標示裝置6與終端裝置7的標示部55的兩者作為控制器5的攝像手段(攝像資訊運算部35)之攝像對象。因遊戲內容(遊戲程式的種類)的不同來使用標示裝置6及標示部55中的任一個或兩者。遊戲程式90中,係包含顯示出是否對標示裝置6及標示部55的各個進行點燈之資料。CPU 10讀取該資料並判斷是否該點燈。將標示裝置6及/或標示部55點燈時,係執行下列處理。Further, in the present embodiment, in the initial processing, the CPU 10 controls the lighting of the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 in accordance with the type of the game program. Here, the game system 1 has both the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 of the terminal device 7 as the imaging target of the imaging means (the imaging information computing unit 35) of the controller 5. Either or both of the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 are used depending on the content of the game (the type of the game program). The game program 90 includes information indicating whether or not each of the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 is turned on. The CPU 10 reads the data and judges whether or not the lighting is to be performed. When the marking device 6 and/or the indicator portion 55 are turned on, the following processing is performed.

亦即,將標示裝置6點燈時,CPU 10將使標示裝置6所具備之各紅外線LED點燈之控制訊號傳送至標示裝置6。該控制訊號的傳送可為僅供給電力者。因應於此,標示裝置6的各紅外線LED被點燈。另一方面,將標示部55點燈時,CPU 10生成表示出使標示部55點燈之指示的控制資料,並記憶於主記憶體中。所生成之控制資料,在後述步驟S10中被傳送至終端裝置7。在終端裝置7的無線模組80中所接收之控制資料,經由編解碼器LSI 76被傳送至UI控制器75,UI控制器75進行將標示部55點燈之指示。藉此使標示部55的紅外線LED點燈。上述中係說明將標示裝置6及標示部55點燈之情況,關於標示裝置6及標示部55的熄滅,可藉由與點燈時為相同處理來進行。That is, when the indicator device 6 is turned on, the CPU 10 transmits a control signal for turning on the infrared LEDs provided in the indicator device 6 to the indicator device 6. The transmission of the control signal can be a power supply only. In response to this, each of the infrared LEDs of the marking device 6 is lit. On the other hand, when the indicator unit 55 is turned on, the CPU 10 generates control data indicating an instruction to turn on the indicator unit 55, and stores it in the main memory. The generated control data is transmitted to the terminal device 7 in step S10 which will be described later. The control data received by the wireless module 80 of the terminal device 7 is transmitted to the UI controller 75 via the codec LSI 76, and the UI controller 75 performs an instruction to turn on the indicator portion 55. Thereby, the infrared LED of the indicator portion 55 is turned on. In the above description, the case where the indicator device 6 and the indicator portion 55 are turned on will be described, and the extinguishing of the indicator device 6 and the indicator portion 55 can be performed by the same processing as that at the time of lighting.

在以上的步驟S1後,執行步驟S2的處理。以下,係以每隔預定時間(1圖框時間)為1次之比率來重複執行由步驟S2至S11的一連串處理所構成之處理迴路。After the above step S1, the processing of step S2 is performed. Hereinafter, the processing circuit constituted by the series of processes of steps S2 to S11 is repeatedly executed at a ratio of one predetermined time (1 frame time).

步驟S2中,CPU 10取得從控制器5所傳送來之控制器操作資料。由於控制器5重複將控制器操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置3,所以在遊戲裝置3中,控制器通訊模組19逐次接收該控制器操作資料,並藉由輸出輸入處理器11a將所接收之控制器操作資料逐次記憶於主記憶體。接收傳送的間隔,較佳係較遊戲的處理時間為短,例如為200分之一秒。步驟S2中,CPU 10從主記憶體中讀取最新的控制器操作資料92。在步驟S2後執行步驟S3的處理。步驟S3中,CPU 10取得從終端裝置7所傳送來之各種資料。終端裝置7由於將終端操作資料及攝影機圖像資料及麥克風聲音資料重複傳送至遊戲裝置3,所以遊戲裝置3逐次接收此等資料。遊戲裝置3中,終端通訊模組28逐次接收此等資料,藉由編解碼器LSI 27對攝影機圖像資料及麥克風聲音資料逐次施以解壓縮處理。此外,輸出輸入處理器11a將終端操作資料及攝影機圖像資料及麥克風聲音資料逐次記憶於主記憶體。步驟S3中,CPU 10從主記憶體中讀取最新的終端操作資料97。在步驟S3後執行步驟S4的處理。步驟S4中,CPU 10執行遊戲控制處理。遊戲控制處理為依循使用者的遊戲操作來執行使遊戲空間內的物件動作之處理等,以使遊戲進行之處理。本實施形態中,使用者可使用控制器5及/或終端裝置7來進行種種遊戲。以下參照第23圖來說明遊戲控制處理。In step S2, the CPU 10 acquires the controller operation data transmitted from the controller 5. Since the controller 5 repeatedly transmits the controller operation data to the game device 3, in the game device 3, the controller communication module 19 successively receives the controller operation data, and controls the reception by the output input processor 11a. The device operation data is memorized in the main memory. The interval at which the transmission is received is preferably shorter than the processing time of the game, for example, one-twentieth of a second. In step S2, the CPU 10 reads the latest controller operation data 92 from the main memory. The process of step S3 is performed after step S2. In step S3, the CPU 10 acquires various materials transmitted from the terminal device 7. Since the terminal device 7 repeatedly transmits the terminal operation data, the camera image data, and the microphone sound data to the game device 3, the game device 3 sequentially receives the data. In the game device 3, the terminal communication module 28 sequentially receives the data, and the codec LSI 27 sequentially applies decompression processing to the camera image data and the microphone sound data. Further, the output input processor 11a sequentially memorizes the terminal operation data, the camera image data, and the microphone sound data in the main memory. In step S3, the CPU 10 reads the latest terminal operation material 97 from the main memory. The process of step S4 is performed after step S3. In step S4, the CPU 10 executes game control processing. The game control process is a process of performing an action to move an object in the game space in accordance with a game operation of the user, so that the game is processed. In the present embodiment, the user can perform various types of games using the controller 5 and/or the terminal device 7. The game control processing will be described below with reference to Fig. 23.

第23圖係顯示遊戲控制處理的詳細流程之流程圖。第23圖所示之一連串處理,為將控制器5及終端裝置7用作為操作裝置時所能夠執行之種種處理,但並不一定須執行全部的各處理,可因應遊戲的種類或內容而僅執行一部分處理。遊戲控制處理中,首先在步驟S21中,CPU 10係判定是否變更所使用的標示器。如上所述,本實施形態中,遊戲處理的開始時(步驟S1),係執行控制標示裝置6及標示部55的點燈之處理。在此,因遊戲的不同,亦考量有在遊戲的中途會變更標示裝置6及標示部55中所使用(點燈)之對象的情況。此外,因遊戲的不同,雖考量有使用標示裝置6及標示部55兩者之情況,但將兩者點燈時,會有將某一方的標示器誤偵測為另一方的標示器之疑慮。因此,遊戲中,亦有較佳僅將任一方點燈來切換點燈而使用之情況。步驟S21的處理,為考量該情形,來判定是否在遊戲的中途需變更點燈對象之處理。上述步驟S21的判定,例如可藉由以下方法來進行。亦即,CPU 10可因應遊戲狀況(遊戲的階段或操作對象等)是否產生變化來進行上述判定。此係由於可考量到當遊戲狀況產生變化時,會在朝向標示裝置6來操作控制器5之操作方法、與朝向標示部55來操作控制器5之操作方法之間變更操作方法之故。此外,CPU 10可根據控制器5的姿勢來進行上述判定。亦即,可藉由判斷控制器5朝向標示裝置6或朝向標示部55者來進行上述判定。控制器5的姿勢例如可根據加速度感測器37或迴轉感測器48的偵測結果來算出(參照後述步驟S23)。此外,CPU 10亦可藉由判斷是否有使用者的變更指示來進行上述判定。Figure 23 is a flow chart showing the detailed flow of the game control process. The series of processing shown in Fig. 23 is a process that can be executed when the controller 5 and the terminal device 7 are used as the operating device. However, it is not necessary to perform all the processes, and only the type or content of the game can be used. Perform some processing. In the game control processing, first, in step S21, the CPU 10 determines whether or not to change the marker to be used. As described above, in the present embodiment, at the start of the game processing (step S1), the processing of lighting the control signing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 is performed. Here, depending on the game, it is also considered that the object used (lighting) in the marking device 6 and the indicator portion 55 is changed in the middle of the game. In addition, depending on the game, although the use of both the marking device 6 and the indicator portion 55 is considered, when the two are lit, there is a doubt that one of the markers is erroneously detected as the other marker. . Therefore, in the game, there is also a case where it is preferable to use only one of the lights to switch the lighting. In the process of step S21, in order to consider this situation, it is determined whether or not the processing of the lighting object needs to be changed in the middle of the game. The determination of the above step S21 can be performed, for example, by the following method. That is, the CPU 10 can make the above determination in accordance with whether or not the game situation (the stage of the game or the operation target, etc.) changes. This is because it is possible to change the operation method between the operation method of operating the controller 5 toward the pointing device 6 and the operation method of operating the controller 5 toward the indicator portion 55, as it is considered that the game situation changes. Further, the CPU 10 can perform the above determination in accordance with the posture of the controller 5. That is, the above determination can be made by judging that the controller 5 is facing the pointing device 6 or toward the indicator portion 55. The posture of the controller 5 can be calculated based on, for example, the detection result of the acceleration sensor 37 or the rotation sensor 48 (refer to step S23 described later). Further, the CPU 10 can also perform the above determination by judging whether or not there is a change instruction of the user.

當上述步驟S21的判定結果為肯定時,執行步驟S22的處理。另一方面,上述步驟S21的判定結果為否定時,跳過步驟S22的處理而執行步驟S23的處理。步驟S22中,CPU 10係控制標示裝置6及標示部55的點燈。亦即,變更標示裝置6及/或標示部55的點燈狀態。將標示裝置6及/或標示部55點燈或熄滅之具體處理,可與上述步驟S1時同樣地進行。在步驟S22後執行步驟S23的處理。如上所述,根據本實施形態,藉由上述步驟S1的處理,可因應遊戲程式的種類來控制標示裝置6及標示部55的發光(點燈),並藉由上述步驟S21及步驟S22的處理,因應遊戲狀況來控制標示裝置6及標示部55的發光(點燈)。步驟S23中,CPU 10係算出控制器5的姿勢。本實施形態中,控制器5的姿勢係根據第1加速度資料94、第1角速度資料95、及標示器座標資料96來算出。以下說明控制器5的姿勢之算出方法。When the result of the determination in the above step S21 is affirmative, the processing of step S22 is performed. On the other hand, if the result of the determination in the above step S21 is negative, the processing of step S23 is executed while the processing of step S22 is skipped. In step S22, the CPU 10 controls the lighting of the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55. That is, the lighting state of the marking device 6 and/or the indicator portion 55 is changed. The specific processing of turning on or off the marking device 6 and/or the indicator portion 55 can be performed in the same manner as in the above-described step S1. The process of step S23 is performed after step S22. As described above, according to the present embodiment, by the processing of the above-described step S1, the light emission (lighting) of the pointing device 6 and the indicator portion 55 can be controlled in accordance with the type of the game program, and the processing of the above-described steps S21 and S22 can be performed. The lighting (lighting) of the marking device 6 and the indicator portion 55 is controlled in response to the game situation. In step S23, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the controller 5. In the present embodiment, the posture of the controller 5 is calculated based on the first acceleration data 94, the first angular velocity data 95, and the marker coordinate data 96. A method of calculating the posture of the controller 5 will be described below.

首先,CPU 10根據記憶於主記憶體之第1角速度資料95,算出控制器5的姿勢。從角速度算出控制器5的姿勢之方法,可為任意方法,該姿勢可使用前次的姿勢(前次所算出之姿勢)與此次的角速度(此次的處理迴路中在步驟S2所取得之角速度)來算出。具體而言,CPU 10係藉由以此次的角速度使前次的姿勢旋轉某單位時間份來算出姿勢。前次的姿勢是由主記憶體中所記憶之控制器姿勢資料108來顯示,此次的角速度由主記憶體中所記憶之第1角速度資料95來顯示。因此,CPU 10係從主記憶體讀取控制器姿勢資料108及第1角速度資料95,而算出控制器5的姿勢。顯示出以上述方式所算出之「依據角速度之姿勢」的資料,被記憶於主記憶體。從角速度算出姿勢時,可預先決定初始姿勢。亦即,從角速度算出控制器5的姿勢時,CPU 10可於最初先算出控制器5的初始姿勢。控制器5的初始姿勢可根據加速度資料來算出,或是在使控制器5處於特定姿勢之狀態下讓遊戲者進行預定操作,而將進行預定操作之時點鐘的特定姿勢用作為初始姿勢。當算出控制器5的姿勢作為以空間上的預定方向為基準之絕對姿勢時,可算出上述初始姿勢,而當算出控制器5的姿勢作為以例如在遊戲開始時點中之控制器5的姿勢為基準之相對姿勢時,可不算出上述初始姿勢。接著,CPU 10係使用第1加速度資料94來修正根據角速度所算出之控制器5的姿勢。具體而言,CPU 10首先從主記憶體中讀取第1加速度資料94,並根據該第1加速度資料94來算出控制器5的姿勢。在此,在控制器5幾乎呈靜止之狀態下,施加於控制器5之加速度係意味著重力加速度。因此,該狀態下,可使用加速度感測器37所輸出之第1加速度資料94來算出重力加速度的方向(重力方向),因此可根據該第1加速度資料94來算出相對於重力方向之控制器5的朝向(姿勢)。顯示出以上述方式所算出之「依據加速度之姿勢」的資料,被記憶於主記憶體。First, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the controller 5 based on the first angular velocity data 95 stored in the main memory. The method of calculating the posture of the controller 5 from the angular velocity may be any method using the previous posture (the previously calculated posture) and the current angular velocity (this is obtained in step S2 in the processing circuit of the current time). The angular velocity is calculated. Specifically, the CPU 10 calculates the posture by rotating the previous posture by a certain unit time portion at the current angular velocity. The previous posture is displayed by the controller posture data 108 memorized in the main memory, and the angular velocity of this time is displayed by the first angular velocity data 95 memorized in the main memory. Therefore, the CPU 10 reads the controller posture data 108 and the first angular velocity data 95 from the main memory, and calculates the posture of the controller 5. The data of "posture based on angular velocity" calculated in the above manner is displayed and stored in the main memory. When the posture is calculated from the angular velocity, the initial posture can be determined in advance. That is, when the posture of the controller 5 is calculated from the angular velocity, the CPU 10 can first calculate the initial posture of the controller 5 first. The initial posture of the controller 5 can be calculated based on the acceleration data, or the player can perform a predetermined operation while the controller 5 is in a specific posture, and the specific posture of the hour when the predetermined operation is performed can be used as the initial posture. When the posture of the controller 5 is calculated as an absolute posture based on a predetermined direction in space, the initial posture can be calculated, and the posture of the controller 5 can be calculated as, for example, the posture of the controller 5 at the time of the start of the game. When the relative posture of the reference is made, the initial posture may not be calculated. Next, the CPU 10 corrects the posture of the controller 5 calculated based on the angular velocity using the first acceleration data 94. Specifically, the CPU 10 first reads the first acceleration data 94 from the main memory, and calculates the posture of the controller 5 based on the first acceleration data 94. Here, in the state where the controller 5 is almost stationary, the acceleration applied to the controller 5 means the acceleration of gravity. Therefore, in this state, the direction (gravity direction) of the gravitational acceleration can be calculated using the first acceleration data 94 output from the acceleration sensor 37. Therefore, the controller with respect to the gravity direction can be calculated based on the first acceleration data 94. 5 orientation (posture). The data of "posture based on acceleration" calculated in the above manner is displayed and stored in the main memory.

當算出依據加速度之姿勢時,CPU 10接著使用依據加速度之姿勢,來修正依據角速度之姿勢。具體而言,CPU 10係從主記憶體中讀取顯示出依據角速度之姿勢的資料以及顯示出依據加速度之姿勢的資料,並以預定比率使依據角速度資料之姿勢接近於依據加速度資料之姿勢來進行修正。該預定比率可為預先決定的固定值,或是因應第1加速度資料94所顯示之加速度等來設定。此外,關於依據加速度之姿勢,由於對以重力方向為軸之旋轉方向無法算出姿勢,因此CPU 10對該旋轉方向不進行修正。本實施形態中,將顯示出以上述方式所得之校正後的姿勢之資料記憶於主記憶體。以上述方式來修正依據角速度之姿勢後,CPU 10更使用標示器座標資料96將修正後的姿勢進行修正。首先,CPU 10根據標示器座標資料96來算出控制器5的姿勢(依據標示器座標之姿勢)。由於標示器座標資料96係顯示出攝像圖像之標示器6R及6L的位置,所以可從此等位置中算出與橫搖方向(繞著Z軸之旋轉方向)相關之控制器5的姿勢。亦即,攝像圖像內,可從連結標示器6R的位置及標示器6L的位置之直線的斜率中,算出與橫搖方向相關之控制器5的姿勢。此外,當可特定出控制器5相對於標示裝置6之位置時(可假定例如控制器5位於標示裝置6的正面時),可從攝像圖像之標示裝置6的位置,算出與縱搖方向及偏搖方向相關之控制器5的姿勢。例如,當攝像圖像內標示器6R及6L的位置往左移動時,可判斷為控制器5改變朝向(姿勢)往右。如此,可從標示器6R及6L的位置中,算出與縱搖方向及偏搖方向相關之控制器5的姿勢。如上所述,可根據標示器座標資料96來算出控制器5的姿勢。當算出依據標示器座標之姿勢時,CPU 10接著藉由依據標示器座標之姿勢來修正上述修正後的姿勢(依據加速度之姿勢進行修正後之姿勢)。亦即,CPU 10係以預定比率使修正後的姿勢接近於依據標示器座標之姿勢來進行修正。該預定比率可為預先決定的固定值。此外,由依據標示器座標之姿勢所進行的修正,可僅對橫搖方向、縱搖方向、及偏搖方向中的任意1方向或2個方向進行。例如,使用標示器座標資料96時可對橫搖方向精度佳地算出姿勢,所以CPU 10可使用依據標示器座標資料96之姿勢僅對橫搖方向進行修正。此外,當未藉由控制器5的攝像元件40將標示裝置6或標示部55攝像時,無法算出依據標示器座標資料96之姿勢,故此時亦可不執行使用標示器座標資料96的修正處理。When calculating the posture according to the acceleration, the CPU 10 then corrects the posture according to the angular velocity using the posture according to the acceleration. Specifically, the CPU 10 reads, from the main memory, the data showing the posture according to the angular velocity and the data showing the posture according to the acceleration, and causes the posture according to the angular velocity data to be close to the posture according to the acceleration data at a predetermined ratio. Make corrections. The predetermined ratio may be a predetermined fixed value or may be set in accordance with the acceleration displayed by the first acceleration data 94 or the like. Further, regarding the posture according to the acceleration, since the posture cannot be calculated in the direction of rotation in which the direction of gravity is the axis, the CPU 10 does not correct the direction of rotation. In the present embodiment, the data showing the corrected posture obtained as described above is stored in the main memory. After correcting the posture according to the angular velocity in the above manner, the CPU 10 further corrects the corrected posture using the marker coordinate data 96. First, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the controller 5 based on the marker coordinate data 96 (in accordance with the posture of the marker coordinates). Since the marker coordinate data 96 displays the positions of the marker images 6R and 6L of the captured image, the posture of the controller 5 related to the pan direction (the direction of rotation about the Z axis) can be calculated from these positions. That is, in the captured image, the posture of the controller 5 related to the roll direction can be calculated from the slope of the straight line connecting the position of the marker 6R and the position of the marker 6L. Further, when the position of the controller 5 with respect to the pointing device 6 can be specified (it can be assumed, for example, that the controller 5 is located on the front side of the pointing device 6), the direction of the pitch can be calculated from the position of the pointing device 6 of the captured image And the posture of the controller 5 related to the direction of the tilt. For example, when the positions of the markers 6R and 6L in the captured image are moved to the left, it can be determined that the controller 5 changes the orientation (posture) to the right. In this manner, the posture of the controller 5 related to the pitch direction and the yaw direction can be calculated from the positions of the markers 6R and 6L. As described above, the posture of the controller 5 can be calculated based on the marker coordinate data 96. When calculating the posture according to the marker coordinates, the CPU 10 then corrects the corrected posture (the posture corrected according to the posture of the acceleration) by the posture of the marker coordinates. That is, the CPU 10 corrects the corrected posture by a predetermined ratio in accordance with the posture of the marker coordinates. The predetermined ratio may be a predetermined fixed value. Further, the correction by the posture of the marker coordinates may be performed only in any one of the roll direction, the pitch direction, and the tilt direction, or in two directions. For example, when the marker coordinate data 96 is used, the posture can be accurately calculated in the pan direction, so the CPU 10 can correct only the pan direction using the posture according to the marker coordinate data 96. Further, when the pointing device 6 or the indicator portion 55 is not imaged by the image pickup device 40 of the controller 5, the posture according to the marker coordinate data 96 cannot be calculated. Therefore, the correction processing using the marker coordinate data 96 may not be performed at this time.

根據上述,CPU 10係使用第1加速度資料94及標示器座標資料96,來修正根據第1角速度資料95所算出之控制器5的姿勢。在此,於算出控制器5的姿勢之方法中,使用角速度之方法中,不論控制器5如何動作,均可算出姿勢。另一方面,使用角速度之方法中,由於累積加算所逐次偵測出之角速度來算出姿勢,故會有因誤差的累積等而導致精度惡化,或是因所謂溫度漂移的問題使迴轉感測器的精度惡化之疑慮。此外,使用加速度之方法中,雖不會累積誤差,但在控制器5激烈動作之狀態下,無法精度佳地算出姿勢(無法正確地偵測重力方向之故)。此外,使用標示器座標之方法中,雖可精度佳地算出姿勢(尤其對橫搖方向),但在無法將標示部55攝像時無法算出姿勢。相對於此,根據本實施形態,如上所述由於使用不同特長的3種方法,所以更能夠正確地算出控制器5的姿勢。其他實施形態中,亦可使用上述3種方法中的任一種或2種來算出姿勢。此外,在上述步驟S1或步驟S22的處理中進行標示器的點燈控制時,CPU 10較佳係至少使用標示器座標來算出控制器5的姿勢。According to the above, the CPU 10 corrects the posture of the controller 5 calculated based on the first angular velocity data 95 by using the first acceleration data 94 and the marker coordinate data 96. Here, in the method of calculating the posture of the controller 5, in the method of using the angular velocity, the posture can be calculated regardless of how the controller 5 operates. On the other hand, in the method of using the angular velocity, since the posture is calculated by the angular velocity detected by the cumulative addition, the accuracy is deteriorated due to the accumulation of errors or the like, or the rotary sensor is caused by the so-called temperature drift problem. The doubt that the accuracy is deteriorating. Further, in the method of using the acceleration, although the error is not accumulated, the posture cannot be accurately calculated in a state in which the controller 5 is in a strong state (the gravity direction cannot be accurately detected). Further, in the method using the marker coordinates, the posture can be accurately calculated (especially in the pan direction), but the posture cannot be calculated when the indicator portion 55 cannot be imaged. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the three methods of different characteristics are used as described above, the posture of the controller 5 can be accurately calculated. In other embodiments, the posture may be calculated using either or both of the above three methods. Further, when the lighting control of the marker is performed in the processing of the above step S1 or step S22, the CPU 10 preferably calculates the posture of the controller 5 using at least the marker coordinates.

在上述步驟S23後執行步驟S24的處理。步驟S24中,CPU 10係算出終端裝置7的姿勢。亦即,由於從終端裝置7所取得之終端操作資料97中包含有第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、及方位資料103,因此CPU 10可根據此等資料來算出終端裝置7的姿勢。在此,CPU 10可藉由第2角速度資料102而得知終端裝置7之每單位時間的旋轉量(姿勢的變化量)。此外,在終端裝置7幾乎呈靜止之狀態下,施加於終端裝置7之加速度係意味著重力加速度,因此可藉由第2加速度資料101得知施加於終端裝置7之重力方向(亦即以重力方向為基準之終端裝置7的姿勢)。此外,可藉由方位資料103來得知以終端裝置7為基準之預定方位(亦即以預定方位為基準之終端裝置7的姿勢)。即使在產生地磁以外的磁場時,亦可得知終端裝置7的旋轉量。因此,CPU 10可根據此等第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、及方位資料103來算出終端裝置7的姿勢。本實施形態中,係根據上述3種資料來算出終端裝置7的姿勢,但在其他實施形態中,亦可依據上述3種資料中的任一種或2種來算出姿勢。The processing of step S24 is performed after the above step S23. In step S24, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the terminal device 7. In other words, since the terminal operation data 97 acquired from the terminal device 7 includes the second acceleration data 101, the second angular velocity data 102, and the orientation data 103, the CPU 10 can calculate the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the data. . Here, the CPU 10 can know the amount of rotation (the amount of change in posture) per unit time of the terminal device 7 by the second angular velocity data 102. Further, in the state where the terminal device 7 is almost stationary, the acceleration applied to the terminal device 7 means the gravitational acceleration, so that the direction of gravity applied to the terminal device 7 can be known by the second acceleration data 101 (that is, by gravity) The direction of the terminal device 7 whose direction is the reference). Further, the orientation information 103 can be used to know the predetermined orientation based on the terminal device 7 (that is, the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the predetermined orientation). Even when a magnetic field other than geomagnetism is generated, the amount of rotation of the terminal device 7 can be known. Therefore, the CPU 10 can calculate the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the second acceleration data 101, the second angular velocity data 102, and the orientation data 103. In the present embodiment, the posture of the terminal device 7 is calculated based on the above three types of data. However, in other embodiments, the posture may be calculated based on either or both of the above three types of materials.

終端裝置7的姿勢之具體的算出方法可為任意方法,例如可考量使用第2加速度資料101及方位資料103,來修正根據第2角速度資料102所顯示之角速度所算出的姿勢。具體而言,CPU 10首先根據第2角速度資料102來算出終端裝置7的姿勢。根據角速度來算出姿勢之方法,可與上述步驟S23中的方法相同。接著,CPU 10在適當的時機中(例如終端裝置7接近於靜止狀態時),藉由根據第2加速度資料101所算出之姿勢及/或根據方位資料103所算出之姿勢,來修正根據角速度所算出之姿勢。以依據加速度之姿勢來修正依據角速度之姿勢之方法,可使用與上述算出控制器5的姿勢時相同之方法。此外,當以依據方位資料之姿勢來修正依據角速度之姿勢時,CPU 10亦能夠以預定比率使依據角速度之姿勢接近於依據方位資料之姿勢來進行修正。根據以上內容,CPU 10可正確地算出終端裝置7的姿勢。由於控制器5具備作為紅外線偵測手段之攝像資訊運算部35,所以遊戲裝置3可取得標示器座標資料96。因此,關於控制器5,遊戲裝置3可從標示器座標資料96得知實際空間中的絕對姿勢(於設定在實際空間之座標系中,控制器5處於何種姿勢)。另一方面,終端裝置7並不具備如攝像資訊運算部35的紅外線偵測手段。因此,遊戲裝置3僅能夠從第2加速度資料101及第2角速度資料102中,對於以重力方向為軸之旋轉方向,得知實際空間中的絕對姿勢。因此,本實施形態中,終端裝置7構成為具備磁性感測器72,以使遊戲裝置3取得方位資料103。根據此,遊戲裝置3,對於以重力方向為軸之旋轉方向,可從方位資料103算出實際空間中的絕對姿勢,而更能夠正確地算出終端裝置7的姿勢。The specific calculation method of the posture of the terminal device 7 may be any method. For example, the second acceleration data 101 and the orientation data 103 may be used to correct the posture calculated based on the angular velocity displayed by the second angular velocity data 102. Specifically, the CPU 10 first calculates the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the second angular velocity data 102. The method of calculating the posture based on the angular velocity can be the same as the method in the above step S23. Next, the CPU 10 corrects the angular velocity based on the posture calculated based on the second acceleration data 101 and/or the posture calculated from the orientation data 103 at an appropriate timing (for example, when the terminal device 7 is in a stationary state). Calculate the posture. The method of correcting the posture according to the angular velocity in accordance with the posture of the acceleration can be the same as the method of calculating the posture of the controller 5 described above. Further, when the posture according to the angular velocity is corrected in accordance with the posture of the orientation data, the CPU 10 can also correct the posture according to the angular velocity close to the posture based on the orientation data at a predetermined ratio. Based on the above, the CPU 10 can correctly calculate the posture of the terminal device 7. Since the controller 5 includes the imaging information computing unit 35 as an infrared detecting means, the game device 3 can acquire the marker coordinate data 96. Therefore, with respect to the controller 5, the game device 3 can know from the marker coordinate data 96 the absolute posture in the actual space (in the coordinate system set in the actual space, the posture of the controller 5). On the other hand, the terminal device 7 does not include the infrared detecting means such as the imaging information computing unit 35. Therefore, the game device 3 can only know the absolute posture in the real space from the second acceleration data 101 and the second angular velocity data 102 with respect to the rotation direction about the gravity direction. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 is configured to include the magnetic sensor 72 so that the game device 3 acquires the orientation data 103. According to this, the game device 3 can calculate the absolute posture in the real space from the orientation data 103 with respect to the rotation direction about the gravity direction, and can more accurately calculate the posture of the terminal device 7.

上述步驟S24的具體處理,CPU 10係從主記憶體讀取第2加速度資料101、第2角速度資料102、及方位資料103,並根據此等資料來算出終端裝置7的姿勢。並將顯示出所算出之終端裝置7的姿勢之資料,作為終端姿勢資料109記憶於主記憶體。在步驟S24後執行步驟S25的處理。步驟S25中,CPU 10係執行攝影機圖像的辨識處理。亦即,CPU 10對攝影機圖像資料104進行預定的辨識處理。該辨識處理,只要可從攝影機圖像偵測出某種特徵並輸出該結果者均可為任意處理。例如在攝影機圖像中包含遊戲者的臉時,可為辨識出臉之處理。具體而言,可為辨識出臉的一部分(眼或鼻或嘴等)之處理,或是偵測出臉的表情之處理。此外,顯示出辨識處理的結果之資料,係作為圖像辨識資料110記憶於主記憶體。在步驟S25後執行步驟S26的處理。步驟S26中,CPU 10係執行麥克風聲音的辨識處理。亦即,CPU 10對麥克風聲音資料105進行預定的辨識處理。該辨識處理,只要可從麥克風聲音偵測出某種特徵並輸出該結果者均可為任意處理。例如為從麥克風聲音偵測出遊戲者的指示之處理,或僅為偵測出麥克風聲音的音量之處理。此外,當顯示出辨識處理的結果之資料,係作為聲音辨識資料111記憶於主記憶體。在步驟S26後執行步驟S27的處理。In the specific processing of the above step S24, the CPU 10 reads the second acceleration data 101, the second angular velocity data 102, and the orientation data 103 from the main memory, and calculates the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the data. The data showing the calculated posture of the terminal device 7 is stored in the main memory as the terminal posture data 109. The process of step S25 is performed after step S24. In step S25, the CPU 10 performs recognition processing of the camera image. That is, the CPU 10 performs predetermined identification processing on the camera image data 104. The identification processing can be arbitrary as long as a certain feature can be detected from the camera image and the result is output. For example, when the face of the player is included in the camera image, the process of recognizing the face can be recognized. Specifically, it is possible to recognize the treatment of a part of the face (eye or nose or mouth, etc.) or to detect the expression of the face. Further, the data showing the result of the identification processing is stored as the image identification data 110 in the main memory. The process of step S26 is performed after step S25. In step S26, the CPU 10 performs recognition processing of the microphone sound. That is, the CPU 10 performs predetermined identification processing on the microphone sound material 105. The identification processing can be arbitrary as long as a certain feature can be detected from the microphone sound and the result is output. For example, the process of detecting the player's indication from the microphone sound, or simply detecting the volume of the microphone sound. Further, when the data showing the result of the recognition processing is stored as the sound recognition material 111 in the main memory. The process of step S27 is performed after step S26.

步驟S27中,CPU 10係執行因應遊戲輸入之遊戲處理。在此,所謂遊戲輸入,可為從控制器5或終端裝置7所傳送來之資料或是從該資料所得到之資料均可。具體而言,遊戲輸入除了控制器操作資料92及終端操作資料97中所包含之各資料之外,亦可為從該各資料所得到之資料(控制器姿勢資料108、終端姿勢資料109、圖像辨識資料110、及聲音辨識資料111)。此外,步驟S27中之遊戲處理的內容可為任意內容,例如為使遊戲中登場之物件(角色)動作之處理、控制虛擬攝影機之處理、或是使顯示於畫面上之遊標移動之處理。此外,將攝影機圖像(或其一部分)用作為遊戲圖像之處理、或是將麥克風聲音用作為遊戲聲音之處理等。上述遊戲處理的例子將於之後說明。步驟S27中,例如遊戲中登場之物件(角色)中所設定之各種參數的資料、或是與配置在遊戲空間之虛擬攝影機相關之參數的資料、得分的資料等之顯次出遊戲控制結果之資料,係記憶於主記憶體。在步驟S27後,CPU 10結束步驟S4的遊戲控制處理。返回第22圖的說明,步驟S5中,用以顯示於電視2之電視用遊戲圖像,係由CPU 10及GPU 11b所生成。亦即,CPU 10及GPU 11b係從主記憶體中,讀取顯示出步驟S4之遊戲控制處理的結果之資料,並從VRAM 11d中讀取用以生成遊戲圖像所需之資料,來生成遊戲圖像。遊戲圖像只要可顯示出步驟S4之遊戲控制處理的結果者即可,可由任意方法來生成。例如,遊戲圖像的生成方法,可為藉由將虛擬攝影機配置在虛擬的遊戲空間內並計算從虛擬攝影機所觀看之遊戲空間,來生成3維CG圖像之方法,或是(不使用虛擬攝影機)生成2維圖像之方法。所生成之電視用遊戲圖像被記憶於VRAM 11d。在上述步驟S5後執行步驟S6的處理。In step S27, the CPU 10 executes game processing in response to the game input. Here, the game input may be data transmitted from the controller 5 or the terminal device 7 or data obtained from the data. Specifically, the game input may be data obtained from the data in addition to the data included in the controller operation data 92 and the terminal operation data 97 (controller posture data 108, terminal posture data 109, and map). Image identification data 110, and voice recognition data 111). Further, the content of the game processing in step S27 may be any content, for example, processing for moving an object (character) appearing in the game, controlling the processing of the virtual camera, or moving the cursor displayed on the screen. Further, the camera image (or a part thereof) is used as a process of playing a game image, or a microphone sound is used as a process of a game sound. An example of the above game processing will be described later. In step S27, for example, the data of various parameters set in the object (character) appearing in the game, or the data of the parameter related to the virtual camera arranged in the game space, the data of the score, etc., are displayed as the game control result. The data is stored in the main memory. After step S27, the CPU 10 ends the game control processing of step S4. Returning to the description of Fig. 22, in step S5, the television game image for display on the television 2 is generated by the CPU 10 and the GPU 11b. That is, the CPU 10 and the GPU 11b read the data showing the result of the game control processing of step S4 from the main memory, and read the data necessary for generating the game image from the VRAM 11d to generate Game image. The game image may be generated by any method as long as the result of the game control process of step S4 can be displayed. For example, the method of generating the game image may be a method of generating a 3-dimensional CG image by arranging the virtual camera in a virtual game space and calculating a game space viewed from the virtual camera, or (without using virtual Camera) A method of generating a 2-dimensional image. The generated television game image is memorized in the VRAM 11d. The processing of step S6 is performed after the above step S5.

步驟S6中,用以顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像,係由CPU 10及GPU 11b所生成。終端用遊戲圖像亦與上述電視用遊戲圖像相同,只要可顯示出步驟S4之遊戲控制處理的結果者即可,可由任意方法來生成。此外,終端用遊戲圖像可藉由與上述電視用遊戲圖像相同之方法來生成,或是不同方法來生成。所生成之終端用遊戲圖像被記憶於VRAM 11d。因遊戲內容的不同,電視用遊戲圖像與終端用遊戲圖像可為同一,此時在步驟S6中可不執行遊戲圖像的生成處理。在上述步驟S6後執行步驟S7的處理。步驟S7中,係生成用以輸出至電視2的喇叭2a之電視用遊戲聲音。亦即,CPU 10係於DSP 11c中生成因應步驟S4之遊戲控制處理的結果之遊戲聲音。所生成之遊戲聲音,例如為遊戲的效果音、在遊戲中登場之角色的聲音、或是BGM等。在上述步驟S7後執行步驟S8的處理。步驟S8中,係生成用以輸出至終端裝置7的喇叭77之終端用遊戲聲音。亦即,CPU 10係於DSP 11c中生成因應步驟S4之遊戲控制處理的結果之遊戲聲音。終端用遊戲聲音,可與上述電視用遊戲聲音相同或不同。此外,例如效果音雖不同,但BGM可相同之僅有一部分不同。當電視用遊戲聲音與終端用遊戲聲音為同一時,在步驟S8中可不執行遊戲聲音的生成處理。在上述步驟S8後執行步驟S9的處理。In step S6, the terminal game image for display on the terminal device 7 is generated by the CPU 10 and the GPU 11b. The game image for the terminal is also the same as the game image for the television described above, and may be generated by any method as long as the result of the game control process of step S4 can be displayed. Further, the game image for the terminal can be generated by the same method as the above-described game image for television, or can be generated by a different method. The generated game image for the terminal is stored in the VRAM 11d. The game image for the television and the game image for the terminal may be the same depending on the content of the game. In this case, the process of generating the game image may not be executed in step S6. The processing of step S7 is performed after the above step S6. In step S7, a television game sound for outputting to the speaker 2a of the television 2 is generated. That is, the CPU 10 generates a game sound in response to the result of the game control processing of step S4 in the DSP 11c. The generated game sound is, for example, an effect sound of the game, a voice of a character appearing in the game, or BGM. The processing of step S8 is performed after the above step S7. In step S8, the terminal game sound for outputting to the speaker 77 of the terminal device 7 is generated. That is, the CPU 10 generates a game sound in response to the result of the game control processing of step S4 in the DSP 11c. The game sound for the terminal can be the same as or different from the game sound for the above television. In addition, for example, although the effect sounds are different, the BGM may be different only in part. When the television game sound is the same as the terminal game sound, the game sound generation processing may not be executed in step S8. The processing of step S9 is performed after the above step S8.

步驟S9中,CPU 10將遊戲圖像及遊戲聲音輸出至電視2。具體而言,CPU 10將記憶於VRAM 11d之電視用遊戲圖像的資料、及在步驟S7中由DSP 11c所生成之電視用遊戲聲音的資料,傳送至AV-IC 15。因應於此,AV-IC 15經由AV連接器16將圖像及聲音的資料輸出至電視2。藉此,電視用遊戲圖像被顯示於電視2,並且電視用遊戲聲音從喇叭2a輸出。在步驟S9後執行步驟S10的處理。步驟S10中,CPU 10將遊戲圖像及遊戲聲音傳送至終端裝置7。具體而言,記憶於VRAM 11d之終端用遊戲圖像的圖像資料、及在步驟S8中由DSP 11c所生成之聲音的資料,係藉由CPU 10傳送至編解碼器LSI 27,並藉由編解碼器LSI 27進行預定的壓縮處理。再者,施以壓縮處理後之圖像及聲音的資料,係藉由終端通訊模組28經由天線29傳送至終端裝置7。終端裝置7藉由無線模組80而接收從遊戲裝置3所傳送來之圖像及聲音的資料,並藉由編解碼器LSI 76進行預定的解壓縮處理。進行解壓縮處理後的圖像資料被輸出至LCD 51,進行解壓縮處理後的聲音資料被輸出至聲音IC 78。藉此,終端用遊戲圖像被顯示於LCD 51,並且終端用遊戲聲音從喇叭77輸出。在步驟S10後執行步驟S11的處理。In step S9, the CPU 10 outputs the game image and the game sound to the television 2. Specifically, the CPU 10 transmits the data of the television game image stored in the VRAM 11d and the data of the television game sound generated by the DSP 11c in step S7 to the AV-IC 15. In response to this, the AV-IC 15 outputs the image and sound data to the television 2 via the AV connector 16. Thereby, the television game image is displayed on the television 2, and the television game sound is output from the horn 2a. The process of step S10 is performed after step S9. In step S10, the CPU 10 transmits the game image and the game sound to the terminal device 7. Specifically, the image data of the terminal game image stored in the VRAM 11d and the data of the sound generated by the DSP 11c in step S8 are transmitted to the codec LSI 27 by the CPU 10, and by The codec LSI 27 performs predetermined compression processing. Further, the image and sound data subjected to the compression processing are transmitted to the terminal device 7 via the antenna 29 via the terminal communication module 28. The terminal device 7 receives the data of the image and the sound transmitted from the game device 3 by the wireless module 80, and performs predetermined decompression processing by the codec LSI 76. The image data subjected to the decompression processing is output to the LCD 51, and the sound data subjected to the decompression processing is output to the sound IC 78. Thereby, the terminal game image is displayed on the LCD 51, and the terminal game sound is output from the speaker 77. The process of step S11 is performed after step S10.

步驟S11中,CPU 10判定是否結束遊戲。步驟S11的判定,例如藉由是否為遊戲結束或使用者進行中止遊戲之指示等來進行。步驟S11的判定為否定時,再次執行步驟S2的處理。另一方面,步驟S11的判定為肯定時,CPU 10結束第12圖所示之遊戲處理。以下,至步驟S11中判定結束遊戲為止,重複執行步驟S2至S11的一連串處理。如上所述,本實施形態中,終端裝置7係具備觸控面板52與加速度感測器73或迴轉感測器74之慣性感測器,觸控面板52與慣性感測器的輸出作為操作資料被傳送至遊戲裝置3而用作為遊戲的輸入(步驟S3、S4)。此外,終端裝置7具備顯示裝置(LCD 51),藉由遊戲處理所得之遊戲圖像被顯示於LCD 51(步驟S6、S10)。因此,使用者可使用觸控面板52對遊戲圖像直接進行觸控操作,此外,(由於終端裝置7的動作可藉由慣性感測器偵測出,所以)可進行將顯示有遊戲圖像之LCD 51本身移動之操作。使用者可藉由此等操作,以對遊戲圖像直接進行操作般之操作感覺來進行遊戲,因此可提供例如後述第1及第2遊戲例之新穎操作感覺的遊戲。此外,本實施形態中,終端裝置7係具備可在握持終端裝置7之狀態下操作之類比搖桿53及操作鍵54,遊戲裝置3可將對類比搖桿53及操作鍵54所進行的操作用作為遊戲輸入(步驟S3、S4)。因此,如上所述,即使對遊戲圖像直接進行操作,使用者亦可藉由鍵操作或搖桿操作來進行詳細的遊戲操作。In step S11, the CPU 10 determines whether or not to end the game. The determination of step S11 is performed, for example, by whether or not the game is over or the user is instructed to suspend the game. When the determination of step S11 is negative, the processing of step S2 is executed again. On the other hand, when the determination in step S11 is affirmative, the CPU 10 ends the game processing shown in Fig. 12. Hereinafter, the sequence of steps S2 to S11 is repeatedly executed until it is determined in step S11 that the game is ended. As described above, in the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 includes the inertial sensor of the touch panel 52 and the acceleration sensor 73 or the swing sensor 74, and the output of the touch panel 52 and the inertial sensor is used as the operation data. It is transmitted to the game device 3 and used as an input to the game (steps S3, S4). Further, the terminal device 7 is provided with a display device (LCD 51), and the game image obtained by the game processing is displayed on the LCD 51 (steps S6, S10). Therefore, the user can directly perform a touch operation on the game image by using the touch panel 52. In addition, (because the action of the terminal device 7 can be detected by the inertial sensor, the game image can be displayed) The operation of the LCD 51 itself moves. The user can perform the game by directly operating the game image in such a manner as to operate the game image. Therefore, for example, a game having a novel operation feeling of the first and second game examples described later can be provided. Further, in the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 includes an analog rocker 53 and an operation key 54 that can be operated while holding the terminal device 7, and the game device 3 can perform operations on the analog rocker 53 and the operation key 54. Used as a game input (steps S3, S4). Therefore, as described above, even if the game image is directly operated, the user can perform detailed game operations by a key operation or a joystick operation.

再者,本實施形態中,終端裝置7係具備攝影機56及麥克風79,攝影機56所攝像之攝影機圖像的資料及麥克風79所偵測之麥克風聲音的資料被傳送至遊戲裝置3(步驟S3)。因此,遊戲裝置3可將上述攝影機圖像及/或麥克風聲音用作為遊戲輸入,因此,使用者亦可藉由以攝影機56將圖像予以攝像之操作或將聲音輸入至麥克風79之操作,來進行遊戲操作。此等操作可在握持終端裝置7之狀態下進行,所以如上所述對遊戲圖像直接進行操作時,可藉由進行此等操作,而讓使用者進行更多樣化的遊戲操作。此外,本實施形態中,由於遊戲圖像顯示於可搬運型之終端裝置7的LCD 51(步驟S6、S10),所以使用者可自由地配置終端裝置7。因此,當使控制器5朝向標示器來進行操作時,藉由將終端裝置7配置在自由位置,使用者可使控制器5朝向自由方向來進行遊戲,而提升對控制器5所進行之操作的自由度。此外,由於可將終端裝置7配置在任意位置,如後述第5遊戲例般,藉由將終端裝置7配置在適合遊戲內容之位置,可實現更具有臨場感之遊戲。Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 includes a camera 56 and a microphone 79, and the data of the camera image captured by the camera 56 and the data of the microphone sound detected by the microphone 79 are transmitted to the game device 3 (step S3). . Therefore, the game device 3 can use the camera image and/or the microphone sound as the game input. Therefore, the user can also operate the image by the camera 56 or input the sound to the microphone 79. Play the game. These operations can be performed while the terminal device 7 is being held, so that when the game image is directly manipulated as described above, the user can perform a more diverse game operation by performing such operations. Further, in the present embodiment, since the game image is displayed on the LCD 51 of the portable terminal device 7 (steps S6 and S10), the user can freely arrange the terminal device 7. Therefore, when the controller 5 is operated toward the marker, by arranging the terminal device 7 in the free position, the user can cause the controller 5 to play in the free direction, and the operation performed on the controller 5 is promoted. The degree of freedom. Further, since the terminal device 7 can be placed at an arbitrary position, a game having a more realistic feeling can be realized by arranging the terminal device 7 at a position suitable for the game content as in the fifth game example described later.

此外,根據本實施形態,遊戲裝置3可從控制器5及終端裝置7取得操作資料等(步驟S2、S3),所以使用者可將控制器5及終端裝置7的2個裝置用作為操作手段。因此,遊戲系統1中,亦可讓複數位使用者使用各裝置而讓複數個人進行遊戲,此外,1位使用者亦可使用2個裝置來進行遊戲。此外,根據本實施形態,遊戲裝置3係生成2種遊戲圖像(步驟S5、S6),並可將遊戲圖像顯示於電視2及終端裝置7(步驟S9、S10)。如此,藉由將2種遊戲圖像顯示於不同裝置,可提供對使用者而言更容易觀看之遊戲圖像,而提升遊戲的操作性。例如,當2個人進行遊戲時,如後述第3或第4遊戲例般,將對某一方的使用者而言為容易觀看之視點的遊戲圖像顯示於電視2,將對另一方的使用者而言為容易觀看之視點的遊戲圖像顯示於終端裝置7,藉此可在各遊戲者容易觀看之視點下進行遊戲。此外,即使為例如1人進行遊戲時,如後述第1、第2或第5遊戲例般,可在不同處的視點中顯示出2種遊戲圖像,藉此,遊戲者更容易掌握遊戲空間的模樣,而提升遊戲的操作性。Further, according to the present embodiment, the game device 3 can acquire the operation data and the like from the controller 5 and the terminal device 7 (steps S2 and S3), so that the user can use the two devices of the controller 5 and the terminal device 7 as the operation means. . Therefore, in the game system 1, a plurality of users can use a plurality of individuals to play games by using a plurality of devices, and one user can use two devices to play the game. Further, according to the present embodiment, the game device 3 generates two kinds of game images (steps S5 and S6), and can display the game image on the television 2 and the terminal device 7 (steps S9 and S10). In this way, by displaying the two kinds of game images on different devices, it is possible to provide a game image that is easier for the user to view, and to improve the operability of the game. For example, when two people play a game, as shown in the third or fourth game example described later, a game image that is easy to view for one of the users is displayed on the television 2, and the other user is In other words, the game image for the viewpoint of easy viewing is displayed on the terminal device 7, whereby the game can be played under the viewpoint that each player can easily view. Further, even when a game is played for one person, for example, as shown in the first, second, or fifth game examples described later, two kinds of game images can be displayed in different viewpoints, whereby the player can easily grasp the game space. The appearance of the game, and improve the operability of the game.

[6.遊戲例]接著說明遊戲系統1中所進行之遊戲的具體例。以下所說明之遊戲例中,亦有未運用遊戲系統1之各裝置的構成中的一部分之情形,此外,亦有未執行第22圖及第23圖所示之一連串處理中的一部分處理之情形。亦即,遊戲系統1可不具備上述全部的構成,此外,遊戲裝置3亦可不執行第22圖及第23圖所示之一連串處理中的一部分。[6. Game Example] Next, a specific example of the game played in the game system 1 will be described. In the example of the game described below, some of the configurations of the devices of the game system 1 are not used, and some of the series of processes shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 are not executed. . In other words, the game system 1 does not have all of the above configurations, and the game device 3 may not execute some of the series of processes shown in FIGS. 22 and 23.

(第1遊戲例)第1遊戲例,為藉由操作終端裝置7而在遊戲空間內射出物件(飛鏢)之遊戲。遊戲者,藉由改變終端裝置7的姿勢之操作、及在觸控面板52上將線描繪出之操作,可指示射出飛鏢之方向。第24圖係顯示第1遊戲例中之電視2的畫面與終端裝置7之圖。第24圖中,於電視2及終端裝置7的LCD 51上,顯示出表示遊戲空間之遊戲圖像。於電視2顯示出飛鏢121、控制面122、及標靶123。於LCD 51顯示出控制面122(及飛鏢121)。第1遊戲例中,遊戲者係藉由使用終端裝置7之操作,射出飛鏢121來擊中標靶123而進行遊戲。射出飛鏢121時,遊戲者首先藉由操作終端裝置7的姿勢,來改變虛擬遊戲空間內所配置之控制面122的姿勢而成為期望姿勢。亦即,CPU 10根據慣性感測器(加速度感測器73及迴轉感測器74)以及磁性感測器72的輸出,算出終端裝置7的姿勢(步驟S24),並根據所算出的姿勢來改變控制面122的姿勢(步驟S27)。第1遊戲例中,控制面122的姿勢係以因應實際空間中之終端裝置7的姿勢之姿勢方式被控制。亦即,遊戲者藉由改變終端裝置7(顯示於終端裝置7之控制面122)的姿勢,而可在遊戲空間內改變控制面122的姿勢。第1遊戲例中,控制面122的位置被固定在遊戲空間中的預定位置。(First Game Example) The first game example is a game in which an object (dart) is emitted in the game space by operating the terminal device 7. The player can instruct the direction of the dart by changing the posture of the terminal device 7 and the operation of drawing the line on the touch panel 52. Fig. 24 is a view showing the screen of the television 2 and the terminal device 7 in the first game example. In Fig. 24, on the LCD 51 of the television 2 and the terminal device 7, a game image indicating the game space is displayed. The darts 121, the control surface 122, and the target 123 are displayed on the television 2. The control surface 122 (and the darts 121) is displayed on the LCD 51. In the first game example, the player shoots the darts 121 by using the operation of the terminal device 7, hits the target 123, and plays the game. When the darts 121 is shot, the player first changes the posture of the control surface 122 disposed in the virtual game space by operating the posture of the terminal device 7, and becomes a desired posture. That is, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the outputs of the inertial sensors (the acceleration sensor 73 and the rotation sensor 74) and the magnetic sensor 72 (step S24), and based on the calculated posture. The posture of the control plane 122 is changed (step S27). In the first game example, the posture of the control plane 122 is controlled in accordance with the posture of the posture of the terminal device 7 in the actual space. That is, the player can change the posture of the control plane 122 in the game space by changing the posture of the terminal device 7 (displayed on the control plane 122 of the terminal device 7). In the first game example, the position of the control plane 122 is fixed at a predetermined position in the game space.

接著,遊戲者使用觸控筆124等在觸控面板52上進行將線描繪出之操作(參照第24圖所示之箭頭)。在此,第1遊戲例中,於終端裝置7的LCD 51,係以使觸控面板52的輸入面與控制面122相對應之方式來顯示控制面122。因此,藉由描繪在觸控面板52上之線,可算出在控制面122上的方向(該線所顯示之方向)。飛鏢121被射往如此決定之方向。從上述中,CPU 10從觸控面板52的觸控位置資料100來算出在控制面122上的方向,並進行將飛鏢121移動至該算出後的方向之處理(步驟S27)。CPU 10,例如可因應線的長度或將線描繪出的速度來控制飛鏢121的速度。Next, the player performs an operation of drawing a line on the touch panel 52 using the stylus pen 124 or the like (refer to an arrow shown in FIG. 24). Here, in the first game example, the control unit 122 is displayed on the LCD 51 of the terminal device 7 such that the input surface of the touch panel 52 corresponds to the control surface 122. Therefore, the direction on the control surface 122 (the direction in which the line is displayed) can be calculated by the line drawn on the touch panel 52. The dart 121 is shot in the direction thus determined. From the above, the CPU 10 calculates the direction on the control surface 122 from the touch position data 100 of the touch panel 52, and performs a process of moving the darts 121 to the calculated direction (step S27). The CPU 10 can control the speed of the darts 121, for example, depending on the length of the line or the speed at which the line is drawn.

如上所述,根據第1遊戲例,遊戲裝置3藉由將慣性感測器的輸出用作為遊戲輸入,可因應終端裝置7的移動(姿勢)使控制面122移動,並藉由將觸控面板52的輸出用作為遊戲輸入,可特定出在控制面122上的方向。根據此,遊戲者可移動顯示於終端裝置7之遊戲圖像(控制面122的圖像)或是對該遊戲圖像進行觸控操作,因此能夠以對遊戲圖像直接進行操作般之新穎操作感覺來進行遊戲。此外,第1遊戲例中,藉由將慣性感測器及觸控面板52的感測器輸出用作為遊戲輸入,可容易地指示3維空間中的方向。亦即,遊戲者以一邊的手實際調整終端裝置7的姿勢,以另一邊的手用線將方向輸入於觸控面板52,藉此能夠以在空間內實際輸入方向般之直覺性操作而容易地指示方向。再者,遊戲者可同時進行對終端裝置7的姿勢之操作以及對觸控面板52之輸入操作,所以可迅速地進行指示3維空間中的方向之操作。As described above, according to the first game example, the game device 3 can use the output of the inertial sensor as the game input, and can move the control surface 122 in response to the movement (posture) of the terminal device 7 by using the touch panel. The output of 52 is used as a game input to specify the direction on control surface 122. According to this, the player can move the game image (the image of the control plane 122) displayed on the terminal device 7 or perform the touch operation on the game image, so that the game operation can be directly operated in a novel operation. Feel to play the game. Further, in the first game example, by using the sensor output of the inertial sensor and the touch panel 52 as a game input, the direction in the three-dimensional space can be easily indicated. In other words, the player actually adjusts the posture of the terminal device 7 with one hand and inputs the direction to the touch panel 52 with the other hand wire, whereby the intuitive operation can be easily performed in the actual input direction in the space. The ground indicates the direction. Further, since the player can simultaneously perform the operation of the posture of the terminal device 7 and the input operation to the touch panel 52, the operation of instructing the direction in the three-dimensional space can be quickly performed.

此外,根據第1遊戲例,為了容易對控制面122進行觸控輸入的操作,所以在終端裝置7中,於全體畫面顯示控制面122。另一方面,係以容易掌握控制面122的姿勢、以及容易瞄準標靶123之方式,在電視2中顯示出包含全體控制面122及標靶123之遊戲空間的圖像(參照第24圖)。亦即,上述步驟S27中,用以生成電視用遊戲圖像之第1虛擬攝影機,係以使全體控制面122及標靶123包含於視野範圍之方式來設定,並且用以生成終端用遊戲圖像之第2虛擬攝影機,係以使LCD 51的畫面(觸控面板52的輸入面)與控制面122在畫面上呈一致之方式來設定。因此,第1遊戲例中,藉由將從不同視點所觀看之遊戲空間的圖像顯示於電視2與終端裝置7,可更容易進行遊戲操作。Further, according to the first game example, in order to facilitate the touch input operation on the control surface 122, the control device 122 displays the control surface 122 on the entire screen. On the other hand, the image of the game space including the entire control surface 122 and the target 123 is displayed on the television 2 by easily grasping the posture of the control surface 122 and easily aiming the target 123 (refer to Fig. 24). . In other words, in the above step S27, the first virtual camera for generating the game image for the television is set such that the entire control surface 122 and the target 123 are included in the visual field range, and the game map for the terminal is generated. The second virtual camera is set such that the screen of the LCD 51 (the input surface of the touch panel 52) and the control surface 122 match each other on the screen. Therefore, in the first game example, the game operation can be performed more easily by displaying the image of the game space viewed from different viewpoints on the television 2 and the terminal device 7.

(第2遊戲例)將慣性感測器及觸控面板52的感測器輸出用作為遊戲輸入之遊戲,並不限於上述第1遊戲例,可考量種種遊戲例。第2遊戲例,與第1遊戲例相同,為藉由操作終端裝置7而在遊戲空間內射出物件(砲彈)之遊戲。遊戲者,藉由改變終端裝置7的姿勢之操作、及指定觸控面板52上的位置之操作,可指示發射砲彈之方向。第25圖係顯示第2遊戲例中之電視2的畫面與終端裝置7之圖。第25圖中,於電視2上顯示出大砲131、砲彈132、及標靶133。於終端裝置7上顯示出砲彈132及標靶133。顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像,為從大砲131的位置觀看遊戲空間之圖像。(Second game example) The game in which the sensor output of the inertial sensor and the touch panel 52 is used as the game input is not limited to the above-described first game example, and various types of game examples can be considered. The second game example is a game in which an object (projectile) is emitted in the game space by operating the terminal device 7 in the same manner as the first game example. The player can indicate the direction in which the projectile is fired by changing the operation of the posture of the terminal device 7 and the operation of designating the position on the touch panel 52. Fig. 25 is a view showing the screen of the television 2 and the terminal device 7 in the second game example. In Fig. 25, the cannon 131, the projectile 132, and the target 133 are displayed on the television 2. The projectile 132 and the target 133 are displayed on the terminal device 7. The terminal game image displayed on the terminal device 7 is an image in which the game space is viewed from the position of the cannon 131.

第2遊戲例中,遊戲者藉由操作終端裝置7的姿勢,可改變作為終端用遊戲圖像而顯示於終端裝置7之顯示範圍。亦即,CPU 10根據慣性感測器(加速度感測器73及迴轉感測器74)以及磁性感測器72的輸出,算出終端裝置7的姿勢(步驟S24),並根據所算出的姿勢,來控制用以生成終端用遊戲圖像之第2虛擬攝影機的位置及姿勢(步驟S27)。具體而言,第2虛擬攝影機係設置在大砲131的位置,並因應終端裝置7的姿勢來控制朝向(姿勢)。如此,遊戲者藉由改變終端裝置7的姿勢,而可改變顯示於終端裝置7之遊戲空間的範圍。In the second game example, the player can change the display range of the terminal device 7 as the terminal game image by operating the posture of the terminal device 7. That is, the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the terminal device 7 based on the outputs of the inertial sensors (the acceleration sensor 73 and the rotation sensor 74) and the magnetic sensor 72 (step S24), and based on the calculated posture, The position and posture of the second virtual camera for generating the game image for the terminal are controlled (step S27). Specifically, the second virtual camera is installed at the position of the cannon 131, and controls the orientation (posture) in response to the posture of the terminal device 7. In this way, the player can change the range of the game space displayed on the terminal device 7 by changing the posture of the terminal device 7.

此外,第2遊戲例中,遊戲者在觸控面板52上進行將點輸入之操作(觸控操作),藉此指定砲彈132的發射方向。具體而言,上述步驟S27的處理中,CPU 10算出對應於觸控位置之遊戲空間內的位置(控制位置),並以從遊戲空間內的預定位置(例如大砲131的位置)往控制位置之方向作為發射方向來算出。然後進行將砲彈132往發射方向移動之處理。如此,上述第1遊戲例中,遊戲者係進行在觸控面板52上將線描繪出之操作,但在第2遊戲例中,則進行指定觸控面板52上的點之操作。上述控制位置,可藉由設定與上述第1遊戲例相同之控制面(惟第2遊戲例中未顯示控制面)來算出。亦即,以對應於終端裝置7中的顯示範圍之方式,因應第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢來配置控制面(具體而言,控制面係以大砲131的位置為中心,因應終端裝置7的姿勢變化來旋轉移動),藉此可算出對應於觸控位置之控制面上的位置作為控制位置。Further, in the second game example, the player performs an operation of inputting a point (touch operation) on the touch panel 52, thereby specifying the direction in which the projectile 132 is emitted. Specifically, in the processing of the above step S27, the CPU 10 calculates a position (control position) in the game space corresponding to the touch position, and moves from a predetermined position in the game space (for example, the position of the cannon 131) to the control position. The direction is calculated as the emission direction. Then, the process of moving the projectile 132 in the direction of emission is performed. As described above, in the first game example described above, the player performs an operation of drawing a line on the touch panel 52. However, in the second game example, an operation of designating a point on the touch panel 52 is performed. The control position can be calculated by setting the same control surface as the first game example (but the control surface is not displayed in the second game example). In other words, the control surface is disposed in accordance with the posture of the second virtual camera in accordance with the display range in the terminal device 7 (specifically, the control surface is centered on the position of the cannon 131, and the posture of the terminal device 7 is changed in response to the position of the cannon 131. To rotate the movement, the position on the control surface corresponding to the touch position can be calculated as the control position.

根據上述第2遊戲例,遊戲裝置3藉由將慣性感測器的輸出用作為遊戲輸入,可因應終端裝置7的移動(姿勢)來改變終端用遊戲圖像的顯示範圍,並藉由指定該顯示範圍內的位置之觸控輸入用作為遊戲輸入,可特定出遊戲空間內的方向(砲彈132的發射方向)。因此,第2遊戲例中,與第1遊戲例中相同,遊戲者可移動顯示於終端裝置7之遊戲圖像或是對該遊戲圖像進行觸控操作,因此能夠以對遊戲圖像直接進行操作般之新穎操作感覺來進行遊戲。According to the second game example described above, the game device 3 can change the display range of the terminal game image in response to the movement (posture) of the terminal device 7 by using the output of the inertial sensor as the game input, and by specifying the The touch input of the position within the display range is used as a game input to specify the direction within the game space (the direction in which the projectile 132 is fired). Therefore, in the second game example, as in the first game example, the player can move the game image displayed on the terminal device 7 or perform a touch operation on the game image, so that the game image can be directly played. A game-like operation feels like a game.

此外,第2遊戲例中,亦與第1遊戲例中相同,遊戲者以一邊的手實際調整終端裝置7的姿勢,以另一邊的手對觸控面板52進行觸控輸入,藉此能夠以在空間內實際輸入方向地之直覺性操作而容易地指示方向。再者,遊戲者可同時進行對終端裝置7的姿勢之操作以及對觸控面板52之輸入操作,所以可迅速地進行指示3維空間中的方向之操作。Further, in the second game example, as in the first game example, the player actually adjusts the posture of the terminal device 7 with one hand and touch input the touch panel 52 with the other hand. The direction is easily indicated by an intuitive operation of the actual input direction in the space. Further, since the player can simultaneously perform the operation of the posture of the terminal device 7 and the input operation to the touch panel 52, the operation of instructing the direction in the three-dimensional space can be quickly performed.

此外,第2遊戲例中顯示於電視2之圖像,可為從與終端裝置7相同之視點所觀看的圖像,但在第25圖中,遊戲裝置3係顯示從不同視點所觀看的圖像。亦即,用以生成終端用遊戲圖像之第2虛擬攝影機,被設定在大砲131的位置,相對於此,用以生成電視用遊戲圖像之第1虛擬攝影機,被設定在大砲131後方的位置。在此,例如將終端裝置7的畫面中無法看到的範圍顯示於電視2,藉此可實現一種遊戲者能夠觀看電視2的畫面來瞄準在終端裝置7的畫面中無法看到的標靶133之玩法。如此,藉由將電視2與終端裝置7之顯示範圍設定為不同,不僅更容易掌握遊戲空間內的模樣,更能夠提升遊戲的趣味性。Further, the image displayed on the television 2 in the second game example may be an image viewed from the same viewpoint as the terminal device 7, but in FIG. 25, the game device 3 displays a view viewed from a different viewpoint. image. In other words, the second virtual camera for generating the game image for the terminal is set at the position of the cannon 131. On the other hand, the first virtual camera for generating the game image for the television is set behind the cannon 131. position. Here, for example, a range that cannot be seen on the screen of the terminal device 7 is displayed on the television 2, whereby a player who can view the screen of the television 2 and aim at the target 133 that cannot be seen on the screen of the terminal device 7 can be realized. The gameplay. Thus, by setting the display range of the television 2 and the terminal device 7 differently, it is not only easier to grasp the appearance in the game space, but also to enhance the fun of the game.

如上所述,根據本實施形態,由於可將具備觸控面板52與慣性感測器之終端裝置7用作為操作裝置,因此可實現如上述第1及第2遊戲例之以對遊戲圖像直接進行操作之操作感覺的遊戲。As described above, according to the present embodiment, since the terminal device 7 including the touch panel 52 and the inertial sensor can be used as the operation device, it is possible to directly implement the game image as in the first and second game examples described above. A game that feels the operation of the operation.

(第3遊戲例)(3rd game example)

以下參照第26圖及第27圖來說明第3遊戲例。第3遊戲例為2位遊戲者對戰之形式的棒球遊戲。亦即,第1位遊戲者使用控制器5操作打者,第2位遊戲者使用終端裝置7操作投手。此外,於電視2及終端裝置7,係顯示出對各遊戲者而言容易進行遊戲操作之遊戲圖像。The third game example will be described below with reference to Figs. 26 and 27. The third game example is a baseball game in the form of a two-player game. That is, the first player uses the controller 5 to operate the hitter, and the second player uses the terminal device 7 to operate the shooter. Further, in the television 2 and the terminal device 7, a game image that is easy for each player to perform a game operation is displayed.

第26圖係顯示第3遊戲例中顯示於電視2之電視用遊戲圖像的一例圖。第26圖所示之電視用遊戲圖像,主要用於第1位遊戲者之圖像。亦即,電視用遊戲圖像,係顯示出從屬於第1位遊戲者的操作對象之打者(打者物件)141側觀看屬於第2位遊戲者的操作對象之投手(投手物件)142之遊戲空間。用以生成電視用遊戲圖像之第1虛擬攝影機,係配置在打者141的後方位置,並從打者141朝投手142的方向而配置。Fig. 26 is a view showing an example of a television game image displayed on the television 2 in the third game example. The game image for television shown in Fig. 26 is mainly used for the image of the first player. In other words, the game image for the television shows the game space of the pitcher (pitcher object) 142 of the operation target belonging to the second player from the hitter (the hitter object) 141 side of the operation target of the first player. . The first virtual camera for generating the game image for the television is placed at the rear position of the hitter 141, and is disposed from the hitter 141 toward the pitcher 142.

另一方面,第27圖係顯示第3遊戲例中顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像的一例圖。第27圖所示之終端用遊戲圖像,主要用於第2位遊戲者之圖像。亦即,終端用遊戲圖像,係顯示出從屬於第2位遊戲者的操作對象之投手142側觀看為第1位遊戲者的操作對象之打者141之遊戲空間。具體而言,上述步驟S27中,CPU 10係根據終端裝置7的姿勢,來控制用以生成終端用遊戲圖像之第2虛擬攝影機。第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢,與上述第2遊戲例相同,係以對應於終端裝置7的姿勢之方式來算出。此外,第2虛擬攝影機的位置,被固定在預先決定的預定位置。終端用遊戲圖像中,係包含用以顯示投手142投出球的方向之游標143。On the other hand, Fig. 27 is a view showing an example of a terminal game image displayed on the terminal device 7 in the third game example. The game image for the terminal shown in Fig. 27 is mainly used for the image of the second player. In other words, the game image for the terminal is displayed as the game space of the hitter 141 that is the operation target of the first player from the pitcher 142 side of the operation target of the second player. Specifically, in the above-described step S27, the CPU 10 controls the second virtual camera for generating the game image for the terminal based on the posture of the terminal device 7. The posture of the second virtual camera is calculated in accordance with the posture of the terminal device 7 as in the second game example described above. Further, the position of the second virtual camera is fixed at a predetermined predetermined position. The game image for the terminal includes a cursor 143 for displaying the direction in which the pitcher 142 throws the ball.

第1位遊戲者所操控之打者141的操作方法及第2位遊戲者所操控之投手142的操作方法,可為任意方法。例如,CPU 10係根據控制器5之慣性感測器的輸出資料,偵測出對控制器5所進行之揮舞操作,並因應揮舞操作來進行使打者141揮棒之動作。此外,例如CPU 10依循對類比搖桿53所進行之操作來移動游標143,當按下操作鍵54中的預定鍵時,使投手142朝向游標143所指示之位置進行投球動作。此外,游標143,亦可因應終端裝置7的姿勢來移動,以取代對類比搖桿53所進行之操作。The method of operating the hitter 141 controlled by the first player and the method of operating the shooter 142 controlled by the second player may be any method. For example, the CPU 10 detects the swinging operation performed on the controller 5 based on the output data of the inertial sensor of the controller 5, and performs an action of causing the beater 141 to swing in response to the swinging operation. Further, for example, the CPU 10 moves the cursor 143 in accordance with the operation performed on the analog joystick 53, and when the predetermined key in the operation key 54 is pressed, the pitcher 142 is caused to perform the pitching operation toward the position indicated by the cursor 143. Further, the cursor 143 can also be moved in response to the posture of the terminal device 7 instead of the operation performed on the analog rocker 53.

如上所述,第3遊戲例中,係在電視2及終端裝置7中生成互為不同的視點之遊戲圖像,藉此可提供對各遊戲者而言容易觀看且容易操作之遊戲圖像。As described above, in the third game example, game images having mutually different viewpoints are generated in the television 2 and the terminal device 7, whereby a game image that is easy to view and easy to operate for each player can be provided.

此外,第3遊戲例中,係在單一遊戲空間中設定2個虛擬攝影機,並分別顯示出從各虛擬攝影機觀看遊戲空間之2種遊戲圖像(第26圖及第27圖)。因此,關於第3遊戲例中所生成之2種遊戲圖像,對遊戲空間所進行之遊戲處理(遊戲空間內之物件的控制等)幾乎為共通,僅須對共通的遊戲空間進行2次描繪處理即能夠生成各遊戲圖像,因此與分別進行該遊戲處理時相比,具有處理效率高之優點。Further, in the third game example, two virtual cameras are set in a single game space, and two kinds of game images (Figs. 26 and 27) for viewing the game space from the respective virtual cameras are respectively displayed. Therefore, regarding the two types of game images generated in the third game example, the game processing (the control of the objects in the game space, etc.) performed in the game space is almost common, and only the common game space has to be drawn twice. The processing can generate each game image, and therefore has an advantage of high processing efficiency compared to when the game processing is performed separately.

此外,第3遊戲例中,顯示出投球方向之游標143僅顯示於終端裝置7側,因此第1位遊戲者無法看到游標143所指示之位置。因此,不會產生投球方向被第1位遊戲者得知而對第2位遊戲者不利之遊戲上的缺失。如此,本實施形態中,當產生某一方的遊戲者看到該遊戲圖像時會對另一方的遊戲者不利之遊戲上的缺失時,只需將該遊戲圖像顯示於終端裝置7即可。藉此可防止遊戲的戰略性降低等缺失。其他實施形態中,因遊戲內容的不同(例如,即使終端用遊戲圖像被第1位遊戲者看到亦不會產生上述缺失時),遊戲裝置3亦可將終端用遊戲圖像與電視用遊戲圖像一同顯示於電視2。Further, in the third game example, since the cursor 143 indicating the pitching direction is displayed only on the terminal device 7 side, the first player cannot see the position indicated by the cursor 143. Therefore, there is no loss in the game in which the pitching direction is known by the first player and which is disadvantageous to the second player. As described above, in the present embodiment, when a game in which one of the players sees the game image is lost to the other player, the game image needs to be displayed on the terminal device 7. . This can prevent the lack of strategic reduction of the game. In other embodiments, the game device 3 may use the game image for the terminal and the television depending on the content of the game (for example, even if the game image for the terminal is not seen by the first player). The game image is displayed on TV 2.

(第4遊戲例)(fourth game example)

以下參照第28圖及第29圖來說明第4遊戲例。第4遊戲例為2位遊戲者彼此合作之形式的射擊遊戲。亦即,第1位遊戲者使用控制器5來進行移動飛機之操作,第2位遊戲者使用終端裝置7來進行控制飛機的大砲的發射方向之操作。第4遊戲例中亦與第3遊戲例相同,於電視2及終端裝置7係顯示出對各遊戲者而言容易進行遊戲操作之遊戲圖像。The fourth game example will be described below with reference to Figs. 28 and 29. The fourth game example is a shooting game in the form of cooperation between two players. That is, the first player uses the controller 5 to perform the operation of the mobile aircraft, and the second player uses the terminal device 7 to perform the operation of controlling the launch direction of the aircraft's cannon. Similarly to the third game example, the fourth game example displays a game image that is easy for each player to perform a game operation on the television 2 and the terminal device 7.

第28圖係顯示第4遊戲例中顯示於電視2之電視用遊戲圖像的一例圖。此外,第29圖係顯示第4遊戲例中顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像的一例之圖。如第28圖所示,第4遊戲例中,飛機(飛機物件)151與標靶(氣球物件)153於虛擬遊戲空間中登場。此外,飛機151具有大砲(大砲物件)152。Fig. 28 is a view showing an example of a television game image displayed on the television 2 in the fourth game example. In addition, FIG. 29 is a view showing an example of a terminal game image displayed on the terminal device 7 in the fourth game example. As shown in Fig. 28, in the fourth game example, the aircraft (aircraft object) 151 and the target (balloon object) 153 appear in the virtual game space. In addition, the aircraft 151 has a cannon (cannon object) 152.

如第28圖所示,包含飛機151之遊戲空間的圖像係顯示作為電視用遊戲圖像。用以生成電視用遊戲圖像之第1虛擬攝影機,係以生成從後方觀看飛機151之遊戲空間的圖像之方式來設定。亦即,第1虛擬攝影機係以飛機151被包含於攝影範圍(視野範圍)之姿勢來配置在飛機151的後方位置。此外,第1虛擬攝影機被控制為伴隨著飛機151的移動而移動。亦即,CPU 10在上述步驟S27的處理中,根據控制器操作資料來控制飛機151的移動,並且控制第1虛擬攝影機的位置及姿勢。如此,第1虛擬攝影機的位置及姿勢係因應第1位遊戲者的操作而被控制。As shown in Fig. 28, the image of the game space including the airplane 151 is displayed as a game image for television. The first virtual camera for generating a game image for television is set so as to generate an image of the game space of the aircraft 151 viewed from the rear. In other words, the first virtual camera is disposed at a position rearward of the aircraft 151 in a posture in which the aircraft 151 is included in the imaging range (field of view). Further, the first virtual camera is controlled to move in accordance with the movement of the aircraft 151. That is, the CPU 10 controls the movement of the aircraft 151 based on the controller operation data in the processing of the above-described step S27, and controls the position and posture of the first virtual camera. As described above, the position and posture of the first virtual camera are controlled in response to the operation of the first player.

另一方面,如第29圖所示,從飛機151(更具體而言為大砲152)所觀看之遊戲空間的圖像係顯示作為終端用遊戲圖像。因此,用以生成終端用遊戲圖像之第2虛擬攝影機,係配置在飛機151的位置(更具體而言為大砲152的位置)。CPU 10在上述步驟S27的處理中,根據控制器操作資料來控制飛機151的移動,並且控制第2虛擬攝影機的位置。第2虛擬攝影機亦可配置在飛機151或大砲152周邊的位置(例如大砲152稍微後方的位置)。如上所述,第2虛擬攝影機的位置,是由(操作飛機151的移動之)第1位遊戲者的操作來控制。因此,第4遊戲例中,第1虛擬攝影機及第2虛擬攝影機係連動地移動。On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 29, the image of the game space viewed from the aircraft 151 (more specifically, the cannon 152) is displayed as a game image for the terminal. Therefore, the second virtual camera for generating the game image for the terminal is placed at the position of the aircraft 151 (more specifically, the position of the cannon 152). In the above-described processing of step S27, the CPU 10 controls the movement of the aircraft 151 based on the controller operation data, and controls the position of the second virtual camera. The second virtual camera may also be disposed at a position around the aircraft 151 or the cannon 152 (for example, a position slightly behind the cannon 152). As described above, the position of the second virtual camera is controlled by the operation of the first player (the movement of the operating aircraft 151). Therefore, in the fourth game example, the first virtual camera and the second virtual camera move in conjunction.

此外,朝大砲152的發射方向觀看之遊戲空間的圖像係顯示作為終端用遊戲圖像。在此,大砲152的發射方向,係控制為對應於終端裝置7的姿勢。亦即,本實施形態中,第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢,係控制為使第2虛擬攝影機的視線方向與大砲152的發射方向一致。CPU 10在上述步驟S27的處理中,因應上述步驟S24中所算出之終端裝置7的姿勢,來控制大砲152的朝向及第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢。如此,第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢是藉由第2位遊戲者的操作來控制。此外,第2位遊戲者藉由改變終端裝置7的姿勢,可改變大砲152的發射方向。Further, the image of the game space viewed in the direction in which the cannon 152 is emitted is displayed as a game image for the terminal. Here, the emission direction of the cannon 152 is controlled to correspond to the posture of the terminal device 7. That is, in the present embodiment, the posture of the second virtual camera is controlled so that the line of sight direction of the second virtual camera coincides with the emission direction of the cannon 152. In the processing of the above-described step S27, the CPU 10 controls the orientation of the cannon 152 and the posture of the second virtual camera in response to the posture of the terminal device 7 calculated in the above-described step S24. Thus, the posture of the second virtual camera is controlled by the operation of the second player. Further, the second player can change the direction in which the cannon 152 is emitted by changing the posture of the terminal device 7.

當從大砲152發射砲彈時,第2位遊戲者壓下終端裝置7的預定鍵。壓下預定鍵時,砲彈從大砲152的朝向被發射。終端用遊戲圖像中,於LCD 51的畫面中央顯示出準星154,砲彈往準星154所指示的方向發射。When the projectile is fired from the cannon 152, the second player presses the predetermined key of the terminal device 7. When the predetermined key is depressed, the projectile is launched from the direction of the cannon 152. In the game image for the terminal, a sight 154 is displayed in the center of the screen of the LCD 51, and the projectile is fired in the direction indicated by the sight 154.

如上所述,第4遊戲例中,第1位遊戲者,主要一邊觀看顯示出往飛機151的行進方向觀看之遊戲空間的電視用遊戲圖像(第28圖),(例如以往期望標靶153的方向移動之方式)一邊操作飛機151。另一方面,第2位遊戲者,主要一邊觀看顯示出往大砲152的發射方向觀看之遊戲空間的終端用遊戲圖像(第29圖),一邊操作大砲152。如此,第4遊戲例中,在2位遊戲者彼此合作之形式的遊戲中,可分別將對各遊戲者而言容易觀看且容易操作之遊戲圖像,分別顯示於電視2及終端裝置7。As described above, in the fourth game example, the first game player mainly views the television game image (Fig. 28) in which the game space viewed in the traveling direction of the aircraft 151 is displayed (for example, the target 153 is conventionally desired). The direction of movement moves) while operating the aircraft 151. On the other hand, the second player mainly operates the cannon 152 while watching the terminal game image (Fig. 29) showing the game space viewed in the emission direction of the cannon 152. As described above, in the fourth game example, in a game in which two players cooperate with each other, game images that are easy to view and easy to operate for each player can be displayed on the television 2 and the terminal device 7, respectively.

此外,第4遊戲例中,藉由第1位遊戲者的操作來控制第1虛擬攝影機及第2虛擬攝影機的位置,藉由第2位遊戲者的操作來控制第2虛擬攝影機的姿勢。亦即,本實施形態中,因應各遊戲者的各個遊戲操作而使虛擬攝影機的位置或姿勢產生變化,結果可使顯示於各顯示裝置之遊戲空間的顯示範圍產生變化。由於顯示於顯示裝置之遊戲空間的顯示範圍因應各遊戲者的操作而產生變化,因此,各遊戲者可實地感受到自己的遊戲操作充分地反映於遊戲的進行中,而能夠充分地享受遊戲。Further, in the fourth game example, the positions of the first virtual camera and the second virtual camera are controlled by the operation of the first player, and the posture of the second virtual camera is controlled by the operation of the second player. That is, in the present embodiment, the position or posture of the virtual camera is changed in response to each game operation of each player, and as a result, the display range of the game space displayed on each display device can be changed. Since the display range of the game space displayed on the display device changes depending on the operation of each player, each player can feel that his/her own game operation is sufficiently reflected in the progress of the game, and the game can be fully enjoyed.

第4遊戲例中,係於電視2顯示出從飛機151的後方所觀看之遊戲圖像,於終端裝置7顯示出從飛機151之大砲的位置所觀看之遊戲圖像。在此,其他遊戲例中,遊戲裝置3亦可於終端裝置7顯示出從飛機151的後方所觀看之遊戲圖像,於電視2顯示出從飛機151之大砲152的位置所觀看之遊戲圖像。此時,各遊戲者的工作,與上述第4遊戲例替換,可設定為第1位遊戲者使用控制器5來進行大砲152的操作,第2位遊戲者使用終端裝置7來進行飛機151的操作。In the fourth game example, the game image viewed from the rear of the aircraft 151 is displayed on the television 2, and the game image viewed from the position of the cannon of the aircraft 151 is displayed on the terminal device 7. Here, in other game examples, the game device 3 may display the game image viewed from the rear of the aircraft 151 in the terminal device 7, and display the game image viewed from the position of the cannon 152 of the aircraft 151 on the television 2. . At this time, the work of each player is replaced with the fourth game example described above, and the first player can use the controller 5 to perform the operation of the cannon 152, and the second player can use the terminal device 7 to perform the aircraft 151. operating.

(第5遊戲例)(5th game example)

以下參照第30圖來說明第5遊戲例。第5遊戲例,為遊戲者使用控制器5來進行操作之遊戲,終端裝置7並非操作裝置,而是用作為顯示裝置。具體而言,第5遊戲例為高爾夫球遊戲,因應遊戲者將控制器5如高球桿般地揮舞之操作(揮桿操作),遊戲裝置3在虛擬遊戲空間中的遊戲者角色中,進行高爾夫球的揮桿動作。The fifth game example will be described below with reference to Fig. 30. In the fifth game example, the game is operated by the player using the controller 5, and the terminal device 7 is not used as an operation device but as a display device. Specifically, the fifth game example is a golf game, and in response to the player's operation of swinging the controller 5 like a golf club (swing operation), the game device 3 performs the player character in the virtual game space. The swing of the golf ball.

第30圖係顯示第5遊戲例中使用遊戲系統1之模樣圖。第30圖中,於電視2的畫面顯示出包含遊戲者角色(的物件)161及高球桿(的物件)162之遊戲空間的圖像。第30圖中,雖隱藏於高球桿162而未被顯示,但配置在遊戲空間之球(的物件)163亦顯示於電視2。另一方面,如第30圖所示,終端裝置7係以使LCD 51的畫面垂直朝上之方式配置在電視2之前方正面的地板上。於終端裝置7顯示出:顯示球163之圖像、及顯示高球桿162的一部分(具體而言為高球桿162的桿頭162a)之圖像、顯示遊戲空間的地面之圖像。終端用遊戲圖像為從上方觀看球的周圍之圖像。Fig. 30 is a view showing a pattern of the game system 1 used in the fifth game example. In Fig. 30, an image of the game space including the player character (object) 161 and the high club (object) 162 is displayed on the screen of the television 2. In FIG. 30, although it is hidden in the high club 162 and is not displayed, the ball (object) 163 placed in the game space is also displayed on the television 2. On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 30, the terminal device 7 is disposed on the floor on the front side of the front side of the television 2 such that the screen of the LCD 51 is vertically upward. The terminal device 7 displays an image of the display ball 163 and an image showing a part of the high club 162 (specifically, the club head 162a of the high club 162) and an image of the floor on which the game space is displayed. The game image for the terminal is an image of the surroundings of the ball viewed from above.

進行遊戲時,遊戲者160站在終端裝置7的附近,來進行將控制器5如高球桿般地揮舞操作。此時,CPU 10,在上述步驟S27的處理中,因應上述步驟S23的處理所算出之控制器5的姿勢,來控制遊戲空間中之高球桿162的位置及姿勢。具體而言,高球桿162,當控制器5的前端方向(第3圖所示之Z軸正方向)朝向於LCD 51所顯示之球163的圖像時,係控制為遊戲空間內的高球桿162擊出球163。When the game is played, the player 160 stands in the vicinity of the terminal device 7 to perform the swing operation of the controller 5 like a golf club. At this time, the CPU 10 controls the position and posture of the high club 162 in the game space in accordance with the posture of the controller 5 calculated by the processing of the above-described step S23 in the processing of the above-described step S27. Specifically, the high club 162 is controlled to be high in the game space when the front end direction of the controller 5 (the positive Z-axis direction shown in FIG. 3) is directed toward the image of the ball 163 displayed on the LCD 51. The club 162 hits the ball 163.

此外,當控制器5的前端方向朝向LCD 51時,係於LCD 51顯示出表示高球桿162的一部分之圖像(桿頭圖像)164(參照第30圖)。關於終端用遊戲圖像,為了增加臨場感,能夠以實物大來顯示球163的圖像,或是顯示為因應控制器5繞著Z軸的旋轉使桿頭圖像164的朝向旋轉。此外,終端用遊戲圖像,亦可使用設置在遊戲空間之虛擬攝影機來生成,或是使用預先準備的圖像資料來生成。使用預先準備的圖像資料來生成時,不需詳細建構高爾夫球場的地形模型,而能夠以較小處理負荷來生成詳細且真實的圖像。Further, when the front end direction of the controller 5 faces the LCD 51, an image (head image) 164 indicating a part of the high club 162 is displayed on the LCD 51 (refer to Fig. 30). In order to increase the sense of presence, the game image for the terminal can display the image of the ball 163 in a large object or display the rotation of the head image 164 in response to the rotation of the controller 5 about the Z axis. Further, the game image for the terminal may be generated using a virtual camera provided in the game space or generated using image data prepared in advance. When the image data prepared in advance is used for generation, it is not necessary to construct the terrain model of the golf course in detail, and it is possible to generate a detailed and realistic image with a small processing load.

藉由遊戲者160進行上述揮桿操作來揮舞高球桿162,結果當高球桿162擊出球163時,球163會移動(飛出)。亦即,CPU 10在上述步驟S27中判定高球桿162與球163是否接觸,接觸時則將球163移動。在此,電視用遊戲圖像係以包含有移動後的球163之方式來生成。亦即,CPU 10係以使移動的球包含於該攝影範圍之方式,來控制用以生成電視用遊戲圖像之第1虛擬攝影機的位置及姿勢。另一方面,終端裝置7中當高球桿162擊出球163時,球163的圖像移動並立即消失於畫面外。因此,第5遊戲例中,球移動的模樣主要顯示於電視2,遊戲者160可藉由電視用遊戲圖像來確認因揮桿操作所飛出之球的去向。The golf club 162 is swung by the player 160 performing the above swing operation, and as a result, when the high club 162 hits the ball 163, the ball 163 moves (flies out). That is, the CPU 10 determines in the above-described step S27 whether or not the high club 162 is in contact with the ball 163, and moves the ball 163 in contact. Here, the television game image is generated so as to include the moved ball 163. That is, the CPU 10 controls the position and posture of the first virtual camera for generating the television game image so that the moving ball is included in the imaging range. On the other hand, when the high club 162 hits the ball 163 in the terminal device 7, the image of the ball 163 moves and immediately disappears outside the screen. Therefore, in the fifth game example, the appearance of the ball movement is mainly displayed on the television 2, and the player 160 can confirm the direction of the ball flying by the swing operation by the game image for the television.

如上所述,第5遊戲例中,遊戲者160可藉由揮舞控制器5來揮舞高球桿162(使遊戲者角色161揮舞高球桿162)。在此,第5遊戲例中,當控制器5的前端方向朝向在LCD 51所顯示之球163的圖像時,係控制為遊戲空間內的高球桿162擊出球163。因此,遊戲者可藉由揮桿操作而得到實際揮出高球桿之感覺,而能夠使揮桿操作更具臨場感。As described above, in the fifth game example, the player 160 can swing the high club 162 (by causing the player character 161 to swing the high club 162) by waving the controller 5. Here, in the fifth game example, when the front end direction of the controller 5 is directed to the image of the ball 163 displayed on the LCD 51, it is controlled that the high club 162 in the game space hits the ball 163. Therefore, the player can obtain the feeling of actually swinging the high club by the swing operation, and can make the swing operation more realistic.

第5遊戲例中,當控制器5的前端方向朝向終端裝置7時,更在LCD 51顯示桿頭圖像164。因此,遊戲者可藉由將控制器5的前端方向朝向終端裝置7,而得到虛擬空間中之高球桿162的姿勢與實際空間中之控制器5的姿勢相對應之感覺,而能夠使揮桿操作更具臨場感。In the fifth game example, when the front end direction of the controller 5 faces the terminal device 7, the head image 164 is displayed on the LCD 51. Therefore, the player can obtain the feeling that the posture of the high club 162 in the virtual space corresponds to the posture of the controller 5 in the real space by directing the front end direction of the controller 5 toward the terminal device 7, and can make the wave The pole operation is more realistic.

如上所述,第5遊戲例,當將終端裝置7用作為顯示裝置時,藉由適當地配置終端裝置7的位置,可讓使用控制器5之操作更具臨場感。As described above, in the fifth game example, when the terminal device 7 is used as the display device, the operation of the use controller 5 can be made more realistic by appropriately arranging the position of the terminal device 7.

此外,上述第5遊戲例中,終端裝置7配置在地面,於終端裝置7顯示出僅顯示球163周邊的遊戲空間之圖像。因此,於終端裝置7中,無法顯示遊戲空間中之全體高球桿162的位置及姿勢,此外,於終端裝置7中,無法顯示在揮桿操作後球163移動的模樣。因此,第5遊戲例中,在球163的移動前,係於電視2顯示全體高球桿162,在球163的移動後,於電視2顯示球163移動的模樣。如此,根據第5遊戲例,可將更具臨場感之操作提供給遊戲者,並且可使用電視2及終端裝置7的兩個畫面將容易觀看的遊戲圖像提示於遊戲者。Further, in the fifth game example described above, the terminal device 7 is placed on the ground, and the terminal device 7 displays an image in which only the game space around the ball 163 is displayed. Therefore, in the terminal device 7, the position and posture of the entire golf club 162 in the game space cannot be displayed, and in the terminal device 7, the movement of the ball 163 after the swing operation cannot be displayed. Therefore, in the fifth game example, before the movement of the ball 163, the entire golf club 162 is displayed on the television 2, and after the movement of the ball 163, the screen of the movement of the ball 163 is displayed on the television 2. As described above, according to the fifth game example, a more realistic operation can be provided to the player, and the game image that is easy to view can be presented to the player using the two screens of the television 2 and the terminal device 7.

此外,上述第5遊戲例中,為了算出控制器5的姿勢,係使用終端裝置7的標示部55。亦即,CPU 10在上述步驟S1的初始處理中將標示部55點燈(標示裝置6未點燈),並且CPU 10在上述步驟S23中根據標示器座標資料96來算出控制器5的姿勢。根據此,可正確地判定控制器5的前端方向是否為朝向標示部55之姿勢。上述第5遊戲例中,雖可不執行上述步驟S21及S22,但在其他遊戲例中,亦可藉由執行上述步驟S21及S22的處理而在遊戲中途變更應予點燈之標示器。例如,CPU 10在步驟S21中,根據第1加速度資料94來判定控制器5的前端方向是否為朝向重力方向,在步驟S22中,係控制為當朝向重力方向時將標示部55點燈,未朝向重力方向時將標示裝置6點燈。根據此,當控制器5的前端方向朝向重力方向時,可藉由取得標示部55的標示器座標資料而精度佳地算出控制器5的姿勢,並且控制器5的前端方向朝向電視2時,藉由取得標示裝置6的標示器座標資料而精度佳地算出控制器5的姿勢。Further, in the fifth game example described above, in order to calculate the posture of the controller 5, the indicator portion 55 of the terminal device 7 is used. That is, the CPU 10 turns on the indicator portion 55 in the initial processing of the above-described step S1 (the pointing device 6 is not lit), and the CPU 10 calculates the posture of the controller 5 based on the marker coordinate data 96 in the above-described step S23. According to this, it is possible to accurately determine whether or not the distal end direction of the controller 5 is the posture toward the indicator portion 55. In the fifth game example described above, the above steps S21 and S22 may not be executed. However, in other game examples, the marker to be turned on may be changed in the middle of the game by executing the processes of steps S21 and S22 described above. For example, in step S21, the CPU 10 determines whether or not the front end direction of the controller 5 is toward the gravity direction based on the first acceleration data 94, and controls the pointing portion 55 to be turned on when facing the gravity direction in step S22. The pointing device 6 is lit when facing the direction of gravity. According to this, when the front end direction of the controller 5 faces the gravity direction, the posture of the controller 5 can be accurately calculated by acquiring the marker coordinate data of the indicator portion 55, and when the front end direction of the controller 5 faces the television 2, The posture of the controller 5 is accurately calculated by acquiring the marker coordinate data of the pointing device 6.

如上述第5遊戲例所說明,遊戲系統1可將終端裝置7設置在自由位置並應用作為顯示裝置。根據此,當將標示器座標資料用作為遊戲輸入時,除了將控制器5朝向電視2來使用之外,亦可藉由將終端裝置7設定在期望位置而使控制器5朝向自由方向來使用。亦即,根據本實施形態,可使用控制器5之朝向並未受限制,所以可提升控制器5的操作自由度。As described in the fifth game example described above, the game system 1 can set the terminal device 7 to a free position and apply it as a display device. According to this, when the marker coordinate data is used as the game input, in addition to using the controller 5 toward the television 2, the controller 5 can be used in the free direction by setting the terminal device 7 at a desired position. . That is, according to the present embodiment, the orientation in which the controller 5 can be used is not limited, so that the degree of freedom of operation of the controller 5 can be improved.

[7.遊戲系統的其他動作例][7. Other examples of game system]

上述遊戲系統1,可進行上述所說明之用以進行各種遊戲之動作。終端裝置7亦可用作為可搬運型的顯示器或第2顯示器,同時亦可用作為進行觸控輸入或依據動作之輸入之控制器,根據上述遊戲系統1,可實施各式各樣的遊戲。此外,亦包含遊戲以外之用途,亦可進行下列動作。The game system 1 described above can perform the above-described operations for performing various games. The terminal device 7 can also be used as a portable display or a second display, and can also be used as a controller for performing touch input or input according to an action. According to the game system 1, various games can be implemented. In addition, it also includes other uses beyond the game, and the following actions can also be performed.

(遊戲者僅使用終端裝置7來玩遊戲之動作例)(Example of an operation in which the player uses only the terminal device 7 to play a game)

本實施形態中,終端裝置7具有顯示裝置的功能,亦具有操作裝置的功能。因此,不使用電視及控制器5而僅將終端裝置7用作為顯示手段及操作手段,藉此,亦可如可攜式遊戲裝置般地使用終端裝置7。In the present embodiment, the terminal device 7 has the function of a display device and also functions as an operating device. Therefore, the terminal device 7 can be used only as a portable game device without using the television and the controller 5 and using only the terminal device 7 as a display means and an operation means.

依循第22圖所示之遊戲處理來具體地說明,CPU 10在步驟S3中從終端裝置7取得終端操作資料97,在步驟S4中僅將終端操作資料97用作為遊戲輸入(不使用控制器操作資料)來執行遊戲處理。然後在步驟S6中生成遊戲圖像,在步驟S10中將遊戲圖像傳送至終端裝置7。此時,可不執行步驟S2、S5、及S9。根據上述內容,係因應對終端裝置7所進行的操作來進行遊戲處理,並將顯示出遊戲處理結果之遊戲圖像顯示於終端裝置7。根據此,(實際上雖然在遊戲裝置中執行遊戲處理,但)亦可將終端裝置7應用作為可攜式遊戲裝置。因此,根據本實施形態,即使在有人使用電視2(例如其他人正在收看電視播放)等理由而無法將遊戲圖像顯示於電視2時,使用者亦可使用終端裝置7來進行遊戲。According to the game processing shown in Fig. 22, the CPU 10 acquires the terminal operation material 97 from the terminal device 7 in step S3, and uses only the terminal operation material 97 as the game input in step S4 (without using the controller operation). Data) to perform game processing. The game image is then generated in step S6, and the game image is transmitted to the terminal device 7 in step S10. At this time, steps S2, S5, and S9 may not be performed. According to the above, the game processing is performed in response to the operation performed by the terminal device 7, and the game image showing the result of the game processing is displayed on the terminal device 7. According to this, (actually, although the game processing is executed in the game device), the terminal device 7 can also be applied as a portable game device. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the user can use the terminal device 7 to play the game even if the game image cannot be displayed on the television 2 when the television 2 is used (for example, the other person is watching the television).

CPU 10並不限於遊戲圖像,對於開啟電源後所顯示之上述選單畫面,亦可將圖像傳送至終端裝置7來顯示。根據此,遊戲者可從最初即不需使用電視2進行遊戲,故極為便利。The CPU 10 is not limited to the game image, and the image may be transmitted to the terminal device 7 for display on the menu screen displayed after the power is turned on. According to this, the player can play the game without using the TV 2 from the beginning, which is extremely convenient.

再者,上述中,亦可在遊戲中途,將顯示出遊戲圖像之顯示裝置從終端裝置7變更為電視2。具體而言,CPU 10可更執行上述步驟S9並將遊戲圖像輸出至電視2。步驟S9中被輸出至電視2之圖像,係與步驟S10中被傳送至終端裝置7之遊戲圖像相同。根據此,以顯示出來自遊戲裝置3的輸入之方式切換電視2的輸入,可將與終端裝置7相同之遊戲圖像顯示於電視2,因此可將顯示出遊戲圖像之顯示裝置變更為電視2。在遊戲圖像被顯示於電視2後,可關閉終端裝置7的畫面顯示。Furthermore, in the above, the display device that displays the game image may be changed from the terminal device 7 to the television 2 in the middle of the game. Specifically, the CPU 10 can more perform the above-described step S9 and output the game image to the television 2. The image output to the television 2 in step S9 is the same as the game image transmitted to the terminal device 7 in step S10. According to this, by inputting the input of the television 2 so as to display the input from the game device 3, the same game image as the terminal device 7 can be displayed on the television 2, so that the display device displaying the game image can be changed to the television. 2. After the game image is displayed on the television 2, the screen display of the terminal device 7 can be turned off.

遊戲系統1中,亦可構成為從紅外線輸出手段(標示裝置6、標示部55、或紅外線通訊模組82)中,可輸出對電視2所射出的紅外線遙控訊號。根據此,遊戲裝置3,藉由因應對終端裝置7所進行的操作而從紅外線輸出手段輸出上述紅外線遙控訊號,可對電視2進行操作。此時,使用者不需操作電視2的遙控器而能夠使用終端裝置7來操作電視2,因此如上述在切換電視2的輸入時極為便利。In the game system 1, the infrared remote control signal emitted from the television 2 can be output from the infrared output means (the pointing device 6, the indicator portion 55, or the infrared communication module 82). According to this, the game device 3 can operate the television 2 by outputting the infrared remote control signal from the infrared output means in response to an operation performed by the terminal device 7. At this time, the user can operate the television 2 using the terminal device 7 without operating the remote controller of the television 2, and thus it is extremely convenient to switch the input of the television 2 as described above.

(經由網路與其他裝置進行通訊之動作例)(Example of the operation of communicating with other devices via the network)

如上所述,由於遊戲裝置3具有連接於網路之功能,所以遊戲系統1亦可應用在經由網路與外部裝置進行通訊之情形。第31圖係顯示經由網路與外部裝置連接時之遊戲系統1中所包含之各裝置的連接關係之圖。如第31圖所示,遊戲裝置3可經由網路190與外部裝置191連接。As described above, since the game device 3 has a function of being connected to the network, the game system 1 can also be applied to the case of communicating with an external device via the network. Fig. 31 is a view showing the connection relationship of the devices included in the game system 1 when connected to an external device via a network. As shown in FIG. 31, the game device 3 can be connected to the external device 191 via the network 190.

如上所述,當外部裝置191與遊戲裝置3可進行通訊時,遊戲系統1中,可將終端裝置7作為介面並在與外部裝置191之間進行通訊。例如,藉由在外部裝置191與終端裝置7之間進行圖像及聲音的接收傳送,可將遊戲系統1用作為電視電話。具體而言,遊戲裝置3經由網路190接收來自外部裝置191的圖像及聲音(電話對方的圖像及聲音),並將接收到的圖像及聲音傳送至終端裝置7。藉此,終端裝置7可將來自外部裝置191的圖像顯示於LCD 51,並且從喇叭77輸出來自外部裝置191的聲音。此外,遊戲裝置3從終端裝置7接收攝影機56所攝像之攝影機圖像、及麥克風79所偵測之麥克風聲音,並經由網路190將攝影機圖像及麥克風聲音傳送至外部裝置191。遊戲裝置3,藉由在與外部裝置191之間重複進行上述圖像及聲音的接收傳送,可將遊戲系統1用作為電視電話。As described above, when the external device 191 can communicate with the game device 3, the game system 1 can communicate with the external device 191 by using the terminal device 7 as an interface. For example, the game system 1 can be used as a videophone by receiving and transmitting images and sounds between the external device 191 and the terminal device 7. Specifically, the game device 3 receives an image and sound (image and sound of the telephone partner) from the external device 191 via the network 190, and transmits the received image and sound to the terminal device 7. Thereby, the terminal device 7 can display an image from the external device 191 on the LCD 51, and output the sound from the external device 191 from the speaker 77. Further, the game device 3 receives the camera image captured by the camera 56 and the microphone sound detected by the microphone 79 from the terminal device 7, and transmits the camera image and the microphone sound to the external device 191 via the network 190. The game device 3 can use the game system 1 as a videophone by repeating the above-described reception and transmission of images and sounds with the external device 191.

本實施形態中,由於終端裝置7為可搬運型,所以使用者可在自由位置上使用終端裝置7,並使攝影機56朝向自由方向。此外,本實施形態中,由於終端裝置7具備觸控面板52,所以遊戲裝置3亦可將對觸控面板52所輸入的輸入資訊(觸控位置資料100)傳送至外部裝置191。例如,當藉由終端裝置7將來自外部裝置191的圖像及聲音輸出,並且將使用者書寫於觸控面板52上之文字等傳送至外部裝置191時,亦可將遊戲系統1用作為所謂e學習系統(電子化學習系統)。In the present embodiment, since the terminal device 7 is of a transportable type, the user can use the terminal device 7 at a free position and face the camera 56 in the free direction. Further, in the present embodiment, since the terminal device 7 includes the touch panel 52, the game device 3 can also transmit the input information (touch position data 100) input to the touch panel 52 to the external device 191. For example, when the image and sound from the external device 191 are output by the terminal device 7, and characters or the like written by the user on the touch panel 52 are transmitted to the external device 191, the game system 1 can also be used as a so-called E-learning system (electronic learning system).

(與電視播放連動之動作例)(Example of actions linked to TV playback)

此外,遊戲系統1,當以電視2來觀賞電視播放時,亦能夠與電視播放連動而動作。亦即,遊戲系統1,當以電視2來觀賞電視節目時,可將與該電視節目相關之資訊等輸出至終端裝置7。以下說明遊戲系統1與電視播放連動而動作時之動作例。Further, the game system 1 can also operate in conjunction with the television broadcast when watching the television broadcast on the television 2. In other words, when the television system 2 watches the television program, the game system 1 can output information related to the television program to the terminal device 7. An example of the operation when the game system 1 operates in conjunction with the television broadcast will be described below.

上述動作例中,遊戲裝置3可經由網路與伺服器進行通訊(換言之,第31圖所示之外部裝置191為伺服器)。伺服器係對電視播放的每個頻道記憶與電視播放相關的各種資訊(電視資訊)。該電視資訊,可為字幕或演出者資訊等之與節目相關之資訊、或是EPG(電子化節目表)的資訊、或作為資料播放而被播放之資訊。此外,電視資訊,可為圖像、聲音、文字、或此等的組合之資訊。此外,伺服器不一定需為1個,可對電視播放的每個頻道或每個節目設置伺服器,遊戲裝置3亦可與各伺服器進行通訊。In the above operation example, the game device 3 can communicate with the server via the network (in other words, the external device 191 shown in Fig. 31 is a server). The server is used to record various information related to TV playback (television information) for each channel of the TV broadcast. The television information may be information related to the program such as subtitles or artist information, or information of an EPG (Electronic Program List), or information played as a material broadcast. In addition, television information can be information such as images, sounds, text, or a combination of these. Further, the server does not have to be one, and a server can be provided for each channel or each program of the television broadcast, and the game device 3 can also communicate with each server.

當在電視2中輸出電視播放的影像及聲音時,遊戲裝置3係令使用者使用終端裝置7將觀賞中之電視播放的頻道輸入。然後,經由網路要求伺服器傳送對應於所輸入的頻道之電視資訊。因應於此,伺服器傳送對應於上述頻道之電視資訊的資料。當接收到從伺服器傳送來之資料時,遊戲裝置3將所接收之資料輸出至終端裝置7。終端裝置7將上述資料中的圖像及文字資料顯示於LCD 51。並從喇叭輸出聲音資料。藉由上述方式,使用者可使用終端裝置7來享受與目前觀賞中的電視節目相關之資訊等。When the video and sound of the television broadcast are outputted on the television 2, the game device 3 causes the user to input the channel for viewing the television being viewed using the terminal device 7. Then, the server is required to transmit the television information corresponding to the input channel via the network. In response to this, the server transmits data corresponding to the television information of the above channel. When receiving the data transmitted from the server, the game device 3 outputs the received data to the terminal device 7. The terminal device 7 displays the image and the text data in the above material on the LCD 51. And output sound data from the speaker. By the above means, the user can use the terminal device 7 to enjoy information related to the currently watched television program and the like.

如上所述,遊戲系統1係經由網路與外部裝置(伺服器)進行通訊,藉此,亦可藉由終端裝置7將與電視播放連動之資訊提供至使用者。尤其在本實施形態中,由於終端裝置7為可搬運型,所以使用者可在自由位置上使用終端裝置7,其便利性高。As described above, the game system 1 communicates with an external device (server) via the network, whereby the information associated with the television broadcast can be provided to the user via the terminal device 7. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the terminal device 7 is of a transportable type, the user can use the terminal device 7 at a free position, which is highly convenient.

如以上所述,本實施形態中,除了使用於遊戲之外,使用者亦能夠以各種用途及形態來使用終端裝置7。As described above, in the present embodiment, the user can use the terminal device 7 in various uses and forms in addition to the game.

[8.變形例][8. Modifications]

上述實施形態為用以實施本發明之一例,其他實施形態中,例如亦可在以下所說明之構成中實施本發明。The above embodiment is an embodiment for carrying out the invention, and in other embodiments, the invention may be embodied, for example, in the configuration described below.

(具有複數個終端裝置之變形例)(Modification with a plurality of terminal devices)

上述實施形態中,遊戲系統1構成為僅具有1個終端裝置,但遊戲系統1亦可構成為具有複數個終端裝置。亦即,遊戲裝置3可分別與複數個終端裝置進行無線通訊,可將遊戲圖像的資料、遊戲聲音的資料與控制資料傳送至各終端裝置,並且從各終端裝置接收操作資料與攝影機圖像資料與麥克風聲音資料。遊戲裝置3係與複數個終端裝置的各個進行無線通訊,此時,遊戲裝置3可以時間分割方式來進行與各終端裝置之無線通訊,或是分割頻率波段來進行。In the above embodiment, the game system 1 is configured to have only one terminal device, but the game system 1 may be configured to have a plurality of terminal devices. That is, the game device 3 can wirelessly communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, and can transmit the data of the game image, the data of the game sound, and the control data to each terminal device, and receive the operation data and the camera image from each terminal device. Data and microphone sound data. The game device 3 wirelessly communicates with each of a plurality of terminal devices. In this case, the game device 3 can perform wireless communication with each terminal device in a time division manner or divide the frequency band.

如上所述具有複數個終端裝置時,可使用遊戲系統來進行更多種類的遊戲。例如,當遊戲系統1具有2個終端裝置時,由於遊戲系統1具有3個顯示裝置,所以可生成分別用於3位遊戲者的遊戲圖像並顯示於各顯示裝置。此外,當遊戲系統1具有2個終端裝置時,在將控制器與終端裝置作為1組來使用之遊戲(例如上述第5遊戲例)中,2位遊戲者可同時進行遊戲。再者,當根據從2個控制器所輸出之標示器座標資料來進行上述步驟S27的遊戲處理時,2位遊戲者可分別使控制器朝向標示器(標示裝置6或標示部55)來進行遊戲操作。亦即,某一方的遊戲者使控制器朝向標示裝置6來進行遊戲操作,另一方的遊戲者使控制器朝向標示部55來進行遊戲操作。When there are a plurality of terminal devices as described above, the game system can be used to perform a wider variety of games. For example, when the game system 1 has two terminal devices, since the game system 1 has three display devices, game images for each of the three players can be generated and displayed on each display device. Further, when the game system 1 has two terminal devices, in a game in which the controller and the terminal device are used as one group (for example, the fifth game example described above), the two players can simultaneously play the game. Furthermore, when the game processing of the above step S27 is performed based on the marker coordinate data output from the two controllers, the two players can respectively cause the controller to face the marker (the pointing device 6 or the indicator portion 55). Game operation. That is, the player of one of the players causes the controller to perform the game operation toward the pointing device 6, and the other player causes the controller to perform the game operation toward the indicator portion 55.

(關於終端裝置的功能之變形例)(Modification of the function of the terminal device)

上述實施形態中,終端裝置7具有不執行遊戲處理之所謂精簡型終端的功能。在此,其他實施形態中,亦可藉由終端裝置7等的其他裝置,來執行上述實施形態中由遊戲裝置3所執行之一連串遊戲處理中的一部分處理。例如,由終端裝置7來執行一部分處理(例如終端用遊戲圖像的生成處理)。亦即,終端裝置亦可根據對操作部的操作進行遊戲處理,且依據遊戲處理生成遊戲圖像並顯示於顯示部之具有作為可攜型遊戲裝置的功能者。此外,例如在具有可相互進行通訊之複數個資訊處理裝置(遊戲裝置)之遊戲系統中,該複數個資訊處理裝置可分擔執行遊戲裝置。In the above embodiment, the terminal device 7 has a function of a so-called compact terminal that does not execute game processing. Here, in another embodiment, some of the series of game processes executed by the game device 3 in the above-described embodiment may be executed by another device such as the terminal device 7. For example, a part of the processing (for example, a process of generating a game image for a terminal) is executed by the terminal device 7. In other words, the terminal device may perform game processing based on the operation of the operation unit, and generate a game image in accordance with the game processing and display it on the display unit as a function as a portable game device. Further, for example, in a game system having a plurality of information processing devices (game devices) that can communicate with each other, the plurality of information processing devices can share the execution of the game device.

(關於終端裝置的構成之變形例)(Modification of the configuration of the terminal device)

上述實施形態中的終端裝置為一例,終端裝置7的各操作鍵或外罩50的形狀,或是各構成要素的數目及設置位置等僅僅為一例,亦可為其他形狀、數目及設置位置。例如,終端裝置可為以下所示之構成。以下係參照第32圖至第35圖,說明終端裝置的變形例。The terminal device in the above embodiment is an example, and the shape of each operation key or the cover 50 of the terminal device 7, or the number of each component and the installation position are merely examples, and may be other shapes, numbers, and installation positions. For example, the terminal device can be configured as shown below. Hereinafter, a modification of the terminal device will be described with reference to Figs. 32 to 35.

第32圖係顯示上述實施形態的變形例之終端裝置的外觀構成之圖。第32圖中的(a)圖為終端裝置的前視圖,(b)圖為俯視圖,(c)圖為右側視圖,(d)圖為仰視圖。此外,第33圖係顯示使用者握持終端裝置之模樣之圖。第32圖及第33圖中,關於對應於上述實施形態之終端裝置7的構成要素之構成要素,係附加與第8圖相同之參照圖號,但不一定須以同一者來構成。Fig. 32 is a view showing an external configuration of a terminal device according to a modification of the above embodiment. Fig. 32 (a) is a front view of the terminal device, (b) is a plan view, (c) is a right side view, and (d) is a bottom view. Further, Fig. 33 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device. In the 32nd and 33rd drawings, the components of the components corresponding to the terminal device 7 of the above-described embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those of the eighth embodiment, but need not necessarily be the same.

如第32圖所示,終端裝置8具備大致為橫向較長之長方形板狀形狀的外罩50。外罩50為使用者所能夠握持之程度的大小,因此,使用者能夠握持終端裝置8來移動,或是改變終端裝置8的配置位置。As shown in Fig. 32, the terminal device 8 includes a cover 50 having a substantially rectangular plate shape that is substantially horizontally long. The cover 50 is of a size that can be gripped by the user. Therefore, the user can hold the terminal device 8 to move or change the arrangement position of the terminal device 8.

終端裝置8於外罩50的表面具有LCD 51。LCD 51設置在外罩50表面的中央附近。因此,如第9圖所示,使用者藉由握持LCD 51兩側部分的外罩50,可一邊觀看LCD 51的畫面一邊握持終端裝置來移動。第9圖中,係顯示使用者握持LCD 51左右兩側的部分之外罩50,而以橫握方式(橫向較長的朝向)握持終端裝置8之例子,但亦能夠以縱握方式(縱向較長的朝向)握持終端裝置8。The terminal device 8 has an LCD 51 on the surface of the housing 50. The LCD 51 is disposed near the center of the surface of the outer cover 50. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 9, by holding the cover 50 on both sides of the LCD 51, the user can move while holding the terminal device while viewing the screen of the LCD 51. In Fig. 9, the example in which the user holds the outer cover 50 on the left and right sides of the LCD 51 while holding the terminal device 8 in a laterally held manner (longer lateral direction) is also possible, but it can also be held in a longitudinal manner ( The terminal device 8 is held in a longitudinally long orientation.

如第32圖的(a)圖所示,終端裝置8於LCD 51的畫面具有觸控面板52作為操作手段(操作部)。本變形例中,觸控面板52為電阻膜方式的觸控面板。惟觸控面板並不限於電阻膜方式,例如可使用例如靜電電容方式等之任意方式的觸控面板。此外,觸控面板52可為單點觸控方式或多點觸控方式。本變形例中,觸控面板52係應用與LCD 51的解析度為相同解析度(偵測精度)者。惟觸控面板52的解析度並不一定須與LCD 51的解析度一致。對觸控面板52之輸入,通常用觸控筆來進行,但並不限於觸控筆,亦能夠以使用者的手指對觸控面板52進行輸入。外罩50上,可設置有用以收納用來對觸控面板52進行操作之觸控筆之收納孔。如此,由於終端裝置8具有觸控面板52,所以使用者可一邊移動終端裝置8一邊操作觸控面板52。亦即,使用者可一邊移動LCD 51的畫面,一邊對該畫面直接(藉由觸控面板52)進行輸入。As shown in (a) of FIG. 32, the terminal device 8 has a touch panel 52 as an operation means (operation portion) on the screen of the LCD 51. In the present modification, the touch panel 52 is a resistive film type touch panel. However, the touch panel is not limited to the resistive film method, and for example, a touch panel of any method such as an electrostatic capacitance method can be used. In addition, the touch panel 52 can be a single touch method or a multi-touch method. In the present modification, the touch panel 52 is applied to the same resolution (detection accuracy) as the resolution of the LCD 51. However, the resolution of the touch panel 52 does not necessarily have to match the resolution of the LCD 51. The input to the touch panel 52 is usually performed by a stylus, but is not limited to the stylus, and the touch panel 52 can be input by the user's finger. The housing 50 may be provided with a receiving hole for accommodating a stylus for operating the touch panel 52. As such, since the terminal device 8 has the touch panel 52, the user can operate the touch panel 52 while moving the terminal device 8. That is, the user can input the screen directly (by the touch panel 52) while moving the screen of the LCD 51.

如第32圖所示,終端裝置8具備2個類比搖桿53A及53B、以及複數個操作鍵54A至54L作為操作手段(操作部)。各類比搖桿53A及53B為指示方向之裝置。各類比搖桿53A及53B,係構成為可使由使用者的手指所操作之搖桿部相對於外罩50的表面往任意方向(上下左右及斜向的任意角度)滑動或傾倒。此外,左類比搖桿53A及右類比搖桿53B分別設置在LCD 51畫面的左側及右側。因此,使用者可藉由左右任一手使用類比搖桿來進行指示方向之輸入。此外,如第33圖所示,各類比搖桿53A及53B設置在使用者可於握持終端裝置8的左右部分之狀態下進行操作之位置上,因此,即使使用者握持終端裝置8來移動時,亦可容易操作各類比搖桿53A及53B。As shown in Fig. 32, the terminal device 8 includes two analog rockers 53A and 53B and a plurality of operation keys 54A to 54L as operation means (operation unit). Various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B are means for indicating directions. The various types of rocker bars 53A and 53B are configured such that the rocker portion operated by the user's finger can slide or tilt in any direction (any angle of up, down, left, right, and oblique directions) with respect to the surface of the outer cover 50. Further, the left analog stick 53A and the right analog stick 53B are respectively disposed on the left and right sides of the LCD 51 screen. Therefore, the user can use the analog joystick to perform the direction input by either the left and right hands. Further, as shown in Fig. 33, the various types of ratio rockers 53A and 53B are provided at positions where the user can operate while holding the left and right portions of the terminal device 8, and therefore, even if the user holds the terminal device 8, When moving, it is also easy to operate various types of joysticks 53A and 53B.

各操作鍵54A至54L為用以進行預定輸入之操作手段。如以下所示,各操作鍵54A至54L係設置在使用者可於握持終端裝置8的左右部分之狀態下進行操作之位置上(參照第33圖)。因此,即使使用者握持終端裝置8來移動時,亦可容易操作此等操作手段。Each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is an operation means for performing predetermined input. As will be described below, each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is provided at a position where the user can operate while holding the left and right portions of the terminal device 8 (refer to Fig. 33). Therefore, even when the user holds the terminal device 8 to move, the operation means can be easily operated.

如第32圖的(a)圖所示,於外罩50的表面,設置有各操作鍵54A至54L中之十字鍵(方向輸入鍵)54A及鍵54B至54H。亦即,此等鍵54A至54G係配置在使用者的拇指所能夠操作之位置上(參照第33圖)。As shown in (a) of Fig. 32, on the surface of the outer cover 50, a cross key (direction input key) 54A and keys 54B to 54H among the operation keys 54A to 54L are provided. That is, the keys 54A to 54G are disposed at positions where the user's thumb can operate (refer to Fig. 33).

十字鍵54A係設置在LCD 51的左側且在左類比搖桿53A的下側。亦即,十字鍵54A配置在使用者的左手所能夠操作之位置上。十字鍵54A具有十字形狀,為可指示上下左右的方向之鍵。此外,鍵54B至54D設置在LCD 51的下側。此等3個鍵54B至54D,係配置在左右兩手所能夠操作之位置上。此外,4個鍵54E至54H係設置在LCD51的右側且在右類比搖桿53B的下側。亦即,4個鍵54E至54H係配置在使用者的右手所能夠操作之位置上。再者,4個鍵54E至54H係以(相對於4個鍵54E至54H的中心位置)成為上下左右的位置關係之方式來配置。因此,終端裝置8可使4個鍵54E至54H具有用以將上下左右的方向指示於使用者之鍵的功能。The cross key 54A is disposed on the left side of the LCD 51 and on the lower side of the left analog rocker 53A. That is, the cross key 54A is disposed at a position where the user's left hand can operate. The cross key 54A has a cross shape and is a key that can indicate the directions of up, down, left, and right. Further, keys 54B to 54D are provided on the lower side of the LCD 51. These three keys 54B to 54D are disposed at positions where the left and right hands can be operated. Further, four keys 54E to 54H are provided on the right side of the LCD 51 and on the lower side of the right analog rocker 53B. That is, the four keys 54E to 54H are disposed at positions where the user's right hand can operate. Further, the four keys 54E to 54H are arranged such that they are in a positional relationship of up, down, left, and right (with respect to the center positions of the four keys 54E to 54H). Therefore, the terminal device 8 can have the four keys 54E to 54H having a function for indicating the up, down, left, and right directions to the user's keys.

此外,如第32圖的(a)圖、(b)圖及(c)圖所示,第1L鍵54I及第1R鍵54J係設置在外罩50的斜上方部分(左上方部分及右上方部分)。具體而言,第1L鍵54I設置在板狀外罩50之上側的側面左端,並從上側及左側的側面露出。此外,第1R鍵54J設置在板狀外罩50之上側的側面右端,並從上側及右側的側面露出。如此,第1L鍵54I配置在使用者的左手食指所能夠操作之位置上,第1R鍵54J配置在使用者的右手食指所能夠操作之位置上(參照第9圖)。Further, as shown in (a), (b), and (c) of FIG. 32, the first L-key 54I and the first R-key 54J are provided on the obliquely upper portion (the upper left portion and the upper right portion of the outer cover 50). ). Specifically, the first L-key 54I is provided on the left side end of the upper side of the plate-shaped outer cover 50, and is exposed from the upper side and the left side. Further, the first R key 54J is provided on the right side end of the upper side of the plate-shaped outer cover 50, and is exposed from the upper side and the right side surface. In this manner, the first L key 54I is disposed at a position where the user's left index finger can be operated, and the first R key 54J is disposed at a position where the user's right index finger can be operated (see FIG. 9).

此外,如第32圖的(b)圖及(c)圖所示,第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L,係配置在板狀外罩50的背面(亦即設置有LCD 51之表面的相反側之面)上所突起設置之足部59A及59B。與上述實施形態的簷部59相同,各足部59A及59B係設置在包含分別設置在顯示部的左右方之操作部(各類比搖桿53A及53B)的相反側位置之區域上。此外,第2L鍵54K設置在外罩50之背面左側(從表面側觀看時之左側)的稍微上方處,第2R鍵54L設置在外罩50之背面右側(從表面側觀看時之右側)的稍微上方處。換言之,第2L鍵54K係設置在表面上所設置之左類比搖桿53A的大致相反側的位置,第2R鍵54L係設置在表面上所設置之右類比搖桿53B的大致相反側的位置。如此,第2L鍵54K配置在使用者的左手中指所能夠操作之位置上,第2R鍵54L配置在使用者的右手中指所能夠操作之位置上(參照第9圖)。此外,如第32圖的(c)圖所示,第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L,係設置在上述足部59A及59B的朝斜上方之面上,並具有朝斜上方之按鍵面。由於使用者握持終端裝置8時推測中指會朝上下方向動作,因此,藉由使按鍵面朝上方,使用者可容易壓下第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L。此外,藉由在外罩50的背面設置足部,使用者可容易握持外罩50,且藉由在足部設置鍵,可在握持外罩50下容易操作。Further, as shown in FIGS. 32(b) and (c), the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are disposed on the back surface of the plate-shaped outer cover 50 (that is, on the opposite side of the surface on which the LCD 51 is provided). The upper portions 59A and 59B are provided on the protrusions. Similarly to the crotch portion 59 of the above-described embodiment, each of the leg portions 59A and 59B is provided in a region including the opposite side of the operation portion (the various types of the rockers 53A and 53B) provided on the left and right sides of the display portion. Further, the second L-key 54K is provided slightly above the rear left side of the outer cover 50 (the left side when viewed from the front side), and the second R-key 54L is provided slightly above the rear right side of the outer cover 50 (the right side when viewed from the front side) At the office. In other words, the second L key 54K is provided at a position substantially opposite to the left analog rocker 53A provided on the surface, and the second R key 54L is provided at a position substantially opposite to the right analog rocker 53B provided on the surface. In this manner, the second L key 54K is disposed at a position where the user's left middle finger can be operated, and the second R key 54L is disposed at a position at which the user's right middle finger can operate (see FIG. 9). Further, as shown in Fig. 32(c), the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are provided on the upper surface of the above-mentioned foot portions 59A and 59B, and have a key surface that is obliquely upward. When the user holds the terminal device 8, the middle finger is estimated to move in the up and down direction. Therefore, the user can easily press the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L by pressing the button surface upward. Further, by providing the foot on the back surface of the outer cover 50, the user can easily hold the outer cover 50, and by providing a key on the foot, it is easy to operate under the outer cover 50.

關於第32圖所示之終端裝置8,由於第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L設置在背面,當以使LCD 51的畫面(外罩50的表面)朝上之狀態下載置終端裝置8時,有時畫面會未完全呈水平。因此,其他實施形態中,可在外罩50的背面設置3個以上的足部。根據此,可在使LCD 51的畫面朝上之狀態下使足部接觸於地面而載置於地面,因此可使畫面呈水平地載置終端裝置8。此外,亦可追加能夠裝卸的足部而水平地載置終端裝置8。In the terminal device 8 shown in FIG. 32, when the second L-key 54K and the second R-key 54L are provided on the back surface, when the terminal device 8 is downloaded with the screen of the LCD 51 (the surface of the cover 50) facing upward, there is The picture will not be fully horizontal. Therefore, in other embodiments, three or more feet may be provided on the back surface of the outer cover 50. According to this, the foot can be placed on the ground by bringing the foot into contact with the ground while the screen of the LCD 51 is facing upward, so that the terminal device 8 can be placed horizontally on the screen. Further, the terminal device 8 may be horizontally placed by adding a detachable foot.

各操作鍵54A至54L,係適當地分配有因應遊戲程式之功能。例如,十字鍵54A及鍵54E至54H可用在方向指示操作或選擇操作等,各鍵54B至54E可用在決定操作或取消操作等。Each of the operation keys 54A to 54L is appropriately assigned with a function corresponding to the game program. For example, the cross key 54A and the keys 54E to 54H can be used for a direction indicating operation or a selection operation, etc., and the keys 54B to 54E can be used for a decision operation or a cancel operation or the like.

雖然未圖示,但終端裝置8具有用以導通/關閉終端裝置8的電源之電源鍵。此外,終端裝置8亦可具有用以導通/關閉LCD 51的畫面顯示之鍵,或是用以進行與遊戲裝置3的連接設定(配對)之鍵,或是用以調節喇叭(第10圖所示之喇叭77)的音量之鍵。Although not shown, the terminal device 8 has a power key for turning on/off the power of the terminal device 8. In addition, the terminal device 8 may also have a button for turning on/off the screen display of the LCD 51, or a button for setting (pairing) connection with the game device 3, or for adjusting the speaker (Fig. 10) The volume button of the speaker 77) is shown.

如第32圖的(a)圖所示,終端裝置8係在外罩50的表面具備有由標示器55A及標示器55B所構成之標示部(第10圖所示之標示部55)。標示部55設置在LCD 51的上側。各標示器55A及標示器55B,與標示裝置6的標示器6R及6L相同,是由1個以上的紅外線LED所構成。標示部55與上述標示裝置6相同,係用以讓遊戲裝置3算出控制器5的動作等所用。此外,遊戲裝置3可控制標示部55所具備之各個紅外線LED的點燈。As shown in Fig. 32(a), the terminal device 8 is provided with a label portion (marker portion 55 shown in Fig. 10) including a marker 55A and a marker 55B on the surface of the outer cover 50. The indicator portion 55 is provided on the upper side of the LCD 51. Each of the marker 55A and the marker 55B is composed of one or more infrared LEDs, similarly to the markers 6R and 6L of the indicator device 6. The indicator unit 55 is the same as the above-described indicator device 6, and is used to cause the game device 3 to calculate the operation of the controller 5 or the like. Further, the game device 3 can control the lighting of each of the infrared LEDs provided in the indicator portion 55.

終端裝置8,係具備作為攝像手段之攝影機56。攝影機56係包含具有預定解析度之攝像元件(例如CMOS感測器或CCD感測器等)及透鏡。如第32圖所示,本變形例中,攝影機56設置在外罩50的表面。因此,攝影機56可將握持著終端裝置8之使用者的臉予以攝像,例如一邊觀看LCD 51一邊將進行遊戲時之使用者予以攝像。The terminal device 8 is provided with a camera 56 as an imaging means. The camera 56 includes an imaging element (for example, a CMOS sensor or a CCD sensor or the like) having a predetermined resolution and a lens. As shown in Fig. 32, in the present modification, the camera 56 is provided on the surface of the outer cover 50. Therefore, the camera 56 can image the face of the user holding the terminal device 8, for example, while viewing the LCD 51, the user who is playing the game will be imaged.

終端裝置8,係具備作為聲音輸入手段之麥克風(第10圖所示之麥克風79)。於外罩50的表面設置有麥克風用孔50c。麥克風79設置在該麥克風用孔50c內之外罩50的內部。麥克風係偵測出使用者的聲音等、以及終端裝置8周圍的聲音。The terminal device 8 includes a microphone (a microphone 79 shown in Fig. 10) as a voice input means. A microphone hole 50c is provided on the surface of the outer cover 50. The microphone 79 is disposed inside the outer cover 50 in the microphone hole 50c. The microphone detects the sound of the user and the like, and the sound around the terminal device 8.

終端裝置8,係具備作為聲音輸出手段之喇叭(第10圖所示之喇叭77)。如第32圖的(d)圖所示,於外罩50的下側側面設置有喇叭孔57。喇叭77的輸出聲音從該喇叭孔57輸出。本變形例中,終端裝置8具有2個喇叭,於左喇叭與右喇叭的各位置設置有喇叭孔57。The terminal device 8 includes a speaker (a speaker 77 shown in Fig. 10) as a sound output means. As shown in FIG. 32(d), a horn hole 57 is provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50. The output sound of the speaker 77 is output from the horn hole 57. In the present modification, the terminal device 8 has two speakers, and a horn hole 57 is provided at each position of the left horn and the right horn.

此外,終端裝置8係具備用以將其他裝置與終端裝置8連接之擴充連接器58。本變形例中,如第32圖的(d)圖所示,擴充連接器58係設置在外罩50的下側側面。連接於擴充連接器58之其他裝置,可為任意裝置,例如為特定遊戲中所使用之控制器(槍型控制器等)或是鍵盤等之輸入裝置。若無連接其他裝置之必要性,則亦可不設置擴充連接器58。Further, the terminal device 8 is provided with an expansion connector 58 for connecting another device to the terminal device 8. In the present modification, as shown in FIG. 32(d), the expansion connector 58 is provided on the lower side surface of the outer cover 50. The other device connected to the expansion connector 58 may be any device such as a controller (gun type controller or the like) used in a specific game or an input device such as a keyboard. If there is no need to connect other devices, the expansion connector 58 may not be provided.

關於第32圖所示之終端裝置8,各操作鍵或外罩50的形狀,或是各構成要素的數目及設置位置等僅僅為一例,亦可為其他形狀、數目及設置位置。Regarding the terminal device 8 shown in Fig. 32, the shape of each operation key or the cover 50, the number of each component, the installation position, and the like are merely examples, and may be other shapes, numbers, and installation positions.

如上所述,上述變形例中,在外罩50的背面被設置在左右兩側的位置之2個足部59A及59B,係作為突起部而設置。此時,與上述實施形態相同,藉由在以無名指或中指鉤住突起部的下面之狀態下握持終端裝置8,使用者可輕鬆地握持終端裝置8(參照第33圖)。此外,與上述實施形態相同,由於在突起部上表面設置第2L鍵54K及第2R鍵54L,所以使用者可在上述狀態下容易地操作此等鍵。As described above, in the above-described modification, the two leg portions 59A and 59B provided at the left and right sides of the outer cover 50 are provided as projections. At this time, in the same manner as in the above-described embodiment, the terminal device 8 can be easily held by the user while holding the terminal device 8 with the ring finger or the middle finger hooked on the lower surface of the protruding portion (see FIG. 33). Further, similarly to the above-described embodiment, since the second L key 54K and the second R key 54L are provided on the upper surface of the projection, the user can easily operate the keys in the above state.

如上述實施形態及變形例,突起部較佳係在外罩的背側,且於較外罩的中央為上側且至少在左右兩側的位置上突起地設置。根據此,當使用者握持外罩的左右兩側時,突起部可讓手指鉤住,而能夠輕鬆地握持終端裝置。此外,藉由將突起部設置在上側,使用者可藉由手掌來支撐外罩(參照第10圖等)而可緊緊地握持操作裝置。In the above-described embodiments and modifications, the protruding portion is preferably provided on the back side of the outer cover, and is provided on the upper side of the outer cover and protruded at least at the left and right sides. According to this, when the user grips the left and right sides of the outer cover, the protruding portion can hook the finger, and the terminal device can be easily held. Further, by providing the protrusion on the upper side, the user can support the cover by the palm (refer to FIG. 10 or the like), and the operation device can be gripped tightly.

突起部亦可不設置在較外罩的中央為上側。例如,當分別將操作部設置在顯示部的左右時,突起部,在使用者能以兩手的拇指分別操作各操作部之方式握持外罩的狀態下,亦可設置在拇指以外的任一手指所能夠鉤住之位置。藉此,使用者亦可藉由將手指鉤住突起部,而能夠輕鬆地握持終端裝置。The protrusion may not be provided on the upper side of the center of the outer cover. For example, when the operation portion is provided on the right and left sides of the display portion, the protrusion portion can be set to any finger other than the thumb in a state where the user can hold the cover with the operation of each of the operation portions. The position that can be hooked. Thereby, the user can easily hold the terminal device by hooking the finger to the protruding portion.

第34圖及第35圖係顯示上述實施形態的其他變形例之終端裝置的外觀構成圖。第34圖係顯示終端裝置的右側視圖,第35圖為俯視圖。第34圖及第35圖所示之終端裝置9,除了具備凸部230a及230b之外,其他與上述實施形態中的終端裝置7相同。以下係以與上述實施形態之不同點為中心,來說明本變形例中之終端裝置9的構成。Fig. 34 and Fig. 35 are views showing the external configuration of a terminal device according to another modification of the above embodiment. Figure 34 is a right side view showing the terminal device, and Figure 35 is a plan view. The terminal device 9 shown in Figs. 34 and 35 is the same as the terminal device 7 in the above embodiment except that the convex portions 230a and 230b are provided. Hereinafter, the configuration of the terminal device 9 in the present modification will be described focusing on differences from the above-described embodiments.

凸部230a及230b係剖面為凸型,在外罩50的背側分別設置在左右兩側。在此,於外罩50的左側(從表面側觀看時之左側)設置有凸部230a,於外罩50的右側(從表面側觀看時之右側)設置有凸部230b。如第35圖所示,各凸部230a及230b係設置在外罩50的左右兩邊(兩端部)。此外,各凸部230a及230b設置在較突起部(簷部59)為下方。各凸部230a及230b係在與突起部之間隔著間隔設置。亦即,外罩50上,各凸部230a及230b與突起部之間的部分,係構成為較此等的各部為薄。各凸部230a及230b,之突起部分朝上下方向延伸,且垂直於上下方向之剖面呈凸型的形狀。The convex portions 230a and 230b are convex in cross section, and are provided on the left and right sides of the outer cover 50 on the back side. Here, the convex portion 230a is provided on the left side of the outer cover 50 (the left side when viewed from the front surface side), and the convex portion 230b is provided on the right side of the outer cover 50 (the right side when viewed from the front surface side). As shown in Fig. 35, each of the convex portions 230a and 230b is provided on the left and right sides (both ends) of the outer cover 50. Further, each of the convex portions 230a and 230b is provided below the relatively protruding portion (the crotch portion 59). Each of the convex portions 230a and 230b is provided at an interval from the protruding portion. That is, in the outer cover 50, the portion between the convex portions 230a and 230b and the protruding portion is configured to be thinner than the respective portions. Each of the convex portions 230a and 230b has a convex portion extending in the vertical direction and a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the vertical direction.

本變形例中,使用者藉由以小指(及無名指)包圍各凸部230a及230b之方式來握持,更能夠緊緊地握持終端裝置9。亦即,凸部230a及230b具有握把部的功能。凸部(握把部)可為任意形狀,惟以朝上下方向延伸之方式來形成時容易握持終端裝置9,故較佳。此外,各凸部230a及230b的高度可為任意高度,可形成為較突起部為低。根據此,在以使LCD 51的畫面朝上之方式載置終端裝置9之狀態下,畫面的下側較上側為低,所以可在容易觀看之狀態下載置終端裝置9。此外,各凸部230a及230b係在與突起部之間隔著間隔而設置,所以使用者可將手指抵住突起部的下面來握持終端裝置9,凸部不會成為該手指的阻礙。如上所述,根據上述變形例,藉由在突起部的下方設置凸部,使用者更能夠緊緊地握持終端裝置。其他實施形態中,亦可構成為不於外罩50的背面設置上述突起部,此時,使用者亦可藉由凸部(握把部)緊緊地握持外罩50。此外,凸部(握把部)表面,為了更為提升抓取功能,可使用不易滑動之材料。即使無凸部,外罩背面亦可使用不易滑動之材料。In the present modification, the user holds the convex portions 230a and 230b with the little finger (and the ring finger), and the terminal device 9 can be held tightly. That is, the convex portions 230a and 230b have the function of the grip portion. The convex portion (grip portion) may have any shape, and it is preferable to easily hold the terminal device 9 when it is formed to extend in the vertical direction. Further, the height of each of the convex portions 230a and 230b may be any height, and may be formed to be lower than the protruding portion. According to this, in the state in which the terminal device 9 is placed such that the screen of the LCD 51 faces upward, the lower side of the screen is lower than the upper side, so that the terminal device 9 can be downloaded in an easily viewable state. Further, since the convex portions 230a and 230b are provided at intervals from the protruding portion, the user can hold the terminal device 9 by pressing the finger against the lower surface of the protruding portion, and the convex portion does not become an obstacle of the finger. As described above, according to the above modification, by providing the convex portion below the protruding portion, the user can hold the terminal device tightly. In other embodiments, the protruding portion may not be provided on the back surface of the outer cover 50. In this case, the user may hold the outer cover 50 tightly by the convex portion (grip portion). In addition, the surface of the convex portion (grip portion) can be made of a material that does not easily slide in order to enhance the gripping function. Even if there is no protrusion, a material that is not easy to slide can be used on the back of the cover.

(關於運用本構成之裝置之變形例)(Modification of the device using this configuration)

上述實施形態中,係以與定置型遊戲裝置一同使用之終端裝置為例來說明,但本說明書所記載之操作裝置的構成,可適用在使用者能夠握持使用之任意裝置中。例如,操作裝置,亦可實現作為可攜式遊戲機、行動電話、智慧型手機、及電子書終端裝置等資訊終端機。In the above embodiment, the terminal device used together with the fixed game device is taken as an example. However, the configuration of the operation device described in the present specification can be applied to any device that the user can hold. For example, the operating device can also be realized as an information terminal such as a portable game machine, a mobile phone, a smart phone, and an e-book terminal device.

以上雖詳細說明本發明,但前述說明在所有方面上僅為本發明之例示,並不應用以限定其範圍。在不脫離本發明之範圍內,當然可進行種種改良和變形。The present invention has been described in detail above, but is not intended to limit the scope of the invention. Various modifications and variations are of course possible without departing from the scope of the invention.

(產業利用可能性)(Industry use possibility)

如上所述,本發明係以使用者可容易握持等者為目的,例如可應用在遊戲系統中的操作裝置(終端裝置)等。As described above, the present invention is intended to be easily held by a user, for example, an operation device (terminal device) or the like that can be applied to a game system.

1...遊戲系統1. . . Game system

2...電視2. . . TV

2a...喇叭2a. . . horn

3...遊戲裝置3. . . Game device

4...光碟4. . . Disc

5...控制器5. . . Controller

6...標示裝置6. . . Marking device

6L...標示器6L. . . Marker

6R...標示器6R. . . Marker

7...終端裝置7. . . Terminal device

8...終端裝置8. . . Terminal device

9...終端裝置9. . . Terminal device

10...CPU10. . . CPU

11...系統LSI11. . . System LSI

11a...輸出輸入處理器11a. . . Output input processor

11b...GPU11b. . . GPU

11c...DSP11c. . . DSP

11d...VRAM11d. . . VRAM

11e...內部主記憶體11e. . . Internal main memory

12...外部主記憶體12. . . External main memory

13...ROM/RTC13. . . ROM/RTC

14...光碟機14. . . CD player

15...AV-IC15. . . AV-IC

16...AV連接器16. . . AV connector

17...快閃記憶體17. . . Flash memory

18...網路通訊模組18. . . Network communication module

19...控制器通訊模組19. . . Controller communication module

20...擴充連接器20. . . Expansion connector

21...記憶卡用連接器twenty one. . . Memory card connector

22...天線twenty two. . . antenna

23...天線twenty three. . . antenna

24...電源鍵twenty four. . . Power button

25...重設鍵25. . . Reset button

26...退片鍵26. . . Rewind button

27...編解碼器LSI27. . . Codec LSI

28...終端通訊模組28. . . Terminal communication module

29...天線29. . . antenna

30...基板30. . . Substrate

31...外罩31. . . Cover

31a...放音孔31a. . . Sound hole

32...操作部32. . . Operation department

32a...十字鍵32a. . . Cross key

32b...1號鍵32b. . . Key 1

32c...2號鍵32c. . . Key 2

32d...A鍵32d. . . A key

32e...減號鍵32e. . . Minus key

32f...首頁鍵32f. . . Home button

32g...正號鍵32g. . . Positive key

32h...電源鍵32h. . . Power button

32i...B鍵32i. . . B key

33...連接器33. . . Connector

33a...卡止孔33a. . . Locking hole

34a...LED34a. . . led

34b...LED34b. . . led

34c...LED34c. . . led

34d...LED34d. . . led

35...攝像資訊運算部35. . . Camera information computing department

35a...光入射面35a. . . Light incident surface

36...通訊部36. . . Ministry of Communications

37...加速度感測器37. . . Acceleration sensor

38...紅外線濾波器38. . . Infrared filter

39...透鏡39. . . lens

40...攝像元件40. . . Camera element

41...圖像處理電路41. . . Image processing circuit

42...微電腦42. . . Microcomputer

43...記憶體43. . . Memory

44...無線模組44. . . Wireless module

45...天線45. . . antenna

46...振動器46. . . Vibrator

47...喇叭47. . . horn

48...迴轉感測器48. . . Rotary sensor

50...外罩50. . . Cover

50a...卡止孔50a. . . Locking hole

50b...卡止孔50b. . . Locking hole

50c...麥克風用孔50c. . . Microphone hole

51...LCD51. . . LCD

52...觸控面板52. . . Touch panel

53...類比搖桿53. . . Analog rocker

53A...類比搖桿53A. . . Analog rocker

53B...類比搖桿53B. . . Analog rocker

54...操作鍵54. . . Operation key

54A至54M...操作鍵(按鍵)54A to 54M. . . Operation key (button)

55‧‧‧標示部55‧‧‧Marking Department

55A‧‧‧標示器55A‧‧‧ marker

55B‧‧‧標示器55B‧‧‧ marker

56‧‧‧攝影機56‧‧‧ camera

57‧‧‧喇叭孔57‧‧‧ horn hole

58‧‧‧擴充連接器58‧‧‧Expansion connector

59‧‧‧簷部59‧‧‧檐

59a‧‧‧卡止孔59a‧‧‧Knock hole

59b‧‧‧卡止孔59b‧‧‧ card hole

60‧‧‧觸控筆60‧‧‧ stylus

60a‧‧‧收納孔60a‧‧‧ accommodating holes

61‧‧‧蓋部61‧‧‧ 盖部

62‧‧‧聲音輸出端子62‧‧‧Sound output terminal

63‧‧‧加速度感測器63‧‧‧Acceleration sensor

63‧‧‧窗63‧‧‧ window

64‧‧‧旋鈕64‧‧‧ knob

65a‧‧‧孔65a‧‧ hole

65b‧‧‧孔65b‧‧‧ hole

66‧‧‧充電端子66‧‧‧Charging terminal

67‧‧‧電池蓋67‧‧‧Battery cover

69‧‧‧麥克風69‧‧‧Microphone

71‧‧‧觸控面板控制器71‧‧‧Touch Panel Controller

72‧‧‧磁性感測器72‧‧‧Magnetic sensor

73‧‧‧加速度感測器73‧‧‧Acceleration sensor

74‧‧‧迴轉感測器74‧‧‧Rotary sensor

75‧‧‧使用者介面控制器75‧‧‧User interface controller

76‧‧‧編解碼器LSI76‧‧‧ Codec LSI

77‧‧‧喇叭77‧‧‧ Speaker

78‧‧‧聲音IC78‧‧‧Sound IC

79‧‧‧麥克風79‧‧‧ microphone

80‧‧‧無線模組80‧‧‧Wireless Module

81‧‧‧天線81‧‧‧Antenna

82‧‧‧紅外線通訊模組82‧‧‧Infrared communication module

83‧‧‧快閃記憶體83‧‧‧Flash memory

84‧‧‧電源IC84‧‧‧Power IC

85‧‧‧電池85‧‧‧Battery

86‧‧‧充電器86‧‧‧Charger

87‧‧‧CPU87‧‧‧CPU

88‧‧‧內部記憶體88‧‧‧Internal memory

90‧‧‧遊戲程式90‧‧‧ game program

91‧‧‧接收資料91‧‧‧ Receiving information

92‧‧‧控制器操作資料92‧‧‧Controller operation data

93‧‧‧第1操作鍵資料93‧‧‧1st operation key data

94‧‧‧第1加速度資料94‧‧‧1st acceleration data

95‧‧‧第1角速度資料95‧‧‧1st angular velocity data

96‧‧‧標示器座標資料96‧‧‧Marker coordinate data

97‧‧‧終端操作資料97‧‧‧ terminal operation data

98‧‧‧第2操作鍵資料98‧‧‧2nd operation key data

99...搖桿資料99. . . Rocker data

100...觸控位置資料100. . . Touch location data

101...第2加速度資料101. . . 2nd acceleration data

102...第2角速度資料102. . . 2nd angular velocity data

103...方位資料103. . . Azimuth data

104...攝影機圖像資料104. . . Camera image data

105...麥克風聲音資料105. . . Microphone sound data

106...處理用資料106. . . Processing data

107...控制資料107. . . Control data

108...控制器姿勢資料108. . . Controller posture data

109...終端姿勢資料109. . . Terminal posture data

110...圖像辨識資料110. . . Image identification data

111...聲音辨識資料111. . . Sound identification data

121...飛鏢121. . . Darts

122...控制面122. . . Control surface

123...標靶123. . . Target

124...觸控筆124. . . Stylus

131...大砲131. . . cannon

132...砲彈132. . . Shell

133...標靶133. . . Target

141...打者(打者物件)141. . . Hitter (wit object)

142...投手(投手物件)142. . . Pitcher (pitcher object)

143...游標143. . . cursor

151...飛機(飛機物件)151. . . Aircraft (aircraft object)

152...大砲152. . . cannon

153...與標靶153. . . Target

154...準星154. . . front sight

160...遊戲者160. . . Player

161...角色161. . . Character

162...高球桿162. . . High club

162a...桿頭162a. . . Head

163...球163. . . ball

164...圖像(桿頭圖像)164. . . Image (head image)

190...網路190. . . network

191...外部裝置191. . . External device

200...輸入裝置200. . . Input device

200a...第1握把部200a. . . First grip

200b...第2握把部200b. . . Second grip

201...第1鍵201. . . 1st key

202...第2鍵202. . . 2nd key

203...第3鍵203. . . 3rd key

204...搖桿204. . . Rocker

205...支撐部205. . . Support

205a...爪部205a. . . Claw

205b...爪部205b. . . Claw

205c...爪部205c. . . Claw

206...連接構件206. . . Connecting member

207...第4鍵207. . . 4th key

208...窗部208. . . Window

209...連接部209. . . Connection

210...支架210. . . support

211...支撐構件211. . . Support member

211a...壁部211a. . . Wall

211b...槽部211b. . . Groove

212...充電端子212. . . Charging terminal

213a...導引構件213a. . . Guide member

213b...導引構件213b. . . Guide member

220...輸入裝置220. . . Input device

230...凸部230. . . Convex

230a...凸部230a. . . Convex

230b...凸部230b. . . Convex

第1圖為遊戲系統1的外觀圖。FIG. 1 is an external view of the game system 1.

第2圖係顯示遊戲裝置3的內部構成之方塊圖。Fig. 2 is a block diagram showing the internal structure of the game device 3.

第3圖係顯示控制器5的外觀構成之立體圖。Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the controller 5.

第4圖係顯示控制器5的外觀構成之立體圖。Fig. 4 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the controller 5.

第5圖係顯示控制器5的內部構造之圖。Fig. 5 is a view showing the internal configuration of the controller 5.

第6圖係顯示控制器5的內部構造之圖。Fig. 6 is a view showing the internal configuration of the controller 5.

第7圖係顯示控制器5的構成之方塊圖。Fig. 7 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the controller 5.

第8圖係顯示終端裝置7的外觀構成之圖。Fig. 8 is a view showing the appearance of the terminal device 7.

第9圖係顯示終端裝置7的外觀構成之圖。Fig. 9 is a view showing the appearance of the terminal device 7.

第10圖係顯示使用者橫向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 10 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 laterally.

第11圖係顯示使用者橫向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 11 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 laterally.

第12圖係顯示使用者縱向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 12 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 in the longitudinal direction.

第13圖係顯示使用者縱向握持終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 13 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device 7 in the longitudinal direction.

第14圖係顯示終端裝置7的內部構成之方塊圖。Fig. 14 is a block diagram showing the internal configuration of the terminal device 7.

第15圖係顯示將附加裝置(輸入裝置200)裝著於終端裝置7之一例圖。Fig. 15 is a view showing an example in which an attachment device (input device 200) is attached to the terminal device 7.

第16圖係顯示將附加裝置(輸入裝置200)裝著於終端裝置7之一例圖。Fig. 16 is a view showing an example in which an attachment device (input device 200) is attached to the terminal device 7.

第17圖係顯示輸入裝置的其他例子圖。Fig. 17 is a view showing another example of the input device.

第18圖係顯示將第17圖所示之輸入裝置220裝著於終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 18 is a view showing the appearance of the input device 220 shown in Fig. 17 attached to the terminal device 7.

第19圖係顯示將第17圖所示之輸入裝置220裝著於終端裝置7之模樣之圖。Fig. 19 is a view showing the appearance of the input device 220 shown in Fig. 17 attached to the terminal device 7.

第20圖係顯示將附加裝置(支架210)裝著於終端裝置7之其他一例圖。Fig. 20 is a view showing another example of attaching the attachment device (bracket 210) to the terminal device 7.

第21圖係顯示遊戲處理中所使用之各種資料之圖。Figure 21 is a diagram showing various materials used in game processing.

第22圖係顯示遊戲裝置3中所執行之遊戲處理的流程之主流程圖。Fig. 22 is a main flowchart showing the flow of the game processing executed in the game device 3.

第23圖係顯示遊戲控制處理的詳細流程之流程圖。Figure 23 is a flow chart showing the detailed flow of the game control process.

第24圖係顯示第1遊戲例中之電視2的畫面與終端裝置7之圖。Fig. 24 is a view showing the screen of the television 2 and the terminal device 7 in the first game example.

第25圖係顯示第2遊戲例中之電視2的畫面與終端裝置7之圖。Fig. 25 is a view showing the screen of the television 2 and the terminal device 7 in the second game example.

第26圖係顯示第3遊戲例中顯示於電視2之電視用遊戲圖像的一例圖。Fig. 26 is a view showing an example of a television game image displayed on the television 2 in the third game example.

第27圖係顯示第3遊戲例中顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像的一例圖。Fig. 27 is a view showing an example of a terminal game image displayed on the terminal device 7 in the third game example.

第28圖係顯示第4遊戲例中顯示於電視2之電視用遊戲圖像的一例圖。Fig. 28 is a view showing an example of a television game image displayed on the television 2 in the fourth game example.

第29圖係顯示第4遊戲例中顯示於終端裝置7之終端用遊戲圖像的一例圖。Fig. 29 is a view showing an example of a terminal game image displayed on the terminal device 7 in the fourth game example.

第30圖係顯示第5遊戲例中使用遊戲系統1之模樣之圖。Fig. 30 is a view showing the appearance of the game system 1 in the fifth game example.

第31圖係顯示經由網路與外部裝置連接時之遊戲系統1中所包含之各裝置的連接關係之圖。Fig. 31 is a view showing the connection relationship of the devices included in the game system 1 when connected to an external device via a network.

第32圖係顯示本實施形態的變形例之終端裝置的外觀構成之圖。Fig. 32 is a view showing an external configuration of a terminal device according to a modification of the embodiment.

第33圖係顯示使用者握持第32圖所示之終端裝置時之模樣之圖。Fig. 33 is a view showing a state in which the user holds the terminal device shown in Fig. 32.

第34圖係顯示本實施形態的其他變形例之終端裝置的外觀構成之圖。Fig. 34 is a view showing the appearance of a terminal device according to another modification of the embodiment.

第35圖係顯示本實施形態的其他變形例之終端裝置的外觀構成之圖。Fig. 35 is a view showing an external configuration of a terminal device according to another modification of the embodiment.

50...外罩50. . . Cover

50a...卡止孔50a. . . Locking hole

50b...卡止孔50b. . . Locking hole

50c...麥克風用孔50c. . . Microphone hole

51...LCD51. . . LCD

52...觸控面板52. . . Touch panel

53A...類比搖桿53A. . . Analog rocker

53B...類比搖桿53B. . . Analog rocker

54A至54M...操作鍵(按鍵)54A to 54M. . . Operation key (button)

55A...標示器55A. . . Marker

55B...標示器55B. . . Marker

56...攝影機56. . . camera

57...喇叭孔57. . . Horn hole

58...擴充連接器58. . . Expansion connector

59...簷部59. . . Crotch

59a...卡止孔59a. . . Locking hole

59b...卡止孔59b. . . Locking hole

60...觸控筆60. . . Stylus

60a...收納孔60a. . . Storage hole

61...蓋部61. . . Cover

62...磁性感測器62. . . Magnetic sensor

63...加速度感測器63. . . Acceleration sensor

64...迴轉感測器64. . . Rotary sensor

65a...孔65a. . . hole

65b...孔65b. . . hole

66...充電端子66. . . Charging terminal

Claims (23)

一種操作裝置,為用以讓使用者進行操作之操作裝置,係具備:外罩,大致呈板狀;顯示部,設置在前述外罩的表面側;以及突起部,設置在前述外罩的背面側,且突起於較前述外罩的中央偏上側且至少在左右兩側的位置;在前述突起部的下面,設置有與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。 An operation device for an operation of a user, comprising: a cover having a substantially plate shape; a display portion provided on a surface side of the cover; and a protrusion provided on a back side of the cover, and The protrusion is located above the center of the outer cover and at least on the left and right sides; and a first locking hole that can be locked by an additional device different from the operating device is provided on the lower surface of the protruding portion. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備第1操作部及第2操作部分別設置於較前述外罩的中央偏上側,且在前述顯示部的左右方。 The operation device according to claim 1, wherein the first operation unit and the second operation unit are provided on the upper side of the center of the outer cover and on the left and right sides of the display unit. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之操作裝置,其中,前述突起部係設置在包含前述第1操作部及第2操作部的相反側位置之區域。 The operation device according to claim 2, wherein the protruding portion is provided in a region including a position opposite to the first operation portion and the second operation portion. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:第5操作部,配置在前述外罩之表面側的面且在前述第1操作部的下方;以及第6操作部,配置在前述外罩之表面側的面且在前述第2操作部的下方。 The operation device according to claim 2, further comprising: a fifth operation unit disposed on a surface on a surface side of the outer cover and below the first operation unit; and a sixth operation unit disposed in the sixth operation unit The surface on the front surface side of the outer cover is below the second operation portion. 一種操作裝置,係具備:外罩,大致呈板狀;顯示部,設置在前述外罩的表面側;分別設置在前述顯示部的左右方之第1操作部及第2操作部;以及 突起部,當使用者以可分別以兩手的拇指操作前述第1操作部及第2操作部的方式握持前述外罩時,設置在前述外罩的背面側中拇指以外的任一手指可鉤住之位置;在前述突起部的下面,設置有與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。 An operation device includes: a cover having a substantially plate shape; a display portion provided on a front surface side of the cover; and a first operation portion and a second operation portion respectively provided on left and right sides of the display portion; In the protruding portion, when the user holds the outer cover so that the first operation portion and the second operation portion can be operated by the thumb of both hands, any finger other than the thumb provided on the back side of the outer cover can be hooked. a position; a first locking hole that can be locked by an additional device different from the operating device is provided on a lower surface of the protruding portion. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述之操作裝置,其中,前述突起部係設置在包含前述第1操作部及第2操作部的相反側位置之區域。 The operation device according to claim 5, wherein the protrusion is provided in a region including a position opposite to the first operation portion and the second operation portion. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:第5操作部,配置在前述外罩之表面側的面且在前述第1操作部的下方;以及第6操作部,配置在前述外罩之表面側的面且在前述第2操作部的下方。 The operation device according to claim 5, further comprising: a fifth operation unit disposed on a surface on a surface side of the outer cover and below the first operation unit; and a sixth operation unit disposed in the sixth operation unit The surface on the front surface side of the outer cover is below the second operation portion. 一種操作裝置,係具備:外罩,大致呈板狀;顯示部,設置在前述外罩的表面側;突起部,設置在前述外罩的內面側且突起於至少在左右兩側的位置;以及操作部,設置在前述突起部之上側的面;在前述突起部的下面,設置有與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。 An operation device includes: an outer cover having a substantially plate shape; a display portion provided on a surface side of the outer cover; and a protruding portion provided on an inner surface side of the outer cover and protruding at at least left and right sides; and an operation portion a surface provided on the upper side of the protruding portion; and a first locking hole that can be locked by an additional device different from the operating device is provided on the lower surface of the protruding portion. 一種操作裝置,為用以讓使用者進行操作之操作裝置,係具備:外罩,大致呈板狀; 顯示部,設置在前述外罩的表面側;握把部,在前述外罩的背面側之前述外罩的左右兩側以朝上下方向延伸的方式設置,且剖面呈凸型;以及突起部,設置在前述外罩的內面側且突起於至少在左右兩側的位置;在前述突起部的下面,設置有與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。 An operation device, which is an operation device for allowing a user to operate, has an outer cover and is substantially plate-shaped; The display portion is provided on a surface side of the outer cover; the grip portion is provided on the left and right sides of the outer cover on the back side of the outer cover so as to extend in the vertical direction, and has a convex cross section; and the protruding portion is provided in the foregoing The inner surface side of the outer cover protrudes from at least the left and right sides, and a first locking hole that can be locked by an additional device different from the operating device is provided on the lower surface of the protruding portion. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:突起部,設置在前述外罩的背面側,並於前述握把部的上側且至少在左右兩側的位置突起。 The operation device according to claim 9, wherein the protrusion portion is provided on the back side of the cover, and protrudes at an upper side of the grip portion and at least at right and left sides. 一種資訊處理裝置,為平板型的資訊處理裝置,係具備:外罩,大致呈板狀;顯示部,設置在前述外罩的表面側;以及突起部,設置在前述外罩的內面側,並於較前述外罩的中央偏上側且至少在左右兩側的位置突起;在前述突起部的下面,設置有與操作裝置不同之附加裝置所能夠卡止之第1卡止孔。 An information processing device is a flat type information processing device including: an outer cover having a substantially plate shape; a display portion provided on a surface side of the outer cover; and a protruding portion provided on an inner surface side of the outer cover, and The outer cover has a center on the upper side and protrudes at least at the left and right sides. On the lower surface of the protrusion, a first locking hole that can be locked by an attachment different from the operation device is provided. 如申請專利範圍第1或5項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:在前述突起部的上面分別設置在前述外罩的左右兩側之第3操作部及第4操作部。 The operation device according to claim 1 or 5, further comprising: a third operation portion and a fourth operation portion provided on the upper and lower sides of the outer cover on the upper surface of the protrusion. 如申請專利範圍第1或5項所述之操作裝置,其中,前述突起部具有朝左右延伸之簷狀的形狀。 The operation device according to claim 1 or 5, wherein the protruding portion has a meandering shape extending to the left and right. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第5項所述之操作裝置,其中,在前述外罩之下側的面,設置有前述附加裝置所能 夠卡止之第2卡止孔。 The operating device according to claim 1 or 5, wherein the surface of the lower side of the outer cover is provided with the aforementioned additional device The second locking hole that is locked. 如申請專利範圍第1或5項所述之操作裝置,其中,在位於前述突起部的下方且在前述外罩的背面之左右兩側,復具備剖面呈凸型之凸部。 The operation device according to claim 1 or 5, wherein a convex portion having a convex cross section is provided on a right and left sides of the back surface of the outer cover. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述之操作裝置,其中,前述突起部與前述凸部係隔著間隔而設置。 The operation device according to claim 15, wherein the protruding portion and the protruding portion are provided at intervals. 如申請專利範圍第1或5項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:設置在前述外罩的背面的左右兩側之握把部。 The operation device according to claim 1 or 5, further comprising: a grip portion provided on the left and right sides of the back surface of the outer cover. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:在前述外罩之上側的面分別設置在左右兩側之第7操作部及第8操作部。 The operation device according to claim 1, wherein the upper surface of the outer cover is provided with a seventh operation portion and an eighth operation portion on the left and right sides. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備設置在前述顯示部的畫面之觸控面板。 The operation device according to the first, fifth, eighth or ninth aspect of the invention, wherein the touch panel provided on the screen of the display unit is provided. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,在前述外罩的內部復具備慣性感測器。 The operating device according to claim 1, wherein the inertial sensor is provided inside the outer cover. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:通訊部,以無線方式將顯示出對本身機器所進行的操作之操作資料傳送至遊戲裝置,並接收從前述遊戲裝置所傳送來之圖像資料;以及顯示控制部,將所接收的圖像資料顯示於前述顯示部。 The operating device according to claim 1, wherein the communication unit transmits the operation data showing the operation performed by the own machine to the game device and receives the data in a wireless manner. An image data transmitted from the game device; and a display control unit that displays the received image data on the display unit. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,復具備:遊戲處理部,根據對本身機器的操作來執行遊戲處理;以及顯示控制部,根據前述遊戲處理來生成遊戲圖像並顯示於前述顯示部。 The operation device according to claim 1, wherein the game processing unit executes a game process based on an operation of the own machine; and the display control unit generates the game process according to the game process. The game image is displayed on the aforementioned display portion. 如申請專利範圍第1、5、8或9項所述之操作裝置,其中,前述顯示部具有5吋以上的畫面。The operation device according to any one of claims 1, 5, 8 or 9, wherein the display unit has a screen of 5 inches or more.
TW100126152A 2010-11-01 2011-07-25 Controller device and information processing device TWI442963B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010245299A JP4798809B1 (en) 2010-11-01 2010-11-01 Display device, game system, and game processing method
JP2010245298 2010-11-01
JP2011092506 2011-04-18
JP2011092612A JP6103677B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2011-04-19 GAME SYSTEM, OPERATION DEVICE, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
JP2011102834A JP5837325B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2011-05-02 Operating device and operating system
JP2011103705 2011-05-06
JP2011103704A JP6005907B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2011-05-06 Operating device and operating system
JP2011103706A JP6005908B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2011-05-06 Equipment support system and support device
JP2011118488A JP5936315B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2011-05-26 Information processing system and information processing apparatus

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201220109A TW201220109A (en) 2012-05-16
TWI442963B true TWI442963B (en) 2014-07-01

Family

ID=46518614

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100126151A TWI440496B (en) 2010-11-01 2011-07-25 Controller device and controller system
TW100126152A TWI442963B (en) 2010-11-01 2011-07-25 Controller device and information processing device

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100126151A TWI440496B (en) 2010-11-01 2011-07-25 Controller device and controller system

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (7) CN102600612B (en)
AU (2) AU2011213764B2 (en)
TW (2) TWI440496B (en)

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8339364B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2012-12-25 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Spatially-correlated multi-display human-machine interface
US8913009B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-12-16 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Spatially-correlated multi-display human-machine interface
US8961305B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2015-02-24 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game system, controller device and game method
US8814686B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-08-26 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Display device, game system, and game method
JP6243586B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2017-12-06 任天堂株式会社 GAME SYSTEM, GAME DEVICE, GAME PROGRAM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
US10150033B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2018-12-11 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Position calculation system, position calculation device, storage medium storing position calculation program, and position calculation method
JP5840385B2 (en) 2010-08-30 2016-01-06 任天堂株式会社 GAME SYSTEM, GAME DEVICE, GAME PROGRAM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
JP5840386B2 (en) 2010-08-30 2016-01-06 任天堂株式会社 GAME SYSTEM, GAME DEVICE, GAME PROGRAM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
KR101492310B1 (en) 2010-11-01 2015-02-11 닌텐도가부시키가이샤 Operating apparatus and information processing apparatus
TWI440496B (en) * 2010-11-01 2014-06-11 Nintendo Co Ltd Controller device and controller system
JP5689014B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2015-03-25 任天堂株式会社 Input system, information processing apparatus, information processing program, and three-dimensional position calculation method
US20130326104A1 (en) * 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Nvidia Corporation Methodology for using smartphone and mobile computer in a mobile compute environment
TWI487554B (en) * 2013-02-06 2015-06-11 Univ Southern Taiwan Sci & Tec Game machine control method
JP2014212479A (en) 2013-04-19 2014-11-13 ソニー株式会社 Control device, control method, and computer program
TWI811799B (en) * 2013-10-11 2023-08-11 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 A driving method of a portable data-processing device
CN105302232A (en) * 2014-06-04 2016-02-03 振桦电子股份有限公司 Tablet computer with detachable handle
JP6341568B2 (en) * 2014-08-05 2018-06-13 アルプス電気株式会社 Coordinate input device
US9757647B2 (en) 2015-06-12 2017-09-12 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game controller
JP6083884B2 (en) * 2015-06-12 2017-02-22 任天堂株式会社 Support device, charging device, and operation system
TWI645314B (en) * 2016-10-06 2018-12-21 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 System and method for detecting hand gesture
US10579151B2 (en) * 2017-01-04 2020-03-03 Htc Corporation Controller for finger gesture recognition and method for recognizing finger gesture
DE102018100122A1 (en) 2017-01-04 2018-07-05 Htc Corporation Finger gesture recognition control unit and method for detecting a finger gesture
CN108031111A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-05-15 安徽科创智慧知识产权服务有限公司 Have wireless and wired connection handle system concurrently
CN108579073A (en) * 2018-06-04 2018-09-28 东莞市卫童智能科技有限公司 A kind of mobile-phone game handle
KR20200097012A (en) * 2019-02-07 2020-08-18 주식회사 엔씨소프트 System and method for terminal device control
CN110072041B (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-03-02 维沃移动通信(杭州)有限公司 Mobile terminal

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1177634C (en) * 1996-03-05 2004-12-01 世嘉企业股份有限公司 Controller and extension unit for controller
US6966837B1 (en) * 2001-05-10 2005-11-22 Best Robert M Linked portable and video game systems
AU2002354677A1 (en) * 2001-07-12 2003-01-29 Gary L. Friedman Portable, hand-held electronic input device and combination with a personal digital device
US6773349B2 (en) * 2002-07-31 2004-08-10 Intec, Inc. Video game controller with integrated video display
US20060252537A1 (en) * 2005-04-21 2006-11-09 Wen-An Wu Portable wireless control apparatus
JP4778267B2 (en) * 2005-05-16 2011-09-21 任天堂株式会社 Game machine operating device and portable game machine
TWM278452U (en) * 2005-06-03 2005-10-21 Weistech Technology Co Ltd Game controlling handle having a display device
US8189043B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2012-05-29 Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation Hand-held visual inspection device for viewing confined or difficult to access locations
US8384680B2 (en) * 2008-12-23 2013-02-26 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of control
CN201572520U (en) * 2009-12-23 2010-09-08 周建正 Three-in-one support for game consoles
TWI440496B (en) * 2010-11-01 2014-06-11 Nintendo Co Ltd Controller device and controller system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2011213765B2 (en) 2013-07-11
CN202398095U (en) 2012-08-29
CN102600614A (en) 2012-07-25
CN202355827U (en) 2012-08-01
TW201219093A (en) 2012-05-16
CN202398092U (en) 2012-08-29
CN102600612B (en) 2015-12-02
AU2011213765A1 (en) 2012-05-17
CN102600612A (en) 2012-07-25
AU2011213764B2 (en) 2013-10-24
CN102600611B (en) 2015-03-11
TWI440496B (en) 2014-06-11
TW201220109A (en) 2012-05-16
CN202355829U (en) 2012-08-01
CN102600611A (en) 2012-07-25
AU2011213764A1 (en) 2012-05-17
CN102600614B (en) 2015-11-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI442963B (en) Controller device and information processing device
KR101364826B1 (en) Operating apparatus and operating system
KR101287696B1 (en) Game system, controller device, and game process method
TWI541051B (en) Game system,controller device,and game process method
JP6188766B2 (en) Operating device and operating system
JP5901891B2 (en) GAME SYSTEM, GAME PROCESSING METHOD, GAME DEVICE, AND GAME PROGRAM
JP5829020B2 (en) GAME SYSTEM, GAME DEVICE, GAME PROGRAM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
JP4798809B1 (en) Display device, game system, and game processing method
JP6103677B2 (en) GAME SYSTEM, OPERATION DEVICE, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
JP2012096005A (en) Display device, game system and game processing method
JP5936315B2 (en) Information processing system and information processing apparatus
KR20130020715A (en) Operating apparatus and operating system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees